SCT Plus Student Self-Service Implementation Guide / 1.20

Transcription

SCT Plus
Student Self-Service
Implementation Guide
February 2005
Release 1.20
Confidential Business Information
This documentation is proprietary information of SunGard SCT and is not to be copied, reproduced, lent or disposed of, nor used for any
purpose other than that for which it is specifically provided without the written permission of SunGard SCT.
Prepared By:
SunGard SCT
4 Country View Road
Malvern, Pennsylvania 19355
United States of America
© SunGard 2005. All rights reserved. The unauthorized possession, use, reproduction, distribution, display or disclosure of this material or
the information contained herein is prohibited.
In preparing and providing this publication, SunGard SCT is not rendering legal, accounting, or other similar professional services. SunGard
SCT makes no claims that an institution's use of this publication or the software for which it is provided will insure compliance with applicable
federal or state laws, rules, or regulations. Each organization should seek legal, accounting and other similar professional services from
competent providers of the organization's own choosing.
SunGard, the SunGard logo, SCT, the SCT logo, and Banner, Campus Pipeline, Luminis, PowerCAMPUS, SCT Matrix, SCT Plus, SCT OnSite
and SCT PocketRecruiter are trademarks or registered trademarks of SunGard Data Systems Inc. or its subsidiaries in the U.S. and other
countries. All other trade names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
1 Welcome to SCT Plus Student Self-Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
About This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Two Versions of Student Self-Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
How This Manual is Organized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Related Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
TouchNet Enterprise/Web Application User’s Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
T-Serve System Administration Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Online Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
2 Overview of SCT Plus Student Self-Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Functions and Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Options for Prospects, Parents, and Guests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Options for Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Secure Login for Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Logging in for the First Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
When Students Forget Their PIN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Student Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Data Exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
3 Implementing SCT Plus Student Self-Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Setting up Your System for Web Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Step 1: Defining User ID 9998 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Step 2: Setting Program Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Step 3: Setting up the Web Term Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Step 4: Setting up the Web Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Web Display Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Web Login Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Degree Audit Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Step 5: Setting up the Student Personal Information Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Step 6: Setting up the Student Records Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Student Records 1 (W21) Screen Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Student Records 2 (W22) Screen Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
SCT Plus Student Self-Service Implementation Guide
February 2005
iii
Table of Contents
Step 7: Setting up the Official Transcript Request Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Official Transcript Request 1 (W23) Screen Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Official Transcript Request 2 (W24) Screen Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Step 8: Setting up the Additional Services Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Additional Services - Groups (W27) Screen Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Additional Services - Group Title/Description (W28) Screen Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
Additional Services - Fee Codes (W29) Screen Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Additional Services - Group Query (W50) Screen Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Additional Services - Fee Code Query (W51) Screen Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Step 9: Setting up Web Registration Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Web Registration Access Groups (W03) Screen Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Registration and Schedule 1 (W25) Screen Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Step 10: Setting up the Web Admissions System Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Web Admissions System Options (WA2) Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Web Required Admissions Pages Screen (W04). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
Web Admissions Page Display Options (W05). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
Web Application Type/Term Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Step 11: Setting the Financial Aid Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57
Financial Aid 1 Screen (W26) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57
Fund Attribute Screen (331) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
Tracking Messages Screen (337) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63
Step 12: Setting the Web Option for Academic Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
Step 13: Setting the Web Option for Degree Audit (for OnCourse) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
Step 14: Setting the Voice/Web Registration Available Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
Step 15: Defining DV DBD Values for Admissions List Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
Step 16: Reviewing DBD Values for Student Services List Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-69
Personal Information List Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-69
Student Records List Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-69
Step 17: Customizing HTML . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
Customizing the Admissions Login Page if Not Using the CWID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
Customizing the Web Page Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
Customizing the Cascading Style Sheets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72
Step 18: Customizing Error Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72
Step 19: Setting ACINPM Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73
Step 20: Updating Institution-Specific Settings in TSRVWEB.INI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-76
iv
February 2005
Table of Contents
Step 21: Customizing the Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-85
Listing Menus on the Navigation Bar (MenuItems.js) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-86
Listing Menus on the Site Map (asitemap.htm). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-87
Renaming Menus or Menu Items. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-89
Removing Menu Items. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-92
Adding a New Item to a Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-97
Adding a New Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-104
Step 22: Removing Options from the Home Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-112
Step 23: Loading the T-Serve Tables for Voice and Kiosk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-113
Troubleshooting Errors During Implementation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-114
Passing Profile Data from Student Self-Service to Other Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-115
System Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-116
Specifying Which Events to Create . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-117
Preparing Your Batch Update Programs for Event Creation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-119
Campus Pipeline/Luminis Profile Load Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-120
Extracting Course Meeting Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-121
Extracting Data for Selected Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-121
Luminis Data Integration (LDI) Load Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-122
Extracting Course Meeting Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-123
Extracting Data for Selected Students and/or Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-123
WebCT Profile Load Process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-124
On-Demand Data Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-126
4 Term Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Functional Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Using a Default Term. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Prompting Students to Select a Term. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Select Term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
5 Personal Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Addresses Including Emergency Contacts and Next of Kin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Adding a New Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Updating an Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Personal Phone Numbers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
E-mail Addresses and Personal Web Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Change PIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
PIN Question and Answer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Changing the PIN Question and Answer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Logging in After Forgetting a PIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
February 2005
v
Table of Contents
View/Update Marital Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Change Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Change Social Security Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
6 Student Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Grades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Setting Viewing Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Granting Web Access to Grades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Account Summary and Pay by Credit Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Account Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Setting Viewing Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Pay by Credit Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Setting the Payment Subcodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
When Using The TouchNet Credit Card Payment Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
If Not Using The TouchNet Credit Card Payment Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Additional Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
How Additional Services are Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
How Additional Services are Displayed on the Web. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Degree Audit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
Sample Degree Audit for Primary Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
Modeling to Obtain Degree Audit for a Different Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
Holds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
Unofficial Transcript . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
Institutional Coursework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29
Transfer Credit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
IRS Form 1098-T Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35
Bank Account Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39
Advisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43
Graduation Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45
Updating the Expected Graduation Term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47
Requesting Graduation Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
Official Transcript Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50
Setting Fees for Official Transcript Requests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
Setting Fees for Delivery of Official Transcripts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
Viewing a List of Transcript Requests Made Via the Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55
vi
February 2005
Table of Contents
7 Registration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Turning Registration Options On/Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Setting Display Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Drop and Add Classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Registering for a Class. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Dropping a Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Conditional Drop and Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Change Class Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Student Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Detailed Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
Registration Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
8 Financial Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Setting Display Options for the Personal Financial Aid Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Financial Aid Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Accept Awards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Available Actions for a Fund. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Award Acceptance Time Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Award Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
General Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
Terms and Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15
Award Information by Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
Award History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19
Student Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20
Cost of Attendance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23
Academic Progress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25
Financial Aid Transcript . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26
Application and Information Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28
Other Financial Aid Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30
Institution Financial Aid Opportunities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31
E-mail to Financial Aid Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33
Select Award Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-34
February 2005
vii
Table of Contents
9 Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Course Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Defining Which Course Information to Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Viewing the Course Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Course Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Course Section Search. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
WebCT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13
10 Prospective Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
Functional Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
First Time Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Logged in Previously. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
11 Admissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Web Page Design. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3
Institution Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3
Other Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3
Navigation Bar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5
Creating a New Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6
Completing an Application for a New Applicant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12
Enrollment Intentions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12
Personal Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-19
High School History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-29
College History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-32
Residency and Citizenship. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-35
For US Citizens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-35
For International Applicants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-39
Personal References. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-43
Employment History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-46
Client Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-50
Including Your Own Page in an Admissions Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-51
Review Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-57
Paying by Check or Money Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-63
Paying by Credit Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-63
Viewing Payments in SIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-65
viii
February 2005
Table of Contents
Completing or Reviewing an Existing Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-66
Viewing Applications When Auto-Admit Processing is in Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-68
Viewing Paper Applications on the Web. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-68
Allowing Applicants to View Paper Applications Via the Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-69
Viewing Web Application Information on SIS Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-70
12 Parent or Guest Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Setting the Payment Subcodes and Term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Making a Payment Toward a Student’s Account. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3
13 Creating Test and Production Web Environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1
Setting up the Web Server Test Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-2
Setting up the T-Serve Test Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3
Setting up the Host (Mainframe) Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7
For IBM and/or AIX Machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7
For DEC Machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8
14 SCT Plus Student Self-Service Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
General Program Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
Program Listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
Campus Pipeline/Luminis Profile Extract Program (ABKGEM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-4
Student/Faculty Luminis Data Integration Extract Program (ABKLDI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-6
WebCT Profile Extract Program (ABKLSE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-10
AAFILE Update Program (AZKAAU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-13
Address Display/Update Program (AZKADR). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-14
Advisor Display Program (AZKADV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-15
AMFILE Update Program (AZKAMU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-16
Student Holds Program (AZKHLD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-17
Marital Status Display Program (AZKMSR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-18
Marital Status Update Program (AZKMSU). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-18
Change PIN Program (AZKPIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-19
Table Load Program (AZKTBL). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-20
Parent/Guest Payment Program (AZKVPA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-23
Verify Student Program (AZKVST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-24
Student Account Balance Program (BZKBIL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-25
Credit Card Payment Program (BZKCCU). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-29
Additional Services Program (BZKOPT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-35
Billing Tuition Calculation Program (BZKTCL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-36
TRA 1098-T Form Display Program (BZKTRA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-37
February 2005
ix
Table of Contents
TRA Tax Year Selection Program (BZKTXY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-38
Degree Audit Program (DZKAUD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-39
Admissions Review Application Program (MZKADM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-41
Client Requirements Program (MZKCRQ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-44
Admissions Navigation Program (MZKDIR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-45
Employment History Program (MZKEMP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-46
Previous High School and College Program (MZKHCL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-47
Admissions Create Account Program (MZKINT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-48
Name and Personal Information Program (MZKNAM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-49
Enrollment Intentions & Select Application Program (MZKPGM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-50
Admissions Prospect Program (MZKPRO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-51
Personal References Program (MZKREF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-52
Residency and Citizenship Program (MZKRES) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-52
Submit Application Program (MZKSAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-53
Identity Verification and Create PIN Program (MZKVST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-55
Course Catalog Program (RZKCAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-56
Course Availability Program (RZKCRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-58
Grading Program (RZKFGR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-60
Grade Report Program (RZKGRD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-61
Official Transcript Request Program (RZKOTR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-63
Registration Program (RZKREG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-68
Student Schedule Program (RZKSCD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-70
Detailed Schedule Program (RZKSCH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-71
Registration Status Program (RZKSRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-73
Transfer Credit Program (RZKTCD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-74
Unofficial Transcript Program (RZKTRN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-75
Institutional Coursework Program (RZKTSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-77
Accept Awards Program (SZKACC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-78
Financial Aid Applicant Award Information Program (SZKAWD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-82
Cost of Attendance Program (SZKCOA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-85
Academic Progress Program (SZKPRO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-86
Financial Aid Summary Program (SZKSUM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-87
Student Requirements Program (SZKTRK) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-88
Unofficial Financial Aid Transcript Program (SZKTRN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-92
x
February 2005
Table of Contents
15 Web Files Used By Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1
General Web Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-5
Term Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-7
Personal Information Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-8
Student Records Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-13
Registration Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-22
Financial Aid Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-26
Courses Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-30
Prospective Student Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-36
Admissions Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-38
Parent/Guest Payment Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-73
16 Known Browser Issues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-1
Macintosh Computers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-1
Netscape Navigator 7.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-1
Safari 1.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-1
Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-1
February 2005
xi
1 Welcome to SCT Plus Student Self-Service
About This Manual
Welcome to SCT Plus Student Self-Service, SCT’s Web application for
simplified student access to information in your SCT Plus Student
Information System (SIS). This guide provides the information you
need to implement and use SCT Plus Student Self-Service at your
institution.
About This Manual
This guide is intended for the technician who is responsible for making
the changes to the SIS base system to enable Web processing. Use this
guide in conjunction with the SCT Plus Web/Kiosk Software
Installation Guide when attempting to install SCT Plus Student SelfService.
Two Versions of Student Self-Service
Your institution has purchased one of two versions of Student SelfService: an SCT Campus Pipeline/Luminis-enabled version or a standalone version. This manual includes information and screen captures
for each of the features of the stand-alone version of Student SelfService.
The screens may look a little different for the Campus Pipeline/
Luminis-enabled version of Student Self-Service and a few of the
options may not be available. For example, there is no need for a
Change PIN option in the Campus Pipeline/Luminis-enabled version of
Student Self-Service, since students would change their passwords via
Campus Pipeline/Luminis.
February 2005
1-1
About This Manual
How This Manual is Organized
This guide includes information about the stand-alone and Campus
Pipeline/Luminis-enabled versions of Student Self-Service, and is
divided into the following chapters:
Chapter
Description
2
Overview of
Student SelfService
This chapter provides information on the functions and
underlying architecture of SCT Plus Student Self-Service.
3
Implementing
Student SelfService
This chapter includes instructions for setting up Student
Self-Service for your institution.
4
Term Selection
This chapter describes how students can select/change the
term for which to view and update their information.
5
Personal
Information
This chapter discusses the functionality of the options
listed on the Personal Info menu. Students can view/update
their addresses, personal phone numbers, e-mail addresses,
next of kin and emergency contacts, marital status, etc.
6
Student Records
listed on the Student Records menu. Students can view
their grades, holds, transcript, account summary, or the
data used to prepare their 1098-T form, ask for additional
services, and request graduation checkout.
7
Registration
listed on the Registration menu. Students can view their
class schedule, a list of available course sections, or their
account information, drop/add classes, or change class
options.
8
Financial Aid
listed on the Financial Aid menu. Students can accept or
decline their awards, view their personal financial aid
information (award history, cost of attendance, etc.), and
access links to other useful financial aid sites.
9
Courses
listed on the Courses menu. Students can view a list of the
courses being offered for a specified subject area, view all
the course sections available for a specified term, subject,
and course title, or narrow down their search using
additional search criteria (e.g., days of the week on which
course sections are offered).
10 Prospective
Students
This chapter discusses how prospective students can
request information about your institution.
11 Admissions
This chapter discusses the components and functionality of
the Admissions feature (completing, reviewing, and
submitting an application to your institution).
Table 1-1 Chapter Descriptions
1-2
February 2005
Related Documentation
Chapter
Description
12 Parent/Guest
Payment
This chapter details how parents or guests of a student can
make payments toward the student’s account at your
institution.
13 Creating Test
and Production
Web
Environments
If you are running T-Serve 3.0 or higher and your system
meets the other specified requirements, you can follow the
instructions in this chapter for setting up two Web
environments.
14 Student SelfService
Programs
This chapter includes descriptions of all the SCT Plus
Student Self-Service programs.
15 Web Files Used
By Function
This chapter lists the files and Host programs used to build
the Student Self-Service pages.
16 Known Browser
Issues
Since the various types and versions of Web browsers
display the Student Self-Service pages a little differently,
this chapter lists any known issues.
Table 1-1 Chapter Descriptions (continued)
The SCT Plus Student Self-Service Installation CD includes two
TouchNet manuals which can be viewed and printed using Adobe
Reader. The CD also includes a Windows version of Adobe Reader;
versions for other platforms can be downloaded free from Adobe at
http:\\www.adobe.com.
TouchNet Enterprise/Web Application User’s Guide
The TouchNet Enterprise/Web Application User’s Guide is intended
for the person who may be designing, modifying, or working with the
Student Self-Service application. The guide describes the use of the
TouchNet Enterprise Web program (TSRVWEB), its corresponding
configuration files, and its custom HTML tags. The guide is not
intended to support HTML document development. Anyone using the
guide should already be familiar with developing HTML documents.
February 2005
1-3
T-Serve System Administration Guide
The T-Serve System Administration Guide is designed for the person
responsible for installing and administering T-Serve. The guide
describes the T-Serve software’s operations and its interaction with
host operations, and provides instructions for the proper administration
and maintenance of T-Serve. Prior knowledge of software operations
and host systems is assumed. This documentation is not intended as a
guide to host operations, nor does it address how to use software
operating systems on which T-Serve may work.
Online Help
Student Self-Service provides one help page (SCTHELP.HTM). Selecting
HELP on any Student Self-Service page displays this help page.
SCT recommends that you customize this page to reflect your
institution’s procedures and information. Some suggested ideas are:
• Contact information for key personnel (phone numbers, e-mail
addresses)
• Frequently asked questions
• Procedure information, such as registration procedures or financial
aid procedures
Providing such information may answer many of your students’ or
prospects’ questions and reduce the number of calls to your helpdesk
and administrative offices.
1-4
February 2005
2 Overview of SCT Plus Student Self-Service
Functions and Features
This chapter provides an overview of the functions and architecture of
the SCT Plus Student Self-Service application.
Using a Web browser (for IBM-Compatible computers: Netscape
Navigator 7.1, Internet Explorer 5.5/6.0, or Mozilla 1.6; for Macintosh
computers: Netscape Navigator 7.1 or Safari 1.1), students and
prospects navigate to your institution’s Student Self-Service site to find
out information about your institution.
Figure 2-1 SCT Plus Student Self-Service home page
• Students use the secure login to find out when a class is being
offered or who’s teaching a class, register for classes, check on the
progress of their financial aid application, update their biographical
information in your system, request an official transcript, and so on.
• Prospects can retrieve financial aid information, find out what course
sections are available, apply for admission, look at your course
catalog, or request information about your institution.
February 2005
2-1
This chapter provides a brief functional overview of the features of
SCT Plus Student Self-Service. Note that your institution may choose
to use all, or a customized set, of the delivered features. In Chapter 3,
we’ll explain how to display and enable only the desired options.
Options for Prospects, Parents, and Guests
Prospective students, parents, and guests can access the public options
listed on the Student Self-Service home page. Here’s a brief description
of each of these options.
Option
Description
Prospective This menu option allows prospective students to request specific
Students
information from your institution, such as a college catalog,
undergraduate bulletin, financial aid application, or orientation letters.
The prospective student’s biographic information (name, address,
expected term of entry, date of birth, etc.) and information requests
are recorded in the SIS system for your reference.
Refer to Chapter 10 for more information about this feature.
Apply for
Admission
Prospects use this link to apply for admission to your institution. After
specifying the enrollment intentions (intended term of entry and
desired course of study), applicants enter other information, such as:
• personal information
• high school history
• previous college history
• residency/citizenship information
• personal references
• employment history
After a prospect submits an application, he/she can periodically check
the status of his/her application. Refer to Chapter 11 for more
information about the Admissions feature.
Parent or
Guest
Payment
Parents or guests can also make payments toward specified students’
accounts. The system will verify the student’s ID and date of birth
before allowing the parent or guest to make the payment. Refer to
Chapter 12 for more information about this feature.
Table 2-1 Descriptions of Prospect Options
2-2
February 2005
Option
Description
Financial
Aid
Application
and
Information
Links
The Financial Aid Application and Information Links feature provides
access to several Websites that contain valuable financial aid
information and resources.
The external Web links include links to the Free Application for
Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) on the U.S. Department of Education’s
Website, a free scholarship search service, and the College
Scholarship Service’s (CSS) PROFILE program. The student who is
new to the financial aid process will find the University Financial Aid
Opportunities resource page to be very useful. You can customize this
page for the types of financial aid that is available at your institution.
Refer to Chapter 8 for more information about the financial aid
feature.
Course
Sections
Prospects use the Course Sections link to display a listing of all the
course sections that are scheduled for a specified term, subject area,
and course title.
Refer to Chapter 9 for more information about the Available Course
Sections feature.
Course
Section
Search
Lets prospects view a listing of the course sections scheduled for the
selected term that meet specific search criteria (e.g., days of the week
on which course sections are offered).
Refer to Chapter 9 for more information about the Course Section
Search feature.
Course
Catalog
The Course Catalog provides a listing of all approved courses for the
current academic year. (Courses with the Course Status (RI013)
“Pending” are not listed in the catalog.) Prospects browsing through
your institution’s Website are likely to look at the Course Catalog.
Refer to Chapter 9 for more information about the Course Catalog
feature.
Table 2-1 Descriptions of Prospect Options (continued)
February 2005
2-3
Options for Students
In addition to being able to access the options available to prospects,
students can also access the secure Student Services options.
Secure Login for Students
Students must complete these steps in order to access the secure
information from the Student Self-Service home page:
1. Select Enter Student Services on the Student Self-Service home
page.
2. Enter their student ID and Personal Identification Number (PIN).
Figure 2-2 Student Self-Service Login page
3. Select
to view the Student Services page.
Logging in for the First Time
The first time students log in, they will probably use their SSN as the
Student ID. If your institution is using the CWID (alternate CampusWide ID), you will specify two CWID options when you follow the
implementation instructions in Chapter 3.
• If you require students to: always use their CWID to log in, use their
CWID after their first login with their SSN, log in with either their
SSN or CWID.
• If you want to display a student’s CWID whenever the student logs in
with his/her SSN. For example:
Figure 2-3 Student Login - CWID Notice page
2-4
February 2005
When Students Forget Their PIN
You can also display I Forgot My PIN on the Login page. When
students select this link, they will have to enter their ID and then
answer a question (which they defined previously on the PIN Question
and Answer page) in order to log in. For example:
Figure 2-4 I Forgot My PIN - Answer page
When they answer the question correctly, they will be able to specify a
new PIN.
Figure 2-5 I Forgot My PIN - Enter New PIN page
This option allows students to obtain a new PIN if they forget their
current one, without contacting anyone at your institution. Also, if you
delete or change a student’s PIN without his/her knowledge on Screen
103 (Personal Data), the student will not be able to log in without the
I Forgot My PIN option.
February 2005
2-5
Student Services
Student Services is the student’s link to the majority of his/her
activities in the SCT Plus Student Self-Service application.
Figure 2-6 Student Services page
The following table provides a brief description of the Student Services
options.
Option
Description
Term
Enables students to select a different term for which to view/update
their information.
Personal
Info
Lets students view/update their biographical information (such as,
addresses, personal phone numbers, e-mail addresses, Personal
Identification Number (PIN), PIN question and answer, and marital
status).
Refer to Chapter 5 for more information on the functionality of the
Personal Information options.
Student
Records
Enables students to submit a transcript request, view academic
information (i.e., their grades, transcripts, degree audit, any holds in
the system, account information, and the names of their advisors),
update their bank account information, ask for additional services, and
request graduation checkout.
Refer to Chapter 6 for more information about Student Records.
Registration Permits students to register for classes, check out available classes and
sections, view and print their daily class schedule, drop classes, view
their registration status, and view their account summary and make
payments to their account.
Refer to Chapter 7 for more information about the Registration option.
Table 2-2 Descriptions of the Student Services options
2-6
February 2005
Option
Financial
Aid
Description
Allows students to view details of their personal financial aid
information, as well as link to external Websites. From the Personal
Financial Aid Information menu, students can look at award
information, accept or decline their awards, inquire about required
documents, view their unofficial financial aid transcript, estimate the
cost of attendance at your institution, and check on their academic
progress as it affects their award eligibility.
Refer to Chapter 8 for more information about the financial aid option.
Courses
Allows students to view a listing of all the approved courses for the
current academic year, the course sections that are scheduled for a
specified term, subject area, and course title; search for courses that
meet more-specific search criteria (e.g., days of the week on which
course sections are offered), and access the WebCT Website.
Refer to Chapter 9 for more information about the Courses option.
Table 2-2 Descriptions of the Student Services options (continued)
Note: For security purposes, the student’s ID does not display on any
page, except on the Login page (when entered), the Admissions
Create Account page (if you are using the SSN as the ID) and
Application Account Confirmation page, and the 1098-T
Summary and Detail Information page. The PIN does not
appear on any page.
February 2005
2-7
Architecture
Architecture
This section describes the overall architecture for SCT Plus Student
Self-Service: the configuration, how data is exchanged between a Web
client and SIS, and the use of four levels of data security.
Configuration
The SCT Plus Student Self-Service application supports a four-tier,
client-server configuration and uses the same database access as the
SCT Plus online programs. Some of the Student Self-Service programs
are also utilized to provide information for the TouchNet Kiosk
application.
The following figure illustrates the four-tier configuration that best
supports the Student Self-Service application.
Figure 2-7 Four-tier Configuration Supporting Student Self-Service
Data Exchange
The steps in exchanging information between a Web client and the
SCT Plus host are:
1. The Web client browser software accesses a Web page or
completes an HTML form that is sent to your institution’s Web
server.
2. Your institution’s Web server software interprets the URL
(Uniform Resource Locator) and identifies it as either Common
Gateway Interface (CGI)-compliant or as a procedure to access
static HTML pages. If the program identified is CGI-compliant, the
Web server software invokes the T-Serve Web Agent and passes
the form contents to the Agent.
2-8
February 2005
Architecture
3. The T-Serve Web Agent software reads and decodes the passed
data, connects to the T-Serve server via TCP/IP, and executes a
transaction request to the SCT Plus host.
4. The COBOL program executes and retrieves or updates the
requested information that will be passed back to the T-Serve Web
Agent.
5. The T-Serve Web Agent merges the host information with the
appropriate HTML and passes the data back to your institution’s
Web server software that communicates with the Web client.
Security
The Student Self-Service application performs four levels of security:
Level of Security
Description
Data encryption between
the Web client and the
Web server
Unencrypted plain text passed between the client and
the Web server can be read by network sniffers — that
is, software and hardware that monitor and display data
transmitted across a network. System administrators
can choose Netscape Commerce Web server software
(SSL or SHHTP) to encrypt data between the client and
the Web server.
Data encryption between
the Web server and the
T-Serve host
The Web server and T-Serve processes have data
encryption routines built in, which protect the data as it
passes between the Web server and T-Serve.
Transaction In Progress
(TIP)
TIP processing assigns a new session ID to each
request from the client browser. The session ID is
associated with the student ID and PIN. The student ID
and PIN cross the network between the client browser
and the Web server only when the student logs in.
Once the student is validated, only the session IDs
cross the public networks between the client browser
and the Web server.
Two levels of
Application Security
The first level is provided by the Web server which can
either protect access to HTML pages via specific IP
domains, or require a valid user name and password.
This prevents unauthorized Web clients from accessing
the page that connects to T-Serve and the SCT Plus
host.
The second level of security is provided at the
application level in Student Self-Service, which
requires a valid student ID and PIN. The student ID
and PIN are stored in the SIS database and are used to
authenticate the login information prior to gaining
access to the Web application.
Table 2-3 Levels of Security
February 2005
2-9
Architecture
The following figure illustrates the SCT Plus Student Self-Service
security processing flow:
Figure 2-8 Four-part Security for Student Self-Service
2-10
February 2005
3 Implementing SCT Plus Student Self-Service
Setting up Your System for Web Access
This chapter discusses the modifications you need to make to the SCT
Plus SIS system to implement and customize Student Self-Service for
your institution.
Use the following checklist to guide you through implementing SCT
Plus Student Self-Service.
Implementation Checklist
Step
Description
Page
1
Define user ID 9998.
3-2
2
Set program parameters.
3-3
3
Set up the Web Term Calendar on Screen W01.
3-3
4
Set up Web Student and Faculty Specifications (W02) screen.
3-6
5
Set up Student Personal Information (W20) screen.
3-12
6
For Student Records, set up:
• Student Records 1 (W21) screen
• Student Records 2 (W22) screen
3-14
7
For Official Transcript Request, set up:
• Official Transcript Request 1 (W23) screen
• Official Transcript Request 2 (W24) screen
3-22
8
For Additional Services, set up:
• Additional Services - Groups (W27) screen
• Additional Services - Group Title/Description (W28) screen
• Additional Services - Fee Codes (W29) screen
3-26
9
For Registration, set up:
• Web Registration Access Groups (W03) screen
• Registration and Schedule 1 (W25) screen
3-33
10
For Admissions, set up:
• Web Admissions System Options (WA2) screen
• Web Required Admissions Pages (W04) screen
• Web Admissions Page Display Options (W05) screen
• Web Admissions Application Type/Term (W06) screen
3-40
February 2005
3-1
Implementation Checklist
Step
Description
Page
11
For Financial Aid, set up:
• Financial Aid 1 (W26) screen
• Web options on Screen 331 for Accept Awards
• Links to forms on Screen 337 for Student Requirements
3-57
12
Set Web option on Screen 134 for Approved Academic
Programs.
3-64
13
If you are using OnCourse, set Web option on Screen 611 for
Degree Audit.
3-65
14
Set Voice/Web Registration Available option on Screen 129.
3-66
15
Define DV DBD values shown in admissions list boxes.
3-66
16
Review DBD values/translations in Student Services list boxes.
3-69
17
Customize the delivered HTML, as needed.
3-70
18
Customize the error messages, as needed.
3-72
19
Set the ACINPM options.
3-73
20
Update the institution-specific settings in TSRVWEB.INI.
3-76
21
Customize the menus, as needed.
3-85
22
Remove options from the Home page, as needed.
3-112
23
Load the T-Serve tables (for Voice and Kiosk only; not Web).
3-113
Refer to the following sections for information on completing all the
items listed in the implementation checklist.
Step 1: Defining User ID 9998
The first step in implementing SCT Plus Student Self-Service is to set
up an operator number or ID for an interactive user in SCT Plus SIS.
The operator number must allow registration updates, admissions
updates, address updates, and PIN changes.
• In ZSS Screen Builder Security, define 9998 as the operator number
for system 001 (SIS), and set this ID to allow update and inquire
access to information on all Web inquiry pages.
• Set the Org Security Class to U on Security Screen 4 and set Screen
Access to A*** on Security Screen 6. (Refer to Chapter 7 in the ZSS
Technical Guide.)
If you are running TouchNet’s Voice solution, the Registration module
uses operator ID 9996 to identify records written to the Registration
Audit. It is not necessary to add operator ID 9996 to ZSS Security.
3-2
February 2005
Step 2: Setting Program Parameters
• Review the program parameters and determine the correct values.
• Update the program parameter values for all programs.
Step 3: Setting up the Web Term Calendar
Use the Web Term Calendar Screen (W01) to specify the term and
academic unit codes, dates for submitting and viewing applications for
admission, dates for registration, dates for accepting parent/guest
payments, availability of the billing, grading, course schedule, student
schedule, and graduation information features, and add and drop dates
for each session in the term.
Figure 3-1 Web Term Calendar Screen (W01)
The following table lists the Web Term Calendar Screen (W01) field
entries that you can change and the appropriate formats for each.
Field
Academic Unit
Description
The 1-character code for the academic unit that administers the
specified term.
A
C
D
M
L
Term
Administrative
Main Campus
Dental School
Medical School
Law Center
The academic term in the format YYT (e.g., 03S for Spring
2003). Together the Academic Unit and the Term uniquely
identify a Term Calendar.
Table 3-1 Screen W01 Field Entries
February 2005
3-3
Field
Description
Admissions Application
Begin
Update End
Inquiry End
The time frame within which prospects can submit and update
applications for the term via the Web. Specify both the Begin
and Update End dates in the format MM-DD-CCYY. After the
Update End date has passed, admissions applications cannot be
modified.
The last day admissions applications can be viewed on the Web.
Specify the Inquiry End date in the format MM-DD-CCYY.
Registration
Begin/End 1*
Begin/End 2*
Along with the Session dates, these dates provide for two time
periods for the term within which students can register for
classes on the Web. These dates are for Web registration
restrictions only and do not need to be the same as the dates set
up for online registration. If the current date is not in the add
course start/end date ranges, the student cannot add courses to
his/her schedule.
Specify the Begin and End dates in the format MM-DD-CCYY.
The registration begin and end dates are also used to control the
terms available for the student schedule display, account
summary, and fee assessment functions.
Parent/Guest Payment
Begin/End
Set these fields if you are using the Parent/Guest Payment
option and want to allow parents and guests to select the term
for which they are making a payment. Specify the Begin and
End dates (in the format MM-DD-CCYY) for the time period
within which your institution will allow parents and guests to
make payments for students’ accounts during the specified
term. (You must enter the Begin date. If you do not know the
End date, you may leave this field blank.)
Availability
The Availability options enable you to select which terms are displayed in the
Term list boxes for the individual features.
Billing*
Set to Y to allow students to access the Account Summary page
for the specified term. (Billing must be set to Y in order for the
system to apply the charges for the fee selections made on the
Additional Services page.)
Grading*
Set to Y to allow students to view their grades for the specified
term on the Web.
Course Schedule* Set to Y to make the term available for the Available Course
Section feature on the Web.
Table 3-1 Screen W01 Field Entries (continued)
3-4
February 2005
Field
Description
Student
Schedule*
Set to Y to allow students to view the Student Schedule,
Detailed Schedule, and Registration Status for the specified
term on the Web.
Intent to Grad
Set to Y to allow students to submit graduation information for
the specified term via the Web.
For Each Session in the Term
Add Begin/End 1
Add Begin/End 2
Along with the Registration dates, these dates provide for two
Web registration periods per term. These dates are for Web
registration restrictions only and do not need to be the same as
the dates set up for online registration. If the current date is not
in the add course start/end date ranges, the student cannot add
courses to his/her schedule. Specify the Begin and End dates in
the format MM-DD-CCYY.
Drop Begin/End 1 Specify the Begin and End dates (in the format MM-DD-CCYY)
for the two time periods within which students can drop courses
Drop Begin/End 2 for the term.
Retain Date
Specify the date (in the format MM-DD-CCYY) beyond which
dropped courses are to be retained on the Student Registration
record.
Reason
For drops that are retained on the Student Registration record
after the specified Retain Date, you must enter the 2-character
code for the reason why the course was dropped.
* If you update any of these fields, you must perform an SLD table load on your
Host system.
The fields listed for Faculty (Term Available and Registration
Functions), Advisor Registration Functions, and the Session fields
on Screen W01 apply to SCT Plus Faculty and Advisor Self-Service. If
your institution has implemented this application, refer to its
implementation guide for more information on these fields.
February 2005
3-5
Step 4: Setting up the Web Specifications
Use the Web Student and Faculty Specifications Screen (W02) to set
the Web options that are shared by Student Self-Service and Faculty
and Advisor Self-Service.
Figure 3-2 Web Student and Faculty Specifications Screen (W02)
Web Display Options
The following table lists the Web Student and Faculty Specifications
Screen (W02) field entries used for setting display options.
Field
Case
Description
Specify whether data is to be passed unchanged (in mixed case) or
converted to upper case before updating the SIS System.
• INFO-ACCESS-CASE is delivered without a value.
• If you specify a value for INFO-ACCESS-CASE, it will override
the SIS AC-IN-CASE parameter (TBL-IN-CASE parameter in
loaded tables).
Y
N
Term Sort
Specify the order in which terms are to be displayed in list boxes on
Web pages:
A
D
Midterm
Grading
Mixed case
Upper case
Ascending order, oldest term displayed first
Descending order, most recent term displayed first (default)
Specify whether your institution records midterm grades and wants
to display midterm grades on the Grades page (and the Grade
Courses and Grades pages in the Faculty and Advisor Self-Service
application).
Y
N
Display midterm grades.
Do not display midterm grades.
Table 3-2 Display Options on Screen W02
3-6
February 2005
Field
Description
Student Main
Menu
Specify whether the Student Services page or the Site Map is to be
displayed after students successfully log into Student Self-Service.
D
S
Faculty Main
Menu
Display the Student Services page after login (default).
Display the Site Map after login.
Used for Faculty and Advisor Self-Service.
Table 3-2 Display Options on Screen W02 (continued)
Web Login Options
Screen (W02) field entries used for setting login options.
Field
Description
Maximum
Number of
Login
Attempts
Specify the maximum number of times (up to 9) a student may attempt
to log in with an invalid personal identification number (PIN). The
invalid attempts are tracked for each student ID. When this maximum
number is reached, the student is locked out from further login
attempts. Prior to lockout, if the student enters a correct student ID and
PIN, the system resets the student’s counter to zero and updates the last
access date.
Reset on
New Date
Specify Y to automatically reset the number of attempts counter for a
student who tries to log in on a date which is different than the lockout
date.
Specify N to not reset the counter on a date change. To reset the
counter when this field is N, use the Student Electronic Access Screen
(010).
Table 3-3 Login Options on Screen W02
February 2005
3-7
Field
CWID
Login
Description
Specify whether students must log in with their CWID (the alternate
Campus-Wide ID used instead of the SSN) and if the system should
display their CWID after they successfully log in with their SSN. (This
option is only used with the Stand-Alone version of Student SelfService; not with Campus Pipeline/Luminis.)
N
Do not display the student’s CWID (default).
• If your institution does not use the CWID, use this option.
• If your institution uses the CWID, use this option if you do not
want to display a student’s CWID after he/she logs in
successfully with his/her SSN.
Y
Allow students to log in with either their SSN or CWID.
Whenever students log in successfully with their SSN, display
their CWID. For example:
Students should write down their CWID (so they remember to log
in using their CWID in the future) and selecting
to log in.
R
Require students to always use their CWID to log in.
L
Require students to use their SSN to log in the first time, and then
use their CWID to log in thereafter.
Table 3-3 Login Options on Screen W02 (continued)
3-8
February 2005
Field
PIN
Question
and
Answer
Description
Specify whether I Forgot My PIN should be displayed on the Login
page, and if the PIN Question and Answer page should be displayed
after their next successful login (for those students who have not
already supplied the necessary PIN information).
Y
• Display I Forgot My PIN on the Login page. Whenever students
select I Forgot My PIN, they will have to correctly answer the
question they previously defined on the PIN Question and
Answer page in order to log in. For example:
• Display the PIN Question and Answer page for students who
have not already specified the required PIN information.
Students will specify the question that will be displayed
whenever they select I Forgot My PIN on the Login page, and
the answer that must be entered in order to log in.
After students select I Forgot My PIN on the Login page and
enter the correct PIN answer, they will be required to change
their PIN. Thus, the PIN Question and Answer option also
enables students to:
• Obtain a new PIN
• Log in even if you delete or change their PIN without their
knowledge on Screen 103 (Personal Data)
N
Do not display I Forgot My PIN on the Login page and the PIN
Question and Answer page.
Table 3-3 Login Options on Screen W02 (continued)
February 2005
3-9
In addition to the Login options on Screen W02, you can set other
Login options on Screen 103 (Personal Data).
Figure 3-3 Personal Data (103) Screen
Field
CWID
Notify
PIN
Description
This field indicates whether the specified student has been notified of
his/her CWID.
Y
If your institution set CWID Login to L on Screen W02, Y will be
displayed in this field to indicate that the student has been notified
of his/her CWID.
N
The student has not been notified of his/her CWID (default).
The Personal Identification Number (PIN) that is being assigned to the
specified student. The student must use this PIN to log into Student SelfService for the first time. (This field can also be used to reset the
student’s PIN.)
PIN
Specify whether the PIN is only a temporary PIN to be used by the
Assigned student the first time he/she logs into Student Self-Service.
Y
The specified PIN is only to be used by the student to log in the first
time. The student will then be required to change his/her PIN.
N
The student can continue to use the specified PIN and is not
required to change it (default).
Table 3-4 Login Options on Screen 103
3-10
February 2005
Degree Audit Options
Screen (W02) field entries used for setting Degree Audit options
Field
Test Scores
Advisor
Notes
Advisor
Name
Program
Term
Modeling
Catalog
Description
Specify whether you want to display the student’s test scores on the
Analysis of Academic Progress report.
Y
Display the student’s test scores on the Analysis of Academic
Progress report.
N
Do not display the student’s test scores on the report.
Specify whether you want to display the advisor’s notes on the
Y
Display the advisor’s notes on the Analysis of Academic
Progress report.
N
Do not display the advisor’s notes on the report.
Specify whether you want to display the advisor’s name on the
Y
Display the advisor’s name on the Analysis of Academic
Progress report.
N
Do not display the advisor’s name.
Specify whether the student’s primary or secondary program is to be
determined by the current term or his/her last chronological term.
C
Use the current term (the term on the CAL screen for which
today’s date falls between the session begin and end dates) for
the blank session code.
L
Use the last chronological term (the term with the student’s most
recent registration activity).
Specify which catalogs can be selected for Degree Audit Modeling.
Only those programs set for modeling on Screen 611 can be selected
from the catalogs.
1
List programs from the student’s primary program catalog.
2
List programs from the student’s primary program catalog and
those programs that have become available for his/her primary
program.
3
List programs from the current catalog.
4
List programs from all catalogs.
Table 3-5 Degree Audit Options on Screen W02
February 2005
3-11
Step 5: Setting up the Student Personal Information Options
Use the Student Personal Information Screen (W20) to define the
settings for display of student names, street addresses, and e-mail
addresses.
Figure 3-4 Student Personal Information Screen (W20)
The following table lists the Student Personal Information Screen
(W20) field entries.
Field
Respect
Directory
Description
If your institution has implemented the Faculty and Advisor SelfService application, specify whether this application should suppress
display of addresses for students who have chosen not to have their
addresses listed in the Student Directory.
Y Suppress display of unlisted student addresses.
N Do not suppress display of unlisted student addresses.
Name Order Specify how names are to be displayed in Web page headings:
1
2
Display first, middle, last name (default).
Display last, first, middle name.
3-12
February 2005
Field
Description
Street Addresses
Type
Specify up to 14 address types to be available for inquiry and/or
update on the Web. The order in which the address types are entered
determines their order in the list box on the Web page.
B
C
E
G
K
L
M
N
P
S
T
U
1
2
(not specified)
Billing
Emergency Contact 2
Emergency Contact 1
Grades
Next of kin/Guardian 2
Local
Temporary
Permanent (default)
Special
Tax (W-9S)
User
Most recent previous legal residence
Prior legal residence
Inquiry/
Update
Specify whether each specified address type is updateable (U) or
view-only (I).
Def State/
Province
Specify the 2-character code for the state in which your institution is
located. The name of the state will be listed first in the State list
boxes.
Default
Country
Specify the 2-character code for the country in which your institution
is located. The name of the country will be listed first in the Country
list boxes.
E-Mail Addresses
Type
Specify up to 5 e-mail address types to be available for inquiry and/or
update on the Web. The order in which the address types are entered
determines their order in the list box on the Web page.
B
C
H
P
U
Inquiry/
Update
Business
College
Home
Personal
University
Specify whether each specified e-mail address type is updateable (U)
or view-only (I).
February 2005
3-13
Step 6: Setting up the Student Records Options
Use the following screens to set up the Student Records options:
• Student Records 1 (W21)
• Student Records 2 (W22)
Student Records 1 (W21) Screen Options
Use the Student Records 1 Screen (W21) to specify the default term for
Student Self-Service and define settings for the Course Catalog,
Grades, Unofficial Transcript, Institutional Coursework, and Transfer
Credit options.
Figure 3-5 Student Records 1 Screen (W21)
The following table lists the Student Records 1 Screen (W21) field
entries.
Field
Student
Default
Term
Description
Specify the default term for Student Self-Service. The default term is
usually set to the current term to save students from having to enter it
each time they use Student Self-Service.
Course Catalog
Academic
Year
Specify the year (in format CCYY) for the courses to appear in the
Web Course Catalog. Courses are selected from the Course Inventory
on Screen 125 when the Catalog Academic Year matches at least one
term in the Term Range on that screen.
3-14
February 2005
Field
Description
Dept
Specify whether you want to read the RJFILE (Course Description
Description File) to get the long description of the department, as shown in screen
1D1, item=1.
Item 1
Y
Get the long description of the department for the Course Catalog
(default).
N
Do not get the long description of the department.
File) to get the title of the course, as shown in 1D4, item=1.
Y
N
Item 2
File) to get the instructor name, as shown in screen 1D4, item=2.
Y
N
Item 3
Get the notes, as shown in screen ID4, item=5 (default).
Do not get the notes.
File) to get the user-defined paragraph, as shown in screen ID4,
item=6.
Y
N
Item 7
Get the co-requisites (default).
Do not get the co-requisites.
File) to get the notes, as shown in screen ID4, item=5.
Y
N
Item 6
Get the prerequisites (default).
Do not get the prerequisites.
File) to get the co-requisites, as shown in screen ID4, item=4.
Y
N
Item 5
Get the instructor name (default).
Do not get the instructor name.
File) to get the prerequisites, as shown in screen ID4, item=3.
Y
N
Item 4
Get the course title (default).
Do not get the course title.
Get the user-defined paragraph (default).
Do not get the user-defined paragraph.
item=7.
Y
N
February 2005
3-15
Field
Item 8
Description
item=8.
Y
N
Item 9
Get the user-defined paragraph, (default).
Get the user-defined paragraph.
item=9.
Y
N
Grades
Name
Specify whether the student name should be displayed on the Grades
page.
Y
N
Statistics
Specify whether the current and cumulative statistics should be
displayed on the Grades page.
Y
N
Holds
Display the student name on the Grades page (default).
Do not display the student name on the Grades page.
Display statistics on the screen (default).
Do not display statistics on the screen.
Specify whether a student with a transcript hold may view the Grades
page.
Y
N
Students with transcript holds can view their grades.
Students with transcript holds cannot view their grades (default).
Unofficial Transcript
Name
Holds
Specify whether the student name should be displayed on the
Unofficial Transcript page.
Y
Display the student name on the Unofficial Transcript page
(default).
N
Do not display the student name on the Unofficial Transcript
page.
Specify whether a student with a transcript hold may view the
Y
Students with transcript holds can view the Unofficial Transcript
page.
N
Students with transcript holds cannot view the Unofficial
Transcript page (default).
3-16
February 2005
Field
Description
Institutional Coursework
Name
Holds
Institutional Coursework page.
Y
Display the student name on the Institutional Coursework page
(default).
N
Do not display the student name on the Institutional Coursework
page.
Y
Students with transcript holds can view the Institutional
Coursework page.
N
Students with transcript holds cannot view the Institutional
Coursework page (default).
Transfer Credit
Name
Specify whether the student name should be displayed on the Transfer
Credit page.
Y
N
Holds
Display the student name on the Transfer Credit page (default).
Do not display the student name on the Transfer Credit page.
Transfer Credit page (default).
Y
Students with transcript holds can view the Transfer Credit page.
N
Students with transcript holds cannot view the Transfer Credit
page (default).
Bank Information
Name
Specify whether the student name should be displayed on the Bank
Account Information page.
Y
Display the student name on the Bank Account Information page
(default).
N
Do not display the student name on the Bank Account
Information page.
Additional Services
Name
Additional Services page.
Y
Display the student name on the Additional Services page
(default).
N
Do not display the student name on the Additional Services page.
February 2005
3-17
Student Records 2 (W22) Screen Options
Use the Student Records 2 Screen (W22) to define settings for the
Account Summary and Holds options, credit card payments made
toward an account by a student or a Parent/Guest, and credit card
receipts.
The following table lists the Student Records 2 Screen (W22) field
entries.
Field
Description
Account Summary
Disp
Due Date
Specify whether the due date is to be displayed on the Account
Summary page.
Y
N
Display the due date (default).
Do not display the due date.
Due Date
Specify the due date (in format MMDDYYYY) for all student
accounts.
Tuition
Calculation
Specify when tuition calculation is to be performed.
Y
Always calculate tuition when an Account Summary is requested
(default).
R
Only calculate tuition when Tuition Calc=Y on Screen 111
(Student Term Attributes) for the specified term.
N
Do not calculate tuition.
3-18
February 2005
Field
Name
View
Account
Description
Specify whether the student name should be displayed on the Account
Summary page.
Y
Display the student name on the Account Summary page
(default).
N
Do not display the student name on the Account Summary page.
Specify whether all students, or just active students may view the
Account Summary page.
If blank, all students may view the Account Summary page
(default).
A
Subcode
Grouping
Only active students may view the Account Summary page.
Specify whether subcode grouping is to be applied to the Account
Summary.
Y
Summarize subcodes into subgroups in the Account Summary
and display the subcode group instead of detail lines. If a
particular subcode is not associated with any subcode group, it is
displayed as a subcode detail line (default).
N
Display every detail subcode line in the Account Summary.
Holds
Effective
Term
Specify whether the effective term is to be displayed on the Holds
page.
Y
N
Display the effective term on the Holds page (default).
Do not display the effective term on the Holds page.
Waived
Term
Specify whether the waived term is to be displayed on the Holds page.
Originating
Office
Specify whether the name of the office that originated the hold is to be
displayed on the Holds page.
Y
N
Y
N
Display the waived term on the Holds page (default).
Do not display the waived term on the Holds page.
Display the originating office on the Holds page (default).
Do not display the originating office on the Holds page.
Account Summary Credit Card Payment
Default
Subcode
The default payment subcode (greater than 00102) used to identify
credit card payments toward students’ account summaries. This
subcode is only used when Credit Card Usage=B or D.
Visa
Subcode
The payment subcode (greater than 00102) used to identify Visa
credit card payments made toward students’ account summaries. This
subcode is only used when Credit Card Usage=C or D.
February 2005
3-19
Field
Description
MasterCard The payment subcode (greater than 00102) used to identify
Subcode
Mastercard credit card payments made toward students’ account
summaries. This subcode is only used when Credit Card Usage=C or
D.
American
Express
Subcode
The payment subcode (greater than 00102) used to identify American
Express credit card payments made toward students’ account
summaries. This subcode is only used when Credit Card Usage=C or
D.
Discover
Subcode
The payment subcode (greater than 00102) used to identify Discover
Card credit card payments made toward students’ account summaries.
This subcode is only used when Credit Card Usage=C or D.
Other Credit The payment subcode (greater than 00102) used to identify credit card
Card
payments (other than Visa, Mastercard, AMerican Express, or
Subcode
Discover Card) made toward students’ account summaries. This
Credit Card
Usage
Specify how the credit card subcodes are to be used for account
summary payments:
B
Use the Default Subcode for all credit card types (and disregard
any subcodes entered for individual credit card types).
C
Only allow use of credit cards for which subcodes have been
specified. This option allows you to restrict the types of credit
cards used to make account summary payments. If your
institution does not accept a particular credit card, do not specify
a subcode for this credit card type.
D
Use the subcodes that have been specified for the various credit
card types. Use the Default Subcode when an individual credit
card subcode is not provided. This option allows you to accept all
credit card types without specifying a subcode for each one.
Parent/Guest Credit Card Payment
Default
Subcode
credit card payments made by parents or guests. This subcode is only
used when Credit Card Usage=B or D.
Visa
Subcode
credit card payments made by parents or guests. This subcode is only
used when Credit Card Usage=C or D.
MasterCard The payment subcode (greater than 00102) used to identify
Subcode
Mastercard credit card payments made by parents or guests. This
American
Express
Subcode
The payment subcode (greater than 00102) used to identify American
Express credit card payments made by parents or guests. This subcode
is only used when Credit Card Usage=C or D.
3-20
February 2005
Field
Discover
Subcode
Description
The payment subcode (greater than 00102) used to identify Discover
Card credit card payments made by parents or guests. This subcode is
only used when Credit Card Usage=C or D.
Other Credit The payment subcode (greater than 00102) used to identify credit card
Card
payments (other than Visa, Mastercard, AMerican Express, or
Subcode
Discover Card) made by parents or guests. This subcode is only used
when Credit Card Usage=C or D.
Credit Card
Usage
Payment
Term
Specify how the credit card subcodes are to be used for payments
made by parents or guests:
B
Use the Default Subcode for all credit card types (and disregard
any subcodes entered for individual credit card types).
C
cards used to make payments by parents or guests. If your
institution does not accept a particular credit card, do not specify
a subcode for this credit card type.
D
Use the subcodes that have been specified for the various credit
card types (default). Use the Default Subcode when an
individual credit card subcode is not provided. This option allows
you to accept all credit card types without specifying a subcode
for each one.
Specify how the payment term is determined for the Parent/Guest
Payment option.
S
Parents and Guests can select the term for which they want to
make a payment. They will be able to select any term for which
the current date falls within the Parent/Guest Begin and End dates
specified for the term on Screen W01.
Note: If the current date only falls within the Parent/Guest Begin
and End dates specified for one term on Screen W01, the
Parent/Guest term will default to that term and parents/
guests will not need to select a term.
D
Default the Parent/Guest term to the current term for the student’s
academic unit.
All Credit Card Receipts
Display
Login ID
Specify whether the student ID is to be displayed on all credit card
receipts (for Account Summary, Admission Fee, Official Transcript
Request, and Parent/Guest Payment).
Y
N
Display the student ID on credit card receipts (default).
Do not display the student ID on credit card receipts.
February 2005
3-21
Step 7: Setting up the Official Transcript Request Options
Use the following screens to set up the Official Transcript Request
options:
• Official Transcript Request 1 (W23)
• Official Transcript Request 2 (W24)
Official Transcript Request 1 (W23) Screen Options
Use the Official Transcript Request 1 Screen (W23) to set the fees for
official transcript requests.
Figure 3-7 Official Transcript Request 1 Screen (W23)
The following table lists the Official Transcript Request 1 Screen
(W23) field entries for up to two transcript fees.
Field
Description
Transcript Fees 1 & 2
Title
Specify the fee title that is to appear on the Official Transcript
Request page:
H
S
T
Type
Handling
Service
Transcript
Specify the type of transcript fee:
N
FC
FR
GC
GR
No fee (any specified fees are ignored)
Charge a flat fee per transcript copy
Charge flat fee per transcript request
Charge a graduated fee per transcript copy
Charge a graduated fee per transcript request
3-22
February 2005
Field
Description
Fees:
Amount 1-5
Specify the dollar amount for the transcript fee.
• If you are charging a flat fee (Type=FC or FR), only enter one
fee amount.
• If you are charging graduated fees, enter up to 5 fee amounts.
Limit 1-5
If you are charging graduated fees and you’ve specified a
corresponding Amount, enter the maximum number of transcript
copies or transcript requests (depending on the Fee Type of GC or
GR) to be charged the corresponding Amount.
Graduated Fee Per Copy Only:
Count
Date
If you set Transcript Fee Type=GC (graduated fee per copy),
specify the date from which transcript requests are to be counted:
A
Start counting transcript requests from the beginning of the
academic year. You must then specify the Academic Unit.
L
Count transcript requests over the student’s lifetime.
T
term. You must then specify the Academic Unit.
C
calendar year.
D
Start counting transcript requests from the specified Date.
If you set Transcript Fee Type=GC (graduated fee per copy) and
Count=D, specify the beginning date for counting transcript
requests.
Academic Unit If you set the Transcript Fee Type=GC and Count=A or T,
specify which academic unit is to be used to determine the
academic unit or term start date from which transcript copies are to
be counted.
C
D
M
L
A
Main Campus
Dental School
Medical School
Law Center
Administrative
If you do not specify the academic unit, the system will use the
academic unit associated with the student’s most recent career at
the time the transcript request was made.
February 2005
3-23
Official Transcript Request 2 (W24) Screen Options
Use the Official Transcript Request 2 Screen (W24) to set up the
delivery charges for sending official transcript requests.
Figure 3-8 Official Transcript Request 2 Screen (W24)
The following table lists the Official Transcript Request 2 Screen
Field
Delivery Fee
Charged
Description
Specify whether delivery fees are to be charged for transcript
requests.
Y
N
Charge delivery fees for transcript requests.
Do not charge delivery fees for transcript requests.
For up to 5 Delivery Fees
Mode
Specify the type of delivery that students can select for receiving
their transcripts.
F
O
2
C
Type
Specify whether the delivery fee is to be charged per transcript copy
or transcript request.
C
R
Amt
First Class Mail
Overnight Express
2-Day Priority
Certified Mail
Charge the delivery fee per transcript copy.
Charge the delivery fee per transcript request.
Specify the dollar amount to be charged for delivery of the
transcript.
3-24
February 2005
Field
Description
Credit Card Payments
Default
Subcode
credit card payments for transcripts. This subcode is only used
when Credit Card Usage=B or D.
Visa
Subcode
MasterCard
Subcode
The payment subcode (greater than 00102) used to identify
Mastercard credit card payments for transcripts. This subcode is
American
Express
Subcode
American Express credit card payments for transcripts. This
Discover
Subcode
Discover Card credit card payments made for transcripts. This
Other Credit
The payment subcode (greater than 00102) used to identify credit
Card Subcode card payments (other than Visa, Mastercard, AMerican Express, or
Discover Card) made for transcripts. This subcode is only used
Credit Card
Usage
for transcripts:
B
Use the Default Subcode for all credit card types (and
disregard any subcodes entered for individual credit card
types).
C
cards used to make payments for transcripts. If your institution
does not accept a particular credit card, do not specify a
subcode for this credit card type.
D
Use the subcodes that have been specified for the various
credit card types (default). Use the Default Subcode when an
individual credit card subcode is not provided. This option
allows you to accept all credit card types without specifying a
subcode for each one.
February 2005
3-25
Field
Default
Academic
Unit
Description
Specify the academic unit to be used to determine the billing term
for transcript requests dated outside the current term.
When paying for transcripts with a credit card, the system will try
to determine the current term by first retrieving the academic unit
from the student’s most recent term record. The system will then
search the session calendar to find the most recent term for that
academic unit. If the date on the transcript request falls between the
term begin and end dates, that term will be used for the credit card
payment. If, however, the date on the transcript request does not fall
between the term begin and end dates, the system will use the
default academic unit to determine the billing term.
C
D
M
L
A
Main Campus
Dental School
Medical School
Law Center
Administrative
Step 8: Setting up the Additional Services Options
Use the following screens to set up the Additional Services options:
• Additional Services - Groups (W27)
• Additional Services - Group Title/Description (W28)
• Additional Services - Fee Codes (W29)
You can also use the following screens to view lists of the current
groups and fee codes:
• Additional Services - Group Query (W50)
• Additional Services - Fee Code Query (W51)
Additional Services - Groups (W27) Screen Options
Use the Additional Services - Groups Screen (W27) to set up a group of
additional services (e.g., parking permit, board, meal plan, insurance)
for a specified term.
3-26
February 2005
Figure 3-9 Additional Services - Groups Screen (W27)
The following table lists the Additional Services - Groups Screen
Field
Group
Description
Specify a 3-character name for the group of additional services.
• The first character MUST either be M (if it is mandatory that
students make a selection from this group) or O (if choosing
services from this group is optional).
• The remaining two characters may be any combination of alphanumeric characters in order to create a unique group code for the
specified term.
On the Additional Services page, the mandatory groups will be
displayed first and the second and third characters that make up
each group code will determine the sort order of the mandatory and
optional groups (e.g., 01, 02, AA, A1, BB, B1).
For each group you define on Screen W27, you should also specify
a title and a description on Screen W28.
First/Last
Select Date
If you are allowing students to make a selection from this group via
the Web, specify the first and/or last dates within which they can
select additional services from this group. The First Select Date
should be on or before the Last Select Date. If you do not specify
these dates, students will be able to select from this group for as
long as the specified term is available via the Web.
February 2005
3-27
Field
Last Deselect
Date
Description
The last date (within the First/Last Select Date range) on which
students can change their selection of services from this group via
the Web.
• If defined, the Last Deselect Date must be on or before the Last
Select Date.
• If not defined (or is the same date as the First Select Date), a
student will not be able to deselect a service once a selection has
been made.
First Display
Date
The first date on which the specified additional services group
should be displayed on the Additional Services page.
• If the group is available for selection via the Web and the First
Select Date is defined, the First Display Date must be on or
before the First Select Date.
• If you do not set the First Display Date, the group will be
displayed on the Additional Services page for as long as the
specified term is available via the Web.
Type
Select
Fees
Specify which type of services are in this group. This value will
determine which fields will be updated on Screen 431 and the
number of fees a student may select from this group.
P
I
B
M
S
Deferred Payment Plan (single-selection fees set on TDP)
Insurance Plan (single-selection fees set on TOP)
Board Plan (single-selection fees set on TBD)
Other Multiple-selection Optional Fees (set on TOP)
Other Single-selection Optional Fees (set on TOP)
Y
Students may select from this group via the Web (default).
N
Students may not select from this group via the Web. Students
can only view information about the additional services in the
group and then make their selection in person. Your school
administrators would then enter the student’s selection on
Screen 431. The group will be displayed from the First
Display Date (if defined), or for as long as the specified term
is available via the Web. If you set Select to N, DO NOT
specify any dates other than the First Display Date.
Enter the 2-character code for each service (up to 15) to be included
in the additional services group (e.g., 24 - Student ID Card, 31 Parking Garage Permit).
• You can only list fee codes that are valid for the specified group
Type.
• You must list at least one fee code for an Optional group.
• You must list at least two fee codes for a Mandatory group.
For each fee code you list on Screen W27, you must also enter a
description on Screen W29.
3-28
February 2005
Field
Description
Include/
Exclude
Specify which students should be included/excluded from selecting
additional services for the group and term, based on academic unit
and other academic attributes.
When including/excluding student populations for a services group,
make sure that a student is not valid for more than one service
group of the same type. You do not want to display multiple groups
for the same type of service on the Additional Services page for the
student. For example, if you exclude all students except for Seniors
for one service group and create a similar service group for all other
students but forget to exclude seniors, the service group will be
displayed twice for seniors.
Note: Since Classification is not calculated until the student is
initialized in the matriculation entry term (via activity on a
term-specific screen, such as119, 111, or registration),
transfer students could be omitted from the group when
Classification is used as a delimiter.
Copy To
Term/Group
If you want to copy the information for this group to another group
in the same term or the same group in a different term, specify that
Term and Group. The first character of the Copy To Group must be
M (if it is mandatory that students make a selection) or O (if
students have the option to select services).
Additional Services - Group Title/Description (W28) Screen Options
Use the Additional Services - Group Title/Description Screen (W28) to
specify a title and description for a group of additional services, as it
should be displayed on the Web.
Figure 3-10 Additional Services - Group Title/Description Screen (W28)
February 2005
3-29
The following table lists the Additional Services - Group Title/
Description Screen (W28) field entries.
Field
Description
Group
Specify a 3-character name for the group of additional services. The
first character MUST either be M (if it is mandatory that students
make a selection from this group) or O (if choosing services from
this group is optional).
Title
Specify the title (up to 30 characters) for the additional services
group. This title will be displayed above the list of group services
on the Additional Services page.
Description
Specify the description for the additional services group. This
description will be displayed between the group title and the list of
group services on the Additional Services page.
The Description is very important for display of the group, since it
should provide information about selecting/viewing the group. For
example:
• If a group is display only, you should use the description to tell
students that they can view the information to help make their
selection and then tell them how to inform your institution of
their selection (e.g., go to your administrative office by a certain
date to make their selection).
• The system will use the Select and Deselect dates you have
specified for the group to display auto-generated text which
informs students when they can select options, if they cannot
change their selection after a certain date, or if they can view the
choices now and then come back after a specified date to make
their selection. Specify any other information that students
should know in order to make a selection from this group.
Copy To
Term/Group
If you want to copy the title and description for this group to
another group and/or term, specify that Term and Group. The first
character of the Copy To Group must be M (if it is mandatory that
students make a selection) or O (if students have the option to select
services).
3-30
February 2005
Additional Services - Fee Codes (W29) Screen Options
Use the Additional Services - Fee Codes Screen (W29) to specify a
description for an additional service (fee code), as it should be
displayed on the Additional Services page.
Figure 3-11 Additional Services - Fee Codes Screen (W29)
The following table lists the Optional Fees - Fee Codes Screen (W29)
field entries.
Field
Description
Description Enter a description for the specified fee code, as it should be displayed
on the Additional Services page. The fee description should offer
information (including the cost) that will help the student decide
whether to select that fee, or provide details about a service that cannot
be selected via the Web.
Within the description, you can display a link to a document or
another Website. To display a link, enter the text for the link within { }
in the description. For example:
Parking Permit - Main Lot. Refer to {Campus Map} for more
information.
Document
If you display a link within the fee code Description, you MUST
specify the location of the document (or the Website URL).
• If you are providing a link to a document, the document file
SHOULD be located in the WEBDOCS/FORMDOCS directory on
your Web server. Specify the name of the file (e.g.,
CampusMap.pdf).
• If you are displaying a link to a document that is not located in the
WEBDOCS/FORMDOCS directory, specify the full pathname for the
location of the document file.
• If you are displaying a link to another Website, specify the URL
address for the site (e.g., HTTP://www.mealplans.com or
HTTPS://www.univplans.com).
Copy To
Term/Fee
Code
Specify the term and/or fee code to which you want to copy the
information for this fee code.
February 2005
3-31
Additional Services - Group Query (W50) Screen Options
Use the Additional Services - Group Query Screen (W50) to view a list
of all the additional services groups for the specified term, group, and/
or fee type; transfer to screen W27 to view more details about a group,
copy a group to a new group and/or term, and delete a group. You can
copy (or delete) more than one group at a time.
Figure 3-12 Additional Services - Group Query (W50) screen
Additional Services - Fee Code Query (W51) Screen Options
Use the Additional Services - Group Query Screen (W51) to view a list
of all fee codes for the specified term and/or fee code; transfer to
Screen W29 to view more details about a fee code, copy a fee code to a
new fee code and/or term, or delete a fee code. You can copy (or
delete) more than one fee at a time.
Figure 3-13 Additional Services - Fee Code Query (W51) screen
3-32
February 2005
Step 9: Setting up Web Registration Options
Use the following screens to set up the Student Records options:
• Web Registration Access Groups (W03)
• Registration and Schedule 1 (W25)
Web Registration Access Groups (W03) Screen Options
Use the Web Registration Access Groups Screen (W03) to designate
specific registration conditions and to specify who registers and when.
Figure 3-14 Web Registration Access Groups Screen (W03)
You must define records for each term in which Web registration is
available. The following table lists information about the first set of
fields on Screen W03 that you can change.
Field
Term
Value Format
YYT
Description
Specify the term for which the Web Access Group
applies. For example, 02S for Spring 2002.
February 2005
3-33
Field
Priority
Code
Value Format
0001 to 9999
Description
When defining more than one access group for the
term, specify a Priority Code for each access group.
Set up your access groups from most specific (with
the most restrictive set of conditions) to least specific,
and use Priority Code 0001 for the most specific
group.
If a student does not qualify under Priority Code 0001,
the system will see if the student meets the criteria set
for the next Priority Code(s) defined for the term. If a
student does not match the criteria for any of the
Priority Codes, the student will not be able to access
registration via the Web for the specified term.
Begin/End MM-DD-CCYY You may restrict access for a range of dates, and for a
Date
range of hours within those dates.
Begin/End HHMMXX
Hour
For example, if you set Begin Date to 06-01-2003,
End Date to 09-06-2003, Begin Hour to 0800AM
and End Hour to 0430PM, students who meet the
access group criteria could access registration via the
Web between 8:00 in the morning and 4:30 in the
afternoon each day from June 1, 2003 until September
6, 2003.
If you do not specify an hour begin and end point, the
system assumes the entire date range, all hours, for the
specified restriction.
Multiple records can be defined for date and time ranges. The system
checks the restriction criteria against the student’s record. If no match
is found, the system checks the next control record. This continues until
either the student matches the criteria, or the date and time range is no
longer valid (no match).
3-34
February 2005
Because the system processes the table in priority code sequence,
restriction conditions should be listed from most specific to least
specific. The system assumes blank date and hour fields to be a match.
So, for example, if the first entry specified was 03F for term, with no
dates specified, and the second entry was for term 03F with specified
dates 04-01-03 to 04-05-03, the system would process the first record,
because the term 03F and current date would make a match. The
system would not continue to process the second, more specific entry
unless the student did not match the criteria on the first record.
You can use the Student Selection Criteria section of Screen W03 to
specify which students can access registration via the Web for the
specified time period, as follows:
Value
Format
Field
Last Name
Begin/End
X (3)
Description
You can specify a range of last names as a registration
condition. For example, you may designate that only
students whose last names begin with the letter range A
to F may register, which would include all students
whose last names begin with the letters A, B, C, D, E,
and F. If these entries are left blank, the application
uses the start and end of the alphabet as default entries.
User Access
Numbers
Begin/End
9999999 You can specify a range of access numbers as a
registration condition. For example, you may designate
that only students whose access numbers fall within the
numeric range 0000001 to 0000100 may register.
Classification
Begin/End
Hours
9999.99
You can specify a range of classification hours as a
registration condition. For example, you may designate
that only students with classification hours within the
range 1.00 - 99.0 may register during the designated
time frame.
Table 3-15 Web Registration - Student Selection Criteria
February 2005
3-35
You can more clearly define the group of students who can access
registration via the Web for the specified term by setting academic
Group Delimiters. Specify the value for each Group Delimiter and
whether each Group Delimiter is to be Included in, or Excluded from,
the access group, as described in the following table.
Value
Format
Field
Description
Academic
Unit
X
Up to five Academic Units can be included or
excluded.
Level
X
Up to five Levels can be included or excluded.
Classification
X (3)
Up to five Classifications can be included or excluded.
Note: Because Classification is not calculated until the
student is initialized in the matriculation entry
term (via activity on a term-specific screen, such
as 119, 111, or registration), transfer students
could be denied access when Classification is
used as a delimiter.
Major
X (4)
Up to five Majors can be included or excluded.
College
X (3)
Up to five Colleges can be included or excluded.
Degree
X (4)
Up to five Degrees can be included or excluded.
Department
X (4)
Up to five Departments can be included or excluded.
Honors
X (2)
Up to five Honors can be included or excluded.
Special
Programs
X (3)
Up to five Special Programs can be included or
excluded.
Table 3-16 Web Registration - Access Group Delimiters
You can also copy the information for the specified Term and Priority
Code to another. Specify the Copy To Term and Priority Code and
press ENTER.
3-36
February 2005
Registration and Schedule 1 (W25) Screen Options
Use the Registration and Schedule 1 Screen (W25) to define the
settings for the Registration, Student Schedule, Detailed Schedule, and
Registration Status options.
Figure 3-15 Registration and Schedule 1 Screen (W25)
The following table lists the Registration and Schedule 1 Screen (W25)
field entries.
Field
Description
Registration
Drop/Add Classes, Conditional Drop/Add, and Change Class Options:
Name
Term Status
Specify whether the Student Name is to be displayed on the
Registration Web pages.
Y
Display the student name on the Drop/Add Classes, Change
Class Options, and Conditional Drop/Add pages.
N
Do not display the student name on the Drop/Add Classes,
Change Class Options, and Conditional Drop/Add pages.
Define up to five types of status a term can be in order to allow
students to access the Drop/Add Classes, Conditional Drop/Add, and
Change Class Options pages.
G
H
P
R
S
Grading
History
Pre-registration
Registration
Scheduling
February 2005
3-37
Field
Description
Change Class Options:
Grade
Types
Specify up to five Grade Types which can be selected on the Change
Class Options page. Valid values are the same as those for Grade
Type (RT310).
Normal grade rules. Students receive earned hours, quality
hours, and quality points based on the grade received.
AU Audit. No earned hours, quality hours or quality points
received regardless of the grade submitted.
CN
Credit/No Credit. This is used for consortium.
FT
Full-Time Registration. Force the student to full-time status.
NG Non-graded. Same effect as audit, except no grade is expected.
PF
Pass/Fail. Earned hours received based on the grade submitted.
GPA is not affected.
PT
Part-Time Registration. Force the student to part-time status.
RI
Repeat (included in GPA). Remove the effect of a repeated
course from earned hours only. The original grade is included
in the GPA calculation.
RX
Repeat (excluded from GPA). Remove the effect of a repeated
course from earned hours and GPA.
SU
Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory. Usually used with non-credit
courses.
XC
Exclude Credit. Eliminate all credit for the course, both earned
hours and GPA data.
XE
Exclude Earned Hours. Eliminate earned hours only.
XG Exclude GPA data. Eliminate GPA data only.
3-38
February 2005
Field
Description
Student Schedule
Name
Time
Increment
Specify whether the Student Name is to be displayed on the Student
Schedule.
Y
Student name is displayed on the screen for Web and Kiosk,
and printed on the student schedule for Kiosk.
P
For Kiosk, student name is not displayed on the screen, but is
printed on the student schedule. For Web, the name is
displayed.
N
Student name is not displayed on the screen for Web and
Kiosk, and not printed on the student schedule for Kiosk.
Specify the time increment by which the Student Schedule is to be
divided. Specify an increment of either 15 (default), 30, or 60
minutes.
Detailed Schedule
Name
Specify whether the Student Name is to be displayed on the Detailed
Schedule.
Y
Student name is displayed on the screen for Web and Kiosk,
and printed on the student schedule for Kiosk.
P
For Kiosk, student name is not displayed on the screen, but is
printed on the student schedule. For Web, the name is
displayed.
N
Student name is not displayed on the screen for Web and
Kiosk, and not printed on the student schedule for Kiosk.
Registration Status
Name
Specify whether the Student Name is to be displayed on the
Registration Status page.
Y
Display the student name on the Registration Status page.
N
Do not display the student name on the Registration Status
page.
February 2005
3-39
Step 10: Setting up the Web Admissions System Options
Use the following screens to set up the Admissions options:
• Web Admissions System Options (WA2)
• Web Required Admissions Pages (W04)
• Web Admissions Page Display Options (W05)
• Web Admissions Application Type/Term (W06)
Web Admissions System Options (WA2) Screen
Use the Web Admissions System Options Screen (WA2) to set up the
login, display, and payment options for the Admissions feature.
Figure 3-16 Web Admissions System Options Screen (WA2)
The following table lists the Web Admissions System Options Screen
(WA2) field entries that you can change.
Field
Description
Login Options
Generate SID
Specify whether you want the system to generate an ID for any
applicant who does not enter a Social Security Number on the
Admissions Login page.
Y Automatically generate IDs (default)
N Do not generate IDs
Table 3-18 Screen WA2 Field Entries
3-40
February 2005
Field
Description
Allow Web PIN
Creation
Specify whether you want the system to allow an applicant with
a SID but no PIN on file to create a PIN.
N Do not allow PIN creation by applicants who do not already
have a PIN on file.
Y Allow applicants who do not have a PIN to create a PIN
(default). Then specify the weights for using the information
the applicant enters on the Web to verify his/her identity
before creating the PIN.
If you allow Web PIN creation, set these weights:
(If a weight is set at 0, the applicant will not be prompted to enter that information.)
Name
Specify a number from 0 to 9 for the weight to be assigned to the
applicant’s name when verifying the applicant’s identity.
Date of Birth
applicant’s date of birth when verifying the applicant’s identity.
Gender
applicant’s gender when verifying the applicant’s identity.
Perm Address
Line 1
applicant’s first line of his/her permanent address when
verifying the applicant’s identity.
Perm Addr
City/Postal Code
applicant’s city and postal code of his/her permanent address
when verifying the applicant’s identity.
Perm Address
Phone
applicant’s phone number of his/her permanent address when
verifying the applicant’s identity.
Minimum
Weight Value
Specify the minimum weight (between 0 and 99) for applicants
to be considered a near match in verifying their identity. Make
sure the Min Value does not exceed the sum of the weighted
field values (for Full Name, Gender, Perm Address Line 1, Perm
City/Postal Code, and Perm Phone) or the Max Value.
Maximum
Weight Value
If no exact match for the applicant is found in the system, the
Max Value (between 0 and 99) will specify the weight
necessary for the system to consider a near match as an exact
match. The Max Value should not exceed the sum of the
weighted values (for Full Name, Gender, Perm Address Line 1,
Perm City/Postal Code, and Perm Phone) or be less than the
specified Min Value.
Table 3-18 Screen WA2 Field Entries (continued)
February 2005
3-41
Field
Description
Date of Birth
Match Required
Specify whether the applicant’s Date of Birth must match what
is already on file.
N The Date of Birth the applicant enters on the Web does not
need to match what is on file (default).
R
Gender Match
Required
The Date of Birth the applicant enters on the Web must
match what is on file.
Specify whether the applicant’s Gender must match what is
already on file.
N The Gender the applicant enters on the Web does not need
to match what is on file (default).
R
The Gender the applicant enters on the Web must match
what is on file.
Display Options
Default
State Code
Specify the 2-character code for the state in which your
institution is located. The name of the state will be listed first in
the State list boxes.
Def State
Literal
Specify the name of the state in which your institution is located.
This value is displayed in the Are you a legal resident of [State]
question on the Enrollment Intentions page.
Default
Country Code
Specify the 2-character code for the country in which your
institution is located. The name of the country will be listed first
in the Country list boxes.
Display
Deadlines
Specify whether you want to display application deadlines on the
Completing Your Application and Review Application pages.
Y Display application deadline dates (default).
N Do not display application deadline dates.
Payment Options
Calculate/
Display
Appl Fee
Specify whether you want the system to calculate and display
the Application Fee when an applicant reviews his/her
application, submits an application, and pays an application fee.
N Do not calculate and display the Application Fee. Only set
this option to N if you are going to customize the system in
order to calculate and display your fees.
Y Calculate and display the Application Fee (default). When
this option is set to Y, you must set the other Payment
Options listed below.
3-42
February 2005
Field
Description
Appl Fee
Payment Term
Specify the term (in format YYT) to which application fees
should be applied if fees should not be applied to the first term
the applicant is to attend your institution.
Initial Fee
Status
Specify whether to charge a fee if no fee is specified for an
application Type.
R Charge a flat rate
N No fee required
Require Fee
Before
Submission
Specify whether your institution requires applicants to pay their
application fees before submitting their applications.
Y Require applicants to pay their application fees before
submitting their applications. This option is only available if
you are using the TouchNet Gateway Credit Card payment
processing.
N Do not require application fees to be paid before submission
(default).
Def Appl FeesRes
Specify the 3-digit default application fee for residents of your
state (e.g., 025 for $25).
Def Appl FeesNon-Res
Specify the 3-digit default application fee for applicants who do
not reside in your state (e.g., 050 for $50).
Credit Card
Types Allowed
Specify the 1-character code for up to 5 credit card types that can
be accepted by your institution. The names of the accepted credit
cards will be displayed on the Review Application, Application
Fee Payment, and Credit Card Payment pages to inform
applicants of their payment options.
A
D
M
V
O
American Express
Discover Card
Master Card
Visa
Other
February 2005
3-43
Web Required Admissions Pages Screen (W04)
Use the Web Required Admissions Pages Screen (W04) to define the
types of applications accepted by your institution via the Web, and to
select (for each application type) some of the fields to be displayed and
the sections of the application that an applicant must complete.
Figure 3-17 Web Required Admissions Pages Screen (W04)
You must define the Level and Rule for each application type. Also
determine whether certain fields are to be displayed on applications for
the specified application type.
Select the Web pages to be displayed (Personal Information, High
School History, College History, Residency/Citizenship, Personal
References, Employment History, and/or Client Requirements) for a
particular application type. You can also specify whether the
Emergency Contact section should be displayed on the Personal
Information page, and whether the Previous Address section should be
displayed on the Residency/Citizenship page.
3-44
February 2005
Refer to the following table for information about the fields on the Web
Required Admissions Pages Screen (W04).
Field
Description
Application
Type
Define each type of student application that can be accepted via
the Web. For each application type, enter a valid 1-character code
according to your values for DBD element AC29E (e.g.,
Freshman, Graduate). The specified value will be used to
determine the Fee Type (MM508) for the application, if your
institution sets Calculation/Display Appl Fee to Y on Screen
WA2 (Web Admissions System Options) to have the system
calculate and display the application fee.
Level
Links a Web application type to a specific career level. Enter a
valid 1-character code for the level according to your values for
DBD element AC29T (e.g., Undergraduate, Graduate).
Prospective students will then be able to select from programs with
the same level (as set on Screen 134, with Web=Y).
Address/Phone Specify which set of information (phone number, e-mail address,
Number
and mailing address) defined in the ACINPM copybook is to be
displayed for the Admissions Office in the text on the Web pages
for the specified Application Type. Up to three sets of Admissions
Office information will be defined in the ACINPM copybook.
Here are two sample sets:
1 Undergraduate Admissions office
2 Graduate Admissions office
3 International Admissions office
1 Two-Year Degree Admissions office
2 Four-Year Degree Admissions office
3 Continuing Education Admissions office
Note: The name, e-mail address, and phone number of each of
these offices must be defined for DBD element AC29M.
Rule
Links the Web application to a specific admissions rule. Enter a
valid 1- or 2-character code for the rule according to your values
for DBD element AC29U (e.g., Dentistry, Freshman, Law).
Note: The Rule must be defined on the Admission Requirement
Rules (MRR) Screen.
Perform
Auto-Admit
Specify N if your institution does not want to execute auto-admit
processing when an applicant submits the specified application
type and fulfills all of the admission requirements. (Default is Y.)
February 2005
3-45
Field
Description
Early Decision
Specify whether your institution wants to display the question Do
you want to be considered for early decision on the Enrollment
Intentions page.
Y
R
N
Default
Housing Val
Display the Early Decision question as optional.
Display the Early Decision question as required.
Do not display the Early Decision question (default).
Specify the default value for applicants’ housing intentions to be
displayed on the Enrollment Intentions page. This field is used to
set a housing intention for a particular Application Type, which
may not be changed by an applicant.
For example, if your institution requires that all freshmen live on
campus, you could set this field to O (on-campus housing). Then,
On-campus housing required will be displayed as the housing
intention on the Enrollment Intentions page.
C
H
O
R
U
Alternate
Major
Specify whether your institution wants to display the Alternate
Major field on the Select Major page.
Y
R
N
Minor
Display Intended Minor as an optional field (default).
Display Intended Minor as a required field.
Do not display the Intended Minor field.
Specify whether your institution wants to display the question Will
you be attending as a full-time or part-time student on the
Enrollment Intentions page.
Y
R
N
Special
Program
Display Alternate Major as an optional field (default).
Display Alternate Major as a required field.
Do not display the Alternate Major field.
Specify whether your institution wants to display the Intended
Minor field on the Enrollment Intentions page.
Y
R
N
Full/Part-time
Not specified (default)
Commute from off-campus housing
Live at home
On-campus housing
On-campus housing required
Unknown
Display the full/part-time question as optional (default).
Display the full/part-time question as required.
Do not display the full/part-time question.
Specify whether your institution wants to display the Special
Program field on the Enrollment Intentions page.
Y
R
N
Display Special Program as an optional field (default).
Display Special Program as a required field.
Do not display the Special Program field.
3-46
February 2005
Field
Description
Personal
Information
Page
Specify whether your institution requires that all applicants (for
the specified application type) complete the Personal Information
page for their admissions application.
Y
N
Emergency
Contact
Display the Personal Information page.
Do not display the Personal Information page.
If your institution requires that all applicants (for the specified
application type) complete the Personal Information page, specify
whether you want to display (and require them to complete) the
Emergency Contact section on this Web page.
Y
N
High School
History Page
Display the Emergency Contact section.
Do not display the Emergency Contact section.
the specified application type) complete the High School History
page for their admissions application. On the High School History
page, applicants will enter information about the high school(s)
they’ve attended and/or indicate if they’ve been home schooled, or
received a GED.
Y
N
College
History Page
Display the High School History page.
Do not display the High School History page.
the specified application type) complete the College History page
for their admissions application. On the College History page,
applicants will either enter information about the colleges they’ve
attended, or specify that they have not taken any college courses.
Y
N
Residency/
Citizenship
Page
Display the College History page.
Do not display the College History page.
the specified application type) complete the Residency/Citizenship
Y
N
Previous
Address
Display the Residency/Citizenship page.
Do not display the Residency/Citizenship page.
application type) complete the Residency/Citizenship page,
specify whether you want to display the Previous Address
Information section on this Web page.
Y
N
Display the Previous Address section.
Do not display the Previous Address section.
February 2005
3-47
Field
Personal
References/
Number
Employment
History
Description
the specified application type) complete the Personal References
Y
Display the Personal References page. Then specify the
number of personal references that each applicant is required
to provide (up to 3).
N
Do not display the Personal References page.
the specified application type) complete the Employment History
Y
N
Client
Requirements
the specified application type) complete the Client Requirements
page that you have created.
Y
N
Page Name
Display the Employment History page.
Do not display the Employment History page.
Display the Client Requirements page.
Do not display the Client Requirements page.
application type) complete the Client Requirements page that you
have created, specify the name of the page for your reference. The
name may consist of up to 26 characters and will be displayed on
two lines.
3-48
February 2005
Web Admissions Page Display Options (W05)
Use the Web Admissions Page Display Options Screen (W05) to
specify which optional fields are to be displayed on the Enrollment
Intentions, Personal Information, and Residency/Citizenship pages, and
the high school and address type preferences.
Figure 3-18 Web Admissions Page Display Options Screen (W05)
Admissions Page Display Options Screen (W05).
Field
Description
Enrollment Intentions
Display
ADM Link
Specify whether you want to display a link to your institution’s Web
page, that lists your admissions policies and the programs being
offered, on the series of Enrollment Intentions pages.
Y Display a link to your institution’s Web page on the series of
Enrollment Intentions pages (default).
Note: You will specify the name (AdmInfoPage^) and URL
(AdmInfoPgURL^) for your institution’s Web page in the
TSRVWEB.INI file in “Step 20: Updating InstitutionSpecific Settings in TSRVWEB.INI” on page 3-76.
If you display this link, you must provide a link back to Student
Self-Service: Admissions from your institution’s Web page.
When applicants return to Student Self-Service: Admissions, they
will have to log in again. Then, depending on whether they have
applications on file or not, they will be guided to the appropriate
Admissions Web page.
N Do not display a link to your institution’s Web page on the series
of Enrollment Intentions pages.
February 2005
3-49
Field
Residency
Status
Description
Specify whether your institution wants to display the question Are
you a legal resident of [default state literal]? on the Enrollment
Intentions page.
Y Display the resident? question as optional (default).
R Display the resident? question as required.
N Do not display the resident? question.
Fin Aid
Intentions
Specify whether your institution wants to display the question Do you
plan to apply for financial aid? on the Enrollment Intentions page.
Y Display the fin aid? question as optional (default).
R Display the fin aid? question as required.
N Do not display the fin aid? question.
Prev
Attendance
Specify whether your institution wants to display the question Have
you previously attended this university? on the Enrollment
Intentions page.
Y Display the attended? question as optional (default).
R Display the attended? question as required.
N Do not display the attended? question.
Prev
Applied
you previously applied for admission to this university? on the
Y Display the applied? question as optional (default).
R Display the applied? question as required.
N Do not display the applied? question.
Housing
Intentions
Specify whether your institution wants to display the question Where
do you plan to live while attending this university? on the
Y Display the plan to live? question as optional (default).
R Display the plan to live? question as required.
N Do not display the plan to live? question.
Personal Information
Nickname
Specify whether your institution wants to display the Enter your
preferred nickname field on the Personal Information page.
Y Display the nickname field as optional (default).
N Do not display the nickname field.
Gender
Specify whether your institution wants to display the Gender field on
the Personal Information page.
Y Display the Gender field as optional (default).
R Display the Gender field as required.
N Do not display the Gender field.
3-50
February 2005
Field
Birth
Date
Description
Specify whether your institution wants to display the Date of Birth
field on the Personal Information page.
Y Display the Date of Birth field as optional (default).
R Display the Date of Birth field as required.
N Do not display the Date of Birth field.
Marital
Status
Specify whether your institution wants to display the Marital Status
Y Display the Marital Status field as optional (default).
R Display the Marital Status field as required.
N Do not display the Marital Status field.
Selective
Service
Specify whether your institution wants to display the Selective
Service Status field on the Personal Information page.
Y Display the Selective Service field as optional (default).
R Display the Selective Service field as required.
N Do not display the Selective Service field.
Veteran
Status
Specify whether your institution wants to display the Veteran Status
Y Display the Veteran Status field as optional (default).
R Display the Veteran Status field as required.
N Do not display the Veteran Status field.
Disability
Specify whether your institution wants to display the Disability Type
Y Display the Disability Type field as optional (default).
R Display the Disability Type field as required.
N Do not display the Disability Type field.
Religion
Specify whether your institution wants to display the Religion field
on the Personal Information page.
Y Display the Religion field as optional (default).
R Display the Religion field as required.
N Do not display the Religion field.
Ethnicity
Specify whether your institution wants to display the Ethnicity field
on the Personal Information page.
Y Display the Ethnicity field as optional (default).
R Display the Ethnicity field as required.
N Do not display the Ethnicity field.
February 2005
3-51
Field
Description
Criminal
Convictions you ever been convicted of a felony? on the Personal Information
page.
Y Display the convicted? question as optional (default).
R Display the convicted? question as required.
N Do not display the convicted? question.
Residency/Citizenship
ResidenceBirth
Specify whether your institution wants to display the Residency at
Birth fields (county, state, and country of birth) on the Residency/
Citizenship page.
Y Display Residency at Birth fields as optional (default).
R Display Residency at Birth fields as required.
N Do not display Residency at Birth fields.
ResidenceOrigin
Specify whether your institution wants to display the Residency at
First Admission - Origin Information fields (county, state, and
country of origin) on the Residency/Citizenship page.
Y Display Origin fields as optional (default).
R Display Origin fields as required.
N Do not display Origin fields.
State
Legal Res
Specify whether your institution wants to display the questions In
what state is your legal residence? and How long have you lived at
your legal residence? on the Residency/Citizenship page.
Y Display the residence? questions as optional (default).
R Display the residence? questions as required.
N Do not display the residence? questions.
High School
Home
Schooled
Code
Specify the 7-digit number to be used as the school code on the High
School History page for applicants who have been home schooled.
GED Code
Specify the 7-digit number to be used as the school code on the High
School History page for applicants who have earned a GED.
3-52
February 2005
Field
Description
Address Types
When specifying which address to use for the permanent, temporary, emergency
contact, previous legal, and prior legal addresses for your applicants, you may select
any address type defined at your institution. The following address types are defined
in the SIS base system:
B
C
E
G
K
L
M
Billing
Emergency Contact 2
Emergency Contact 1
Grades
Local
Temporary
N
P
S
T
U
1
2
Permanent
Special
Tax (W-9S)
User
Most recent previous legal residence
Prior legal residence
Permanent
Specify the address type to be assigned to the Permanent Address
applicants enter when they create their accounts or update their
Permanent Address on the Personal Information page. (The
Permanent address is the default.)
Temporary
Specify the address type to be assigned to the Temporary Address
applicants enter on the Personal Information page. (The Temporary
address is the default.)
Emergency
Contact
Specify the address type to be assigned to the Emergency Contact
Address applicants enter on the Personal Information page. (The
Emergency Contact 1 address is the default.)
Previous
Legal
Specify the address type to be assigned to the Previous Legal
Address applicants enter on the Residency/Citizenship page. (The
Most recent previous legal residence is the default.)
Prior Legal
Specify the address type to be assigned to the Prior Legal Address
applicants enter on the Residency/Citizenship page. (The Prior legal
residence is the default.)
February 2005
3-53
Web Application Type/Term Options
Use the Web Admissions Application Type/Term Options Screen
(W06) to define the application fee information, credit card subcodes,
and deadlines for each application type, term, and academic unit.
Figure 3-19 Web Admissions Application Type/Term Options Screen (W06)
Admissions Application Type/Term Options Screen (W06).
Field
Description
Application Fee Calculations
If you want to display different application fee amounts based on Application Type
on the Review Application and Submit Application pages, specify the information for
the Application Fee Calculations on this screen. If you do not enter fee information
on this screen, the system will use the fee amounts specified on Screen WA2 (Web
Admissions System Options).
Initial Fee Status
Value
Specify whether applicants must pay an application fee for the
selected application type.
N No application fee for this application type.
R Charge flat rate for all applications of this application type.
T Special fee for additional applications submitted for the
same term. (If you set this value, you must specify the
Multiple App Indicator and Multiple App Fee Value).
W Fee waived for this application type.
Application Fee - Specify the 3-digit application fee for residents who are
Resident
submitting this application type (e.g., enter 050 for $50 fee,
enter 100 for $100 fee). (No default.)
3-54
February 2005
Field
Description
Application Fee - Specify the 3-digit application fee for non-residents who are
Non-Resident
submitting this application type (e.g., enter 075 for $75 fee,
enter 125 for $125 fee). (No default.)
The system will set this fee if you are not using residency to
determine the application fee amount.
Multiple App
$/% Indicator
If you set the Initial Fee Status Value to T, you must specify
whether the amount entered for the Multiple Application Fee
Value is a dollar amount or a percentage.
$ Specified Multiple App Fee Value is a dollar amount.
% Specified Multiple App Fee Value is a percentage.
Multiple App Fee If you set the Initial Fee Status Value to T, you must specify
Value
the 3-digit dollar amount or the percentage of the full application
fee amount to be charged an applicant for all applications
submitted after the first application for the same term. (For
example, enter 035 for $35 fee, enter 050 for 50% of full
application fee).
Credit Card Auto-Charge Subcodes
Subcode
You may have up to five Credit Card Types, so you must
specify the auto-charge subcode for each Credit Card Type
that can be used to submit applications of any type.
Deadline Dates
Only the deadline dates for which you specify values will be displayed on the
application Web pages.
Web Submission
Deadline
Specify the last date on which students can submit the specified
type of Web application (required).
This deadline overrides the Admissions App Update End date
specified on Screen W01 (Web Term Calendar). Students can
update and submit Web applications until the Web Submission
Deadline for the specified application type, even if the
Admissions App Update End date for the term is later.
International
Student Deadline
Specify the deadline for submitting applications of the specified
type by international students (optional).
Early Decision
Deadline
type in order to be considered for early admission (optional).
Transfer Student
Deadline
type by transfer students (optional).
Financial Aid
Deadline
type by students who will require financial aid (optional).
February 2005
3-55
Field
Description
Copy options to another Application Type, Term, and Academic Unit
Instead of re-entering the same options for other application types, terms, and
academic units, you can copy the options currently displayed on Screen W06.
Copy to Appl
Type
Specify the 1-character code for the Application Type to which
you want to copy the current options on Screen W06. The
following is a list of the values in the SIS base system:
F
G
P
X
Y
Z
Freshman
Graduate
Professional
Transfer Undergraduate
Transfer Graduate
Transfer Professional
Term
Specify the Term to which you want to copy the current options
on Screen W06. Enter the term in the format YYT, where YY
identifies the calendar year and T represents the term within that
calendar year (e.g., 03S for the Spring term in 2003).
Acad Unit
Specify the Academic Unit to which you want to copy the
current options on Screen W06.
C
D
M
L
A
Main Campus
Dental School
Medical School
Law Center
Administrative
3-56
February 2005
Step 11: Setting the Financial Aid Options
Use the following screens to set up the Financial Aid options:
• Financial Aid 1 (W26)
• Fund Attribute (331)
• Tracking Messages (337)
Financial Aid 1 Screen (W26)
Use the Financial Aid 1 Screen (W26) to define the settings for the
Accept Awards, Award Info By Year/Award History, Student
Requirements, Cost of Attendance, Academic Progress, and Financial
Aid Summary options.
Figure 3-20 Financial Aid 1 Screen (W26)
The following table lists the Financial Aid 1 Screen (W26) field entries
that you can change.
Field
Description
Available
Award
Years
Specify up to 5 award years (in format CCYY) for which students can
view their financial aid information on the Web. The order in which the
award years are entered determines their order in the list box on the
Select Award Year page.
Award years are referenced and updated in ACFILE.
Default
Award
Year
Specify the default award year for the Financial Aid features of Student
Self-Service. The default award year is usually set to the current year to
save students from having to enter it each time they use Student SelfService to view/update their financial aid information.
February 2005
3-57
Field
Description
Accept Awards
Name
Specify whether the student name is to be displayed on the Accept
Awards page.
Y
N
Time
Control
Display student name on the Accept Awards page (default).
Do not display student name on the Accept Awards page.
Specify whether you want the system to calculate how much time each
student has to accept/decline his/her awards.
Y
The system will calculate how much time each student has to
accept/decline his/her awards, and will display a message to let the
student know how many days are left to take action on his/her
awards. If you specify this option, you must also set Number of
Days to Take Action.
N
No date calculation will be performed to determine the number of
days a student has to take action on his/her awards. The student
will have an unlimited number of days to view and accept/decline
his/her awards via the Accept Awards page (default).
Number
of Days
to Take
Action
If you set Time Control to Y, you must set this option. Specify the
number of days students have to take action on their awards. The
system will calculate the last day it will accept a response by using the
date the award letter is printed as the start date. Since there may be
more than one Award Letter Print Date within an Award Year, the
system will use the most recent Award Letter Print Date in its
calculation. (Default is 0, the setting that must be used if you set Time
Control to N.)
Set
Offered
Amount to
Accept
Amount
Specify whether the system should set the amount of the award that
was offered to the partial award amount that was accepted by the
student.
N
Do not set the offered amount to the accepted partial amount
(default). The student will be able to change the amount of the
award he/she wants to accept until the award is disbursed.
Y
Set the offered amount to the partial amount the student accepted.
The award amount will be locked in so that the student cannot
change it via the Web.
3-58
February 2005
Field
Description
Terms &
Specify whether students must agree to your institution’s Terms and
Conditions Conditions before accepting their awards.
N
Do not display a link to the Terms and Conditions on the Accept
Awards and the Award Information by Year pages (default).
Y
Display a link to the Terms and Conditions on the Accept Awards
and the Award Information by Year pages. Also display an
acceptance checkbox on the Accept Awards page.
When students select the link, the system will display a new
window with a list of your award Terms and Conditions for
students to read. You should update the text in sactermcond.htm
with your institution’s Terms and Conditions.
Students must select the checkbox on the Accept Awards page to
signify that they accept the terms and conditions before the system
will process their awards. The checkbox will remain on the page
until the student has taken action on all his/her awards or the only
action he/she can take is to decline awards. The date on which the
student last accepted the terms and conditions will be displayed in
the Term/Cond field on Screen 325 (Packaging)
Financial Aid Summary
Name
Specify whether the student name is to be displayed on the Financial
Aid Summary page.
Y
Display the student name on the Financial Aid Summary page
(default).
N
Do not display the student name on the Financial Aid Summary
page.
Award Info By Year/Award History
Name
Specify whether the student name is to be displayed on the Award
Information By Year and Award History pages.
Y
Display the student name on the Award Information By Year and
Award History pages (default).
N
Do not display the student name on the Award Information By
Year and Award History pages.
Student Requirements
Name
Specify whether the student name is to be displayed on the Student
Requirements page.
Y
N
Display student name on the Student Requirements page (default).
Do not display the student name on the Student Requirements
page.
February 2005
3-59
Field
Description
Cost of Attendance
Name
Specify whether the student name is to be displayed on the Cost of
Attendance page.
Y
N
Display student name on the Cost of Attendance page (default).
Do not display student name on the Cost of Attendance page.
Academic Progress
Name
Specify whether the student name is to be displayed on the Academic
Progress page.
Y
N
Display student name on the Academic Progress page (default).
Do not display student name on the Academic Progress page.
Fund Attribute Screen (331)
The Fund Attribute Screen (331) defines the characteristics, features,
and controls for a financial aid fund.
Figure 3-21 Fund Attribute Screen (331)
3-60
February 2005
Specify the following settings on Screen 331:
Field
Description
Web Lend Specify whether a preferred lender list for this fund is to be displayed
Sel
on the Accept Awards page.
N Do not display a preferred lender list for this fund on the Accept
Awards page (default).
1-9 Display a preferred lender list for this fund on the Accept Awards
page with the specified number of lenders. The student can select
one of the lenders.
If you set Web Lend Sel to a number, you MUST list at least the
same number of preferred lenders (for DBD element SW073) for
display in the preferred lender list box on the Accept Awards page.
Number and list your Preferred Lenders with one space between
the A# and the lender name, as follows:
A1 Name of 1st Preferred Lender
A2 Name of 2nd Preferred Lender
.
.
.
A9 Name of 9th Preferred Lender
You must list all your other lenders for B1 to B9, C1 to C9, ...
Z1 to Z9. These lenders will not be displayed in the preferred
lender list box on the Accept Awards page. All your lenders must,
however, be listed in the DBD in order for you to be able to offer
awards for them.
You must also enter a 2-digit translate length in positions 45 and
46 of the DE card for DBD element SW073. This will enable the
system to translate the lender IDs to the names of the lenders. If
you do not enter a translate length, the names of the lenders will
not appear on the Accept Awards page.
Table 3-23 Accept Awards Settings on Screen 331
February 2005
3-61
Field
Web
Acc/Rej
Description
In order to display award information for this fund on the Web so it can
be viewed by students who are being offered awards, you must set Web
Acc/Rej, as follows:
A Display the awards for the specified fund on the Web page and
allow students to accept full or partial awards.
B Display the awards for the specified fund on the Web page and
allow students to accept full awards or decline awards.
D Only display the awards for the specified fund on the Web page.
M Display the awards for the specified fund on the Web page and
allow students to accept full or partial awards, and decline awards.
N Do not display the awards for the specified fund on the Web page
(default).
Your settings for Pr on Awd Ltr and Min Award also determine what
actions are available for students on the Web:
• Set Pr on Awd Ltr to Y or X to display the specified fund on the
Accept Awards, Award Information by Year, and Award History
pages.
• The system will not allow students to accept an award amount that is
below the specified Min Award amount (the minimum amount the
student loan lender will process).
3-62
February 2005
Tracking Messages Screen (337)
The Tracking Messages Screen (337) is used to create a tracking
message for each document that your institution needs to request from
students. For each document that is incomplete or has not yet been
received from the student, the Student Requirements page will list the
name of the document/items, the corresponding tracking message, and
(if both A and B are specified on Screen 337) a link to download the
missing document.
Figure 3-22 Sample Tracking Messages Screen (337)
On the Student Requirements page, you can display links to required
documents so that the student can download the documents needed to
complete his/her requirements. You can display a link to any document
in the /WEBDOCS/FORMDOCS subdirectory on your server, or to another
Website. To display a link to a required document, you must complete
these steps:
1. Place the documents that are being provided by your institution in
the /WEBDOCS/FORMDOCS subdirectory on your server. Although
you may use Microsoft Word or other software to create your
documents, we highly recommend that you save your files as PDF
files for placement in the /WEBDOCS/FORMDOCS directory, since
PDF files cannot be altered.
Note: The FORMDOCS subdirectory will have the same security
permissions as the WEBDOCS directory. If you are
concerned about unauthorized access to the documents,
change the permissions for the FORMDOCS subdirectory.
February 2005
3-63
2. For each required document (in /WEBDOCS/FORMDOCS or on a
Website), specify the location and description on Screen 337.
Field
Description
URL/Form On the A line, specify the location of the required document.
Location
• For a document in /WEBDOCS/FORMDOCS, you would specify
a URL of:
/FORMDOCS/[Document.pdf]
• For a document in another Website, you would specify the site’s
URL, for example:
http://www.dlssonline.com
URL/Form On the B line, specify the text for the document link as it is to be
Description displayed on the Student Requirements page. Two examples:
• Name the document (e.g., Stafford Loan Form).
• Specify that more information can be found about the missing
document (e.g., For More Information).
Table 3-24 Setting Links to Required Documents
Step 12: Setting the Web Option for Academic Programs
The Approved Academic Programs Screen (134) defines the programs
for which students can apply via the Web. On this screen, make sure:
• Web is Y for all programs for which students can apply via the Web.
• A valid TERM Beg date is specified for each program.
• The TERM End date for each program is either blank or falls within
the deadline date of the specified term.
Figure 3-23 Approved Academic Programs Screen (134)
3-64
February 2005
Step 13: Setting the Web Option for Degree Audit (for OnCourse)
If you are using the SIS OnCourse module, use the Degree
Requirement Definition Screen (611) to specify which programs can be
used for Degree Audit on the Web.
Figure 3-24 Degree Requirement Definition Screen (611)
)
Set WEB to:
To:
P
Allow a student to view a degree audit for the specified program if it
is the primary or secondary program in which he/she is currently
enrolled.
Y
Allow a student to:
• View a degree audit for the specified program if it is the primary or
secondary program in which he/she is currently enrolled.
• Perform degree audit modeling for the specified program to see
how his/her credits would count if he/she changed to this program.
Table 3-25 Setting the Web Option for Degree Audit
February 2005
3-65
Step 14: Setting the Voice/Web Registration Available Option
Verify that the Voice/Web Reg OK option on Screen 129 (Course
Section Maintenance) is set to Y for all courses and sections for which
students can register via the Web. If it is not set to Y, the course will
not display on the list of available courses and sections for the term.
Figure 3-25 Course Section Maintenance Screen (129)
Step 15: Defining DV DBD Values for Admissions List Boxes
Many of the Admissions Web pages use list boxes to display predefined values. The values and translations defined in the DBD
populate these list boxes with selections. The following table lists the
element IDs of the translations used throughout the Admissions feature.
Review these elements in your DBD. You may need to define DV
records for elements that require different value lists for Web access.
Web Page/Section
Create Account
List Box
DBD
Element ID
State/Province
A 064
Country
A 065
Select Application Type
Application Type
AC29E
Select Term
Term of Entry
A 020
Select Major
Intended Major
A 044
Alternate Major
Table 3-26 DBD Values for Web Admissions List Boxes
3-66
February 2005
Web Page/Section
List Box
DBD
Element ID
College
A 030
Degree
A 042
Intended Minor
AA674
Special Program
MM365
Housing Status
MM55C
Gender
AA011
Marital Status
AA012
Selective Service Status
AA054
Veteran Status
AA025
Disability Type
AA020
Religion
AA014
Ethnicity
AA013
Primary Language
A 070
Alumnus Relationship
MM220
E-Mail Addresses & Personal Web Page
E-Mail Address Type
AD113
Permanent Address
State/Province
A 064
Country
A 065
State/Province
A 064
Country
A 065
Relationship
AMA32
State/Province
A 064
Country
A 065
State
A 064
Country
A 065
State
A 064
Country
A 065
Degree Sought
RB320
Temporary Mailing Address
Emergency Contact Information
High School History
College History
Table 3-26 DBD Values for Web Admissions List Boxes (continued)
February 2005
3-67
Web Page/Section
List Box
US Citizen
State of Legal Residence
A 316
County of Birth
A 063
State of Birth
A 316
Country of Birth
A 065
County of Origin
A 063
State of Origin
A 316
Country of Origin
A 065
Non-US Citizen Country of Citizenship
Most Recent Previous Legal Address
Prior Legal Address
Personal References
Employment History
DBD
Element ID
A 065
Native Country
A 065
Current Visa Type
AMD30
State/Province
A 064
Country
A 065
State/Province
A 064
Country
A 065
Relationship
AMB24
State/Province
A 064
Country
A 065
State/Province
A 064
Country
A 065
Table 3-26 DBD Values for Web Admissions List Boxes (continued)
Note: Since DBD values are listed in alphabetical order in list boxes,
we have inserted leading blanks in those DBD values that are to
be listed first in list boxes.
3-68
February 2005
Step 16: Reviewing DBD Values for Student Services List Boxes
Review and modify (as necessary) the DBD values/translations that
will be displayed in the list boxes on the Student Services Web pages.
Personal Information List Boxes
DBD
Element ID
List Box
Update Addresses
Update Next of Kin
Update Marital Status
State
A 064
Country
A 065
Next of kin relation
AA032
State
A 064
Country
A 065
Marital Status
AA012
Table 3-27 DBD Values for Personal Information List Boxes
Student Records List Boxes
DBD
Element ID
List Box
Institutional Transcript/Transfer Transcript
Career/Level
AA615
Holds
Hold type
AM110
Reason
AM130
Entry Office
A 032
Table 3-28 DBD Values for Student Records List Boxes
February 2005
3-69
Step 17: Customizing HTML
Although Student Self-Service is fully functional as delivered, you may
wish to customize it to better reflect your institution’s procedures. You
can modify the Admissions Login page and customize the Cascading
Style Sheets used to set the overall look of the Web pages.
Customizing the Admissions Login Page if Not Using the CWID
If your institution has chosen not to protect the applicant’s/student’s
Social Security Number (SSN) and generate a Campus-Wide ID
(CWID) for use as the Login ID, you should customize the text on the
Admissions Login page. SCT is delivering the following Admissions
Login page:
Figure 3-26 Admissions Login page
Depending on whether or not your institution is allowing ID generation
when an applicant does not have, or want to enter, an SSN, you need to
modify the text on the corresponding Login page. For example, here is
the way you might modify the Login page (which allows for ID
Generation) for entry of the SSN.
Figure 3-27 Sample Modification to Login page with ID Generation
3-70
February 2005
Remember to change the text to state that Your Social Security
Number will be used as your Login identification number (ID).
Customizing the Web Page Text
Several Student Self-Service pages are delivered with generic text and
may be more useful to your student body if they were customized with
specific information.
Including information such as contact information for key personnel
(phone numbers, e-mail addresses) or referring to specific building
names and office numbers can be quite useful. Providing such
information may answer many of your students’ and prospects’
questions and reduce the number of calls to your helpdesk and
administrative offices.
Review each Web page and all HTML for customization needs, paying
close attention to the following areas to make SCT Plus Student SelfService more useful to your students and applicants:
• Info text on all pages
• Error messages
• Change Name page (ANAMDISP.HTM)
• Change Social Security Number page (ASSNDISP.HTM)
• Financial Aid Opportunities page (SFINAVLP.HTM)
• Financial Aid Terms and Conditions page (SACTERMCOND.HTM)
• Help page (SCTHELP.HTM)
By including institution-specific policies and procedures, as well as
specific building and office names and phone numbers, you can make
the Web pages more useful to your students.
February 2005
3-71
Customizing the Cascading Style Sheets
Student Self-Service was built with Cascading Style Sheets (CSS). CSS
is a recommended standard in Web design. The CSS defines styles for
elements (color, alignment, margins, font, etc.). These styles are
defined in the following files and are applied to all .htm files, allowing
an administrator to change styles throughout an application quickly and
easily.
• web_home.css (home pages)
• web_menu.css (menu pages)
• web_app.css (all application pages)
• web_print.css (when a page print is requested)
• web_help.css (help pages)
You can find the Student Self-Service CSS in the path /WEBDOCS/CSS.
Refer to an HTML reference guide for more information on how to
modify the delivered CSS.
Step 18: Customizing Error Messages
Customize the generic error messages in:
• Each of the COBOL programs delivered with Student Self-Service
• The T-Serve error message file (respcode.txt), which is located in
the tserve/data directory
Delete or customize the error messages in the COBOL programs and/or
respcode.txt. For example, change messages which tell people to go to
the Administrative Office to direct them to the appropriate person at
your university. Recompile and link any modified COBOL programs.
3-72
February 2005
Step 19: Setting ACINPM Options
You must set several institution-specific options in the ACINPM
copybook for Admissions and other features. The options are listed in
the following table in the same order in which they appear in ACINPM:
Option
Description
Institution Information
ADM-ADDR-PH
Define up to three sets of information for up to three types
of Admissions Offices (e.g., Undergraduate, Graduate,
International):
• INST-NAME (Institution Name)
• INST-STREET1 (Mailing Address, Line 1)
• INST-STREET2 (Mailing Address, Line 2)
• INST-CSZ (City, State, Zip Code)
• INST-CNTRY (Country)
• PHONE (Area Code-Phone Number)
• EMAIL-ADDR (E-mail Address)
The name and address information is used for the mailing
address when paying an application fee by check or money
order. The telephone number and e-mail address are used for
contacting the admissions office with questions about an
application.
Based on option settings on Screen W04, the system will
display the corresponding Admissions Office information on
the Web pages for the type of application being created.
Note: The office designations for the e-mail addresses must
be defined in the same order as those defined in the
TSRVWEB.INI file.
Course Availability Options
RZKCRSKPRINT-BLDG
Y Display the building and room when listing available
course sections.
N Do not display the building and room when listing
available course sections.
RZKCRSKPRINT-REG
Y Display the Registration Call Number when listing
N Do not display the Registration Call Number when
listing available course sections.
Table 3-29 ACINPM Copybook Options
February 2005
3-73
Option
RZKCRSKPRINT-OPEN
Description
Y Only display open sections on the Course Section page.
The Sections search option will not be displayed on the
Course Section Search page, since you will not need to
specify whether to search for open or all sections.
N Display all sections when listing available course
sections.
RZKCRSKDISPLAY-NOTES
Y Display the course notes (from Screen 131) under the
course section description.
N Do not display the course notes.
Course Section Search Options
RZKCRSKMAX-DISPLAY
Specify the maximum number of course sections to be
displayed at one time on the Course Section Search page.
The default is 50.
RZKCRSKDISPLAY-ALLSUBJECTS
Y Display the “All Subjects” option in the Subject list box
on the Course Section Search page.
RZKCRSKDISPLAY-SITE
Y List Site as one of the search criteria on the Course
Section Search page. MAIN-CAMPUS-SITE is the value
for DBD element AA092 that designates the Main
Campus site code. You must specify a value for all OffCampus site codes in order for the Site list box to be
formatted correctly.
N Do not display the “All Subjects” option in the Subject
list box (default).
N Do not list Site as one of the search criteria.
RZKCRSKTIME-INCREMENT
Specify the increments in which the times are to be displayed
in the Earliest and Latest Start Time list boxes on the
Course Section Search page. Specify a time increment of
either 05, 10, 15, 30, or 60 (default).
Table 3-29 ACINPM Copybook Options (continued)
3-74
February 2005
Option
RZKCRSKDISPLAY-COURSELEVEL
Description
Specify the options to be displayed in the Level list box on
the Course Section Search page.
You can define the course levels in the DBD and/or specify
up to 10 levels in the ACINPM copybook by entering the
following information in the COURSE-LEVEL-TABLE for
each level:
CRS-LVL-FROM and CRS-LVL-THRU define the range of
levels.
CRS-LVL-DESC defines the name to be displayed in the
Level list box for the specified range of levels.
N Do not list Level as one of the search criteria on the
Course Section Search page.
RZKCRSKDISPLAY-WEBCT
1
Display the values for DBD element AA615 and any
additional values defined in the COURSE-LEVELTABLE.
2
Display the values for DBD element AA615 only.
3
Display the values defined in the COURSE-LEVELTABLE.
Y Display WebCT as one of the search criteria on the
Course Section Search page, so students can just search
for WebCT courses (default).
N Do not display WebCT as one of the search criteria.
Table 3-29 ACINPM Copybook Options (continued)
Note: For more information on setting ACINPM options, refer to the
descriptions of the individual programs in Chapter 14.
February 2005
3-75
Step 20: Updating Institution-Specific Settings in TSRVWEB.INI
Although you specified some of the institution-specific information
(e.g., Login Contact e-mail address and phone number) when you
installed Student Self-Service, you should verify and update all the
institution-specific information in the TSRVWEB.INI (TouchNet
Enterprise Web Program Configuration) file on your Web server.
For example, you need to define which menu options you want to
display, and the institution-specific information displayed on the
Admissions Web pages (e.g., phone numbers and e-mail addresses for
your offices, and URLs to your Web sites).
• When an applicant selects one of the e-mail links (e.g., E-mail
Financial Aid Office), the system will direct his/her e-mail to the
specified person at your institution. For example, you could set the email address for your Financial Aid Office to someone in that office
(FinAidMail^mailto:[email protected]).
• When an applicant selects a link to another site (e.g., Return to Your
Institution’s Home Page), the system will take him/her to the specified
site.
3-76
February 2005
Verify and update the following options in the TSRVWEB.INI file for
your institution. The options are listed in the order in which they are
recorded in the TSRVWEB.INI file. (Skip the options not listed here.)
Option
InstNameHeader^
Description
Student Self-Service is delivered with the sctu.gif
graphic file as a placeholder at the top of each Web
page:
Select one of the three bulleted options:
• Remove the sctu.gif graphic and use
InstNameHeader to set the name of the institution
to be displayed at the top of each Web page. You
must also edit 3 files located on your Web server
machine:
> In WEB_APP.CSS, remove the “background
image” attribute in the BODY text class, change
the value for “color” and “font size >0%” in the
H1 text class, and remove/change the value of the
“margin top” attribute in the “pageheaderdiv1”
text class.
> In WEB_HOME.CSS, remove the “background
image” attribute in the BODY text class and
change the “font size” in the H1 text class from
0% to 300%.
> In webdocs/ahomepg.htm, insert your
institution name between <h1> and </h1>.
• Replace the sctu.gif graphic file with your
institution’s graphic for display at the top of each
Web page. Do not specify the InstNameHeader.**
• Replace the sctu.gif graphic file with a plain graphic
and use InstNameHeader to display your
institution’s name within the plain graphic at the top
of each Web page.**
** If you replace the sctu.gif graphic, you must:
> Move your graphic file to the webdocs/gifs
directory on your Web server machine.
> In 2 files (WEB_APP.CSS and WEB_HOME.CSS) in
the webdocs/css directory on your Web server
machine, replace references to sctu.gif with the
name of your graphic file.
Table 3-30 TSRVWEB.INI Settings
February 2005
3-77
Option
Description
PoweredBy^
Powered by SCT is the alternate text that will be
displayed on the Web pages if the SCT .gif file is not
available and will be spoken by screen readers unless
you specify different text.
Naming the Links Displayed at the Top of Web Pages
HelpLinkText^
You can specify a different name for the HELP link.
ExitLinkText^
You can specify a different name for the EXIT link.
HomeLinkText^
You can specify a different name for the HOME link.
SitemapLinkText^
You can specify a different name for the SITE MAP
link.
SiteMap^
Site Map will be displayed when students move the
mouse over the Site Map link. You can specify
different text for display on mouseover.
Default Button Names
SubmitName^
The default name for the Submit button displayed on
the Web pages.
Institution Home Page Link -- for Admissions
InstHomePgDisp^
display (default) or nodisplay the link to your
institution’s Home page. If you display this link, you
must provide a link back to Student Self-Service:
Admissions from your institution’s Home page.
InstHomePage^
The title for the link to your institution’s Home page.
InstHomePgURL^
The URL for your institution’s Home page.
Institution Home Page URLs -- for Admissions
InstHomePgZeroURL^
Specify the URL for your Student Self-Service Home
page, your institution’s home page, or any URL. Make
sure the text for the StuReturnHome setting correctly
identifies the URL you specify for
InstHomePgZeroURL.
InstHomePgOneURL^
If you are using a multi-campus environment, specify
the URLs for the Student Self-Service Home pages for
the other campuses. Make sure the text for each link
correctly identifies each campus URL.
Note: If you have more than 4 campuses, you will need
to modify the JavaScript.
InstHomePgTwoURL^
InstHomePgThreeURL^
Table 3-30 TSRVWEB.INI Settings (continued)
3-78
February 2005
Option
Description
Misc. Display Information
InfoText^
DO NOT make any changes to this option. This setting
displays blank InfoText in the event that a Web page is
changed and the InfoText is not included in the config
file.
Mail Link
MailLink^mailto:
DO NOT make any changes to this option.
Campus Pipeline/Luminis
CPhome^
If you are using the Campus Pipeline/Luminis-enabled
version of Student Self-Service, set the URL for the
Campus Pipeline/Luminis Home page.
WebCT
Webct^
display (default) or nodisplay the WebCT option on
the Student Services page. If using WebCT, also
update the WebctHome, WebctURL, and
WebctInUseNoCP options.
WebctHome^
Specify the URL for the WebCT Home page to be
accessed when students select the WebCT option on
the Student Services page. The URL should include
the address, domain, and port number.
WebctURL^
Set up the URL for the WebCT page to be accessed via
any hyperlinked WebCT course title on the Student
Schedule. The URL should include the address,
domain, and port number.
• If using the stand-alone version of Student SelfService, set WebctURL to the WebCT Login page.
• If using the Campus Pipeline/Luminis-enabled
version of Student Self-Service, set the WebctURL
to the WebCT Student Course page.
WebctInUseNoCP^
Set to true if you are using WebCT without Campus
Pipeline/Luminis.
Start of Student Options
BeginStudent^
Marks the beginning of the TSRVWEB.INI settings that
are only for Student Self-Service.
Link to Financial Aid Office
FinAidMail^
The e-mail address for your Financial Aid Office.
FinAidMailTtl^
The text for the link to the Financial Aid Office, as it is
to be displayed on the Web page (e.g., E-mail the
Financial Aid Office).
February 2005
3-79
Option
Description
Setting the Common Links on the Admissions Pages
StuAdmBeginSessionCfg^ The config filename that is used to execute the Begin a
New Session link on the Exit page.
StuAdmBeginSession^
The text to be displayed for the Begin a New Session
link on the Exit page.
StuAdmBeginSession
MouseOver^
The text to be displayed when a user moves the mouse
over the Begin a New Session link on the Exit page.
Setting the Common Links on the Web Pages
StuBeginSessionCfg^
The config filename that is used to execute the Begin a
New Session link on the Exit page.
StuBeginSession^
The text to be displayed for the Begin a New Session
link on the Exit page.
StuBeginSession
MouseOver^
over the Begin a New Session link on the Exit page.
StuCCPmt^
The text and Pay by Credit Card will be displayed as
part of the menu option Account Summary and Pay by
Credit Card.
StuExitMouseover
Text^
over the Exit link.
StuHomeDisp^
display (default) or nodisplay the Home link. Set
StuHomeDisp to display the Student Self-Service
Home page when students select the HOME link.
StuHomepg^
The config filename to be used to display the Student
Self-Service Home page.
StuHomePage^
Student Self-Service Home Page will be displayed
when students move the mouse over the HOME link.
You can specify different text for display on
mouseover.
Institution Information
StuInstMessage1^
StuInstMessage2^
StuInstMsgEmail^
If desired, specify a message to be displayed on the
Web pages to tell students how to contact your
institution if they have problems with the Student SelfService application; otherwise, leave blank.
If desired, specify the e-mail address students should
use to report problems or submit comments about the
Student Self-Service application; otherwise, leave
blank.
3-80
February 2005
Option
Description
StuInstMsg
Mouseover^
The text to be displayed when a student moves the
mouse over the first institution message at the bottom
of the Web pages.
StuMailLink^mailto:
Brings up the default mail program defined in your
Web Browser. DO NOT make any changes to this
option.
StuInstMessage2nd1^
If desired, specify a second institution message to be
displayed on the Web pages; otherwise, leave blank.
StuInstMessage2nd2^
StuInstMsgEmail2nd^
If desired, specify the e-mail address students should
use to reply to your second institution message;
otherwise, leave blank.
StuInstMsg
Mouseover2nd^
The text to be displayed when a student moves the
mouse over the second institution message at the
bottom of the Web pages.
StuOption1^
Future options; not currently used.
StuOption2^
StuReturnHome^
Return to Student Home Page will be displayed as a
link on the Logoff page to enable students to go to the
Student Self-Service Home page. You can specify
different text for the link on the Logoff page.
StuSelectOnceMsg^
The text of the message to be displayed on the Web
pages to remind students to only select buttons and
links once.
Displaying Optional Links
StuSSALinkDisp^
Student Self-Service provides a link to the Social
Security Website on the Name Change page, so your
students can learn how to officially change their
names.
To disable the Social Security OnlineTM link, set
StuSSALinkDisp to nodisplay.
StuUSPSLinkDisp^
Student Self-Service provides a link to the United
States Postal Service Website on the Update Addresses
page, so your students can learn more about change of
address procedures.
.
To disable the link to the United States Postal Service
Website (MoversNetTM), set StuUSPSLinkDisp to
nodisplay.
February 2005
3-81
Option
Description
Institution Home Page URLs for Student Self-Service
StuHostZeroURL^
Specify the URL for your Student Self-Service Home
page. Make sure the text for the StuReturnHome
setting correctly identifies the URL you specify for
StuHostZeroURL.
StuHostOneURL^
If you are using a multi-campus environment, specify
the URLs for the Student Self-Service Home pages for
the other campuses. Make sure the text for each link
correctly identifies each campus URL.
Note: If you have more than 4 campuses, you will need
to modify the JavaScript.
StuHostTwoURL^
StuHostThreeURL^
*** Skip the Student Site Map Items ***
Admissions Page Link to Your Institution’s Web Page
AdmInfoPage^
If you set Display ADM Link to Y on Screen W05 (Web
Admissions Page Display Options), specify the title
for the link to your institution’s Web page that lists
your admissions policies and the programs being
offered.
AdmInfoPgURL^
If you set Display ADM Link to Y on Screen W05,
specify the URL for your institution’s Admissions
information Web page.
Display Credit Card Payment Link
StuAcctSummaryCCPmt^
display (default) or nodisplay the Credit Card
Payment option on the Account Summary page.
3-82
February 2005
Option
Description
E-Mail Address for up to 3 Admissions Offices
You can display e-mail links on the Web pages for up to 3 Admissions offices. (A
university may display e-mail links to Undergraduate, Graduate, and International
Admissions offices. A community college may display e-mail links to 2-Year
Degree, 4-Year Degree, and Continuing Education Admissions offices.)
Note: The office designations for the e-mail addresses must be defined in the same
order as those defined for the three sets of ADM-ADDR-PH options in the
ACINPM copybook.
First Admissions Office
StuAdmEmailDisp1^
display (default) or nodisplay the e-mail address
StuAdmEmail1^
The e-mail address for the first Admissions Office.
(This address will also be displayed in an error
message if an applicant attempts to create more than 9
applications.)
StuAdmEmail1Ttl^
The text for the link to the first Admissions Office, as
it is to be displayed on the Web page.
Second Admissions Office
StuAdmEmailDisp2^
StuAdmEmail2^
The e-mail address for the second Admissions Office.
StuAdmEmail2Ttl^
The text for the link to the second Admissions Office,
as it is to be displayed on the Web page.
Third Admissions Office
StuAdmEmailDisp3^
StuAdmEmail3^
The e-mail address for the third Admissions Office.
StuAdmEmail3Ttl^
The text for the link to the third Admissions Office, as
it is to be displayed on the Web page.
E-Mail Business Office
StuBusOfcEmail^
The e-mail address for your institution’s Business
Office.
StuBusOfcEmailTtl^
The text for the link to the Business Office, as it is to
be displayed on the Web page.
E-Mail Housing Office
StuHousOfcEmail^
The e-mail address for your institution’s Housing
Office.
StuHousOfcEmailTtl^
The text for the link to the Housing Office, as it is to be
displayed on the Web page.
February 2005
3-83
Option
Description
E-Mail Registrar’s Office
StuRegOfcEmail^
The e-mail address for your Registrar’s Office.
StuRegOfcEmailTtl^
The text for the link to the Registrar’s Office, as it is to
be displayed on the Web page.
Message Text
StuEmailMsgExt^
The text of the message to be displayed after the Login
Contact information (e.g., to ask a question).
Login Contact
StuAdmLoginEmail^
The e-mail Address an applicant should use to contact
a Security Administrator at your institution when he/
she does not have (or remember) his/her Login ID or
PIN. The e-mail address is displayed on:
• Login page - for an applicant who does not
remember his Login ID, or a new applicant who
does not want to enter his SSN at an institution that
does not allow automatic generation of Login IDs on
the Web.
• Login - PIN page - for an applicant who already has
a Login ID on file (because he/she had test scores or
a transcript sent to your institution), but who needs a
PIN to use the Admissions feature for the first time.
• Create Account page - for an applicant to e-mail
the Security Administrator. (After an applicant
completes the Enrollment Intentions page, the
system will be able to display the e-mail address for
the admissions office for his/her type of
application.)
StuAdmLoginEmailTtl^
The title for the link to be displayed on the Web page
(e.g., E-mail the Admissions Office).
StuAdmLoginPhone^
The phone number an applicant should call when he/
she does not have (or remember) his/her PIN.
StuAdmissionsCCPmt^
display (default) or nodisplay the Credit Card
Payment option on the Application Payment page.
3-84
February 2005
Step 21: Customizing the Menus
If your institution has chosen not to use some of the Student SelfService features, has changed the names of features, and/or has added
different features; you will need to pay particular attention to the
information in the rest of this guide.
The following sections include instructions on how to change the
menus (on the navigation bar, Site Map, and Student Services page), as
follows:
• Rename the menus and the items listed
• Remove items from the menus
• Add a new item to a menu
• Add a new menu
Before you customize the menus, you need to understand how the
menus and items are displayed on the navigation bar, Site Map, and
Student Services page.
Display
Settings
In the MenuItems.js file:
Navigation Bar
• Variables set the name of
each menu and item.
• Each menu and item is
set to additem to display.
The asitemap.htm file
includes HTML code for
each menu and item to be
listed on the Site Map.
• In the TSRVWEB.INI
file, variables set the
name of each menu and
item.
• On Screen WT1 (Student
Web Transaction
Security), each menu
item is set to Y to
display.
Site Map
February 2005
3-85
Display
Settings
The menu descriptions for
the Student Services page
are in admnmenu.htm.
Student Services Page
Let’s take a closer look at how menus are listed on the navigation bar
and the Site Map.
Listing Menus on the Navigation Bar (MenuItems.js)
The code for most menu items is listed in the MenuItems.js file in the
following format:
Menu name
Item name
additem(StuPersonalInfoMenu, StuChgNameText, directory, TipCommon +
"&ConfigName=anamdisp","anamdisp.cfg",hostKey,tipHostKey);
Config name
Config filename
For menu items that navigate back to another page (Select Term or
Select Award Year), ConfigName= is not listed:
Menu name
Item name
additem(StuRegistrationMenu, StuSelectTermText, directory, TipCommon,
"regterm.cfg",hostKey,tipHostKey);
Config filename
3-86
February 2005
Menu items that link to Websites outside Student Self-Service (e.g.,
WebCT), are listed as anchors. Target and a target name are used
when you want a link to open in a new window:
Menu name
Item name
additem(StuCourseMenu, StuWebctText, directory,
"anchor",Webct,”target”, “Webct”);
Listing Menus on the Site Map (asitemap.htm)
The code for most menu items is listed in the asitemap.htm file in the
following format:
Item name
<tr class="[StuChangeName]">
<td class="pldefault"><span class=”[StuChangeName]”>
        
<a class="sitemaplevel2"
href="[StuDir]?&tserve_tip_read_destroy
&ConfigName=anamdisp
Config name
&tserve_tip_write=||WID|SID|PIN|Term|AwdYear|AdTyCode|ConfigName
&tserve_trans_config=anamdisp.cfg
Config filename
&tserve_host_code=[tserve_host_key]
Text name of the item
&tserve_tiphost_code=[tserve_tiphost_key]"
title="[StuChangeNameText]"
onMouseover="window.status='[StuChangeNameText]'; return true"
onMouseout="window.status='' ; return true"
onFocus="window.status='[StuChangeNameText]'; return true"
onBlur="window.status='' ; return true">
[StuChangeNameText]</a> </td></tr>
February 2005
3-87
For menu items that navigate back to another page (Select Term or
Select Award Year), ConfigName= is not listed:
<tr class="[StuSelectTerm]">
<td class="pldefault"><span class=”[StuSelectTerm]”>
        
&tserve_trans_config=regterm.cfg
title="[StuSelectTermText]"
onMouseover="window.status='[StuSelectTermText]'; return true"
onFocus="window.status='[StuSelectTermText]'; return true"
[StuSelectTermText]</a> </td></tr>
Menu items that link to Websites outside Student Self-Service
(e.g., WebCT), are listed with a reference to the URL (e.g.,
href=”[WebctHome]”) and without the tserve lines:
<tr class="[StuWebct]">
<td class="pldefault"><span class=”[StuWebct]”>
        
href="[WebctHome]" target=”webct”
title="[StuWebctText]"
onMouseover="window.status='[StuWebctText]'; return true"
onFocus="window.status='[StuWebctText]'; return true"
[StuWebctText]</a> </td></tr>
The next sections will detail how to edit these files to rename, remove,
or add menus and items.
3-88
February 2005
Renaming Menus or Menu Items
You can rename any drop-down menu or menu item that is displayed
on the navigation bar and the Site Map by resetting the names in both
the TSRVWEB.INI and MenuItems.js files.
In MenuItems.js, set
var [option] = [new name]
To Rename
In TSRVWEB.INI,
set:^[new name]
Term Menu
Term menu
var StuTermMenu =
StuTermMenu^
Select Term option
var StuSelectTermText =
StuSelectTermText^
Personal Information Menu
Personal Info menu
var StuPersonalInfoMenu =
StuPersonalInfoMenu^
Addresses Including
Emergency Contacts and
Next of Kin option
var StuAddressText =
StuAddressText^
Personal Phone Numbers
option
var StuPhoneNumsText =
StuPhoneNumsText^
E-mail Addresses and
var StuEMailAddressText =
Personal Web Page option
StuEMailAddressText^
Change PIN option
StuChangePinText^
var StuChangePinText =
PIN Question and Answer var StuChangePinQAText =
option
StuChangePinQAText^
View Marital Status
option
var StuMaritalStatViewText =
StuMaritalStatViewText^
option
var StuMaritalStatUpdtText =
StuMaritalStatUpdtText^
Change Name option
var StuChgNameText =
StuChangeNameText^
Change Social Security
Number option
var StuChgSSNText =
StuChangeSSNText^
Student Records Menu
Student Records menu
var StuRecordsMenu =
StuStuRecordsMenu^
Grades option
var StuGradesText =
StuGradesText^
Account Summary and
var StuAcctSummaryText =
Pay by Credit Card option
StuAcctSummaryText^
Additional Services
StuAddServicesText^
var StuAddServicesText =
Table 3-31 Renaming Menus and Items
February 2005
3-89
To Rename
In TSRVWEB.INI,
set:^[new name]
Degree Audit option
var StuDegreeAuditText =
StuDegreeAuditText^
Holds option
var StuHoldsText =
StuHoldsText^
option
var StuUnofTranscriptText =
StuUnofTranscriptText^
option
var StuInstCourseworkText =
StuInstCourseworkText^
Transfer Credit option
var StuTransferCreditText =
StuTransferCreditText^
IRS Form 1098-T
Information option
var Stu1098TInfoText =
Stu1098TInfoText^
Bank Account
Information option
var StuBankAcctInfoText =
StuBankAcctInfoText^
Advisor option
var StuAdvisorText =
StuAdvisorText^
Graduation Information
option
var StuGraduationInfoText =
StuGraduationInfoText^
Official Transcript
Request option
var StuOffTransRequestText =
StuOffTransRequestText^
Registration Menu
Registration menu
var StuRegistrationMenu =
StuRegistrationMenu^
Drop and Add Classes
option
var StuDropAddText =
StuDropAddText^
Conditional Drop and
Add
var StuCondDropAddText =
StuCondDropAddText^
Change Class Options
option
var StuChangeClassOptText =
StuChangeClassOptText^
Student Schedule option
var StuStudentSchedText =
StuStudentSchedText^
Detailed Schedule option
var StuDetailedSchedText =
StuDetailedSchedText^
Registration Status option var StuRegStatusText =
StuRegStatusText^
Table 3-31 Renaming Menus and Items (continued)
3-90
February 2005
To Rename
In TSRVWEB.INI,
set:^[new name]
Financial Aid Menu
Financial Aid menu
var StuFinancialAidMenu =
StuFinancialAidMenu^
option
var StuFinAidSummText =
StuFinAidSummText^
Accept Awards option
var StuFinAidAcceptAwdText =
StuFinAidAcceptAwdText^
Award Information by
Year option
var StuAwardInfoText =
StuAwardInfoText^
Award History option
var StuAwardHistoryText =
StuAwardHistoryText^
option
var StuFinAidRequirementsText = StuFinAidRequirementsText^
Cost of Attendance option var StuCostofAttendText =
StuCostofAttendText^
Academic Progress option var StuAcadProgressText =
StuAcadProgressText^
Financial Aid Transcript
option
var StuFinAidTranscriptText =
StuFinAidTranscriptText^
Application and
Information Links option
var StuFinAidApplInfoText =
StuFinAidApplInfoText^
Institution Financial Aid
Opportunities option
var StuFinAidOppsText =
StuFinAidOppsText^
E-mail to Financial Aid
Office option
var StuFinAidEmailText =
StuFinAidEmailText^
Select Award Year option var StuSelAwardYearText =
StuSelAwardYearText^
Courses Menu
Courses menu
var StuCourseMenu =
StuCourseMenu^
Course Section Search
option
var StuCourseSectSrchText =
StuCourseSectSrchText^
Course Sections option
var StuCourseSectionsText =
StuCourseSectionsText^
Course Catalog option
var StuCourseCatalogText =
StuCourseCatalogText^
WebCT option
var StuWebctText =
StuWebctText^
Table 3-31 Renaming Menus and Items (continued)
Edit the menu description in admnmenu.htm.
February 2005
3-91
Removing Menu Items
SCT delivers Student Self-Service with all menu items displayed. You
will be able to remove any item that you do not want to display on the
drop-down menus on the navigation bar and on the Site Map by setting
the menu item to noitem in the MenuItems.js file and to N on Screen
WT1 (Student Web Transaction Security).
Figure 3-28 Student Web Transaction Security (WT1) Screen
Most of the options on Screen WT1 control security access to the
features from the drop-down menus on the navigation bar (they do not
remove them from the menus when set to N), determine if links to these
features are displayed on the Site Map, and affect whether those items
which require a term selection are listed on the Select Term page. Some
of the options work a little differently, as follows:
• The WT1 options for WebCT and E-Mail Fin Aid Office only
determine if these features are displayed on the Site Map.
• The WT1 options for Application/Info Links, Course Sections,
Course Section Search, and Course Catalog control whether these
features can be accessed from the Student Home page as well as the
drop-down menus on the navigation bar and the Site Map.
• If you set Credit Card Payment to Y, you must also set Account
Summary to Y and set up the TouchNet Payment Gateway in order
to process credit card payments toward students’ accounts.
3-92
February 2005
To remove any of the menu items, set the corresponding options in the
MenuItems.js file and on Screen WT1, as follows:
To Remove
This Option:
In MenuItems.js,
reset additem to noitem:
On Screen WT1,
reset to N:
Student Home Page
Student Services Login
--
Prospective Students
--
Admissions
--
Admissions
Parent and Guest
Payment
--
Application and
Information Links
--
Application/Info Links
Course Sections
--
Course Sections
--
Course Catalog
--
Course Catalog
Term Menu
The Term drop-down menu will be displayed on the navigation bar (and the Term
heading will be displayed on the Site Map) unless none of its menu options are set for
display.
Select Term
additem(StuTermMenu,
StuSelectTermText
--
Personal Information Menu
The Personal Info drop-down menu will be displayed on the navigation bar (and the
Personal Info heading will be displayed on the Site Map) unless none of its menu
options are set for display.
Addresses Including
Emergency Contacts
and Next of Kin
additem(StuPersonalInfoMenu,
StuAddressText
Addresses
Personal Phone
Numbers
StuPhoneNumsText
Pers Phone Numbers
E-mail Addresses and
Personal Web Page
StuEMailAddressText
E-Mail/Pers Web Pg
Change PIN
StuChangePinText
Change PIN
PIN Question and
Answer
StuChangePinQAText
PIN Question/Answer
Table 3-32 Removing Menus and Items
February 2005
3-93
To Remove
This Option:
In MenuItems.js,
On Screen WT1,
reset to N:
View Marital Status
StuMaritalStatViewText
View Marital Stat
StuMaritalStatUpdtText
Update Marital Stat
Change Name
StuChgNameText
Change Name
Change Social Security additem(StuPersonalInfoMenu,
Number
StuChgSSNText
Change SSN
Student Records Menu
The Student Records drop-down menu will be displayed on the navigation bar (and
the Student Records heading will be displayed on the Site Map) unless none of its
menu options are set for display.
Grades
additem(StuRecordsMenu,
StuGradesText
Grades
Account Summary and additem(StuRecordsMenu,
Pay by Credit Card
StuAcctSummaryText
• Account Summary
• Credit Card Payment
Additional Services
StuAddServicesText
Additional Services
Degree Audit
StuDegreeAuditText
Degree Audit
Holds
StuHoldsText
Holds
StuUnofTranscriptText
Unofficial Trans
Institutional
Coursework
StuInstCourseworkText
Inst Coursework
Transfer Credit
StuTransferCreditText
Transfer Credit
IRS Form 1098-T
Information
Stu1098TInfoText
IRS Form 1098T Info
Bank Account
Information
StuBankAcctInfoText
Bank Account Info
Advisor
StuAdvisorText
Advisor
Graduation
Information
StuGraduationInfoText
Graduation Info
Table 3-32 Removing Menus and Items (continued)
3-94
February 2005
To Remove
This Option:
Official Transcript
Request
In MenuItems.js,
StuOffTransRequestText
On Screen WT1,
reset to N:
Official Trans Req
Registration Menu
The Registration drop-down menu will be displayed on the navigation bar (and the
Registration heading will be displayed on the Site Map) unless none of its menu
additem(StuRegistrationMenu,
StuDropAddText
Drop/Add Classes
Conditional Drop and
Add
StuCondDropAddText
Conditional Drop/Add
StuChangeClassOptText
Student Schedule
StuStudentSchedText
Student Schedule
Detailed Schedule
StuDetailedSchedText
Detailed Schedule
Registration Status
StuRegStatusText
Registration Status
Financial Aid Menu
The Financial Aid drop-down menu will be displayed on the navigation bar (and the
Financial Aid heading will be displayed on the Site Map) unless none of its menu
Financial Aid
Summary
additem(StuFinancialAidMenu,
StuFinAidSummText
Accept Awards
StuFinAidAcceptAwdText
Accept Awards
Award Information by
Year
StuAwardInfoText
Award Info By Year
Award History
StuAwardHistoryText
Award History
StuFinAidRequirementsText
Cost of Attendance
StuCostofAttendText
Cost of Attendance
Academic Progress
StuAcadProgressText
Academic Progress
February 2005
3-95
To Remove
This Option:
In MenuItems.js,
On Screen WT1,
reset to N:
Financial Aid
Transcript
StuFinAidTranscriptText
Fin Aid Transcript
Application and
Information Links
StuFinAidApplInfoText
Application/Info Links
Institution Financial
Aid Opportunities
StuFinAidOppsText
Inst Fin Aid Opp
E-mail to Financial Aid additem(StuFinancialAidMenu,
Office
StuFinAidEmailText
Select Award Year
E-Mail Fin Aid Office
StuSelAwardYearText
--
Courses Menu
The Courses drop-down menu will be displayed on the navigation bar (and the
Courses heading will be displayed on the Site Map) unless none of its menu options
are set for display.
additem(StuCourseMenu,
StuCourseSectSrchText
Course Sections
StuCourseSectionsText
Course Sections
Course Catalog
StuCourseCatalogText
Course Catalog
WebCT
StuWebctText
WebCT
If you remove a menu or menu item, you will need to change the
description of the menu on the Student Services page. Edit the menu
description in admnmenu.htm.
Figure 3-29 Student Services page
3-96
February 2005
Adding a New Item to a Menu
If there is another Web option that you want to add to an existing menu
on the navigation bar and on the Site Map, you must add the menu item
to three different displays:
To Add a Menu Item to:
Edit File(s):
MenuItems.js
Navigation Bar
• Set a variable for the
name of the new menu
item
• Set the menu item to
additem to display it
• asitemap.htm
• TSRVWEB.INI (if setting
variables for adding and
naming the new menu
item)
Site Map
Add information about the
new item to the menu
description in
admnmenu.htm.
February 2005
3-97
XAdd the New Menu Item to the Navigation Bar
Figure 3-30 Sample New Menu Item on Navigation Bar
1. In the MenuItems.js file, you can create a variable for the text
name of your new menu item; otherwise, skip to Step 4.
2. Search for the text name section that corresponds to the menu for
which you want to add an item. For example, to add an item to the
Personal Information Menu, you would locate the section labeled
// Personal Information Menu Items text.
3. Create the variable for your new menu item (e.g., StuNewOption).
// Personal Information Menu Items text
var StuPersonalInfoMenu = "Personal Info";
var StuAddressText ="Addresses including Emergency Contacts and
Next of Kin";
var StuPhoneNumsText = "Personal Phone Numbers";
var StuEMailAddressText = "E-mail Addresses and Personal Web Page";
var StuChangePinText = "Change PIN";
var StuChangePinQAText = "PIN Question and Answer";
var StuMaritalStatViewText = "View Marital Status";
var StuMaritalStatUpdtText = "Update Marital Status";
var StuChgNameText = "Change Name";
var StuChgSSNText = "Change Social Security Number";
var StuNewOption = “New Option”;
4. Search for the menu item section that corresponds to the menu for
which you want to add an item. For example, to add an item to the
Personal Information Menu, you would locate the section labeled
// Personal Information Menu Items.
5. Block copy the code for one of the menu items, for example:
additem(StuPersonalInfoMenu, StuChgNameText, directory, TipCommon
+ "&ConfigName=anamdisp","anamdisp.cfg",hostKey,tipHostKey);
6. Paste the block for the new item within the additem statements for
the menu’s items so that the new item will be displayed in the
correct order in the menu. (The menu items are displayed in the
same order in which they are listed in the MenuItems.js file.)
3-98
February 2005
7. In the block, replace the text name of the existing item (e.g.,
StuChgNameText) with the text name of the new item in one of two
ways:
• Specify the name of the variable you created at the top of the
MenuItems.js file for the name of the new item (e.g.,
StuNewOption), or
• If you did not create a variable, hard-code the name of the new
item, by specifying the name within quotes (e.g., “New Option”).
8. In the block, replace the name of the existing &ConfigName= file
(e.g., anamdisp) with the name of the cfg file (without the .cfg
extension) that you have created for the new menu item.
9. In the block, replace the name of the existing cfg file (e.g.,
anamdisp.cfg) with the name of the cfg file that you have created
for the new menu item.
XAdd the New Menu Item to the Site Map
Figure 3-31 Sample Item Added to the Site Map
February 2005
3-99
1. You can display your new item on the Site Map with or without the
same security access used for the other menu items.
• To quickly display the item without security access, create a
variable in the TSRVWEB.INI file for the name of your new
menu item (e.g., StuNewOption^additem). Then skip to Step 2 on
the next page.
• To display the item with security (enabling you to turn the item
on/off on Screen WT1), complete the steps in the following table.
To Display 1. Modify WS Segment 035 in the ACFILE layout for the new
the Item
menu item.
2. Add a DBD element for the new menu item.
3. Add an option on Screen WT1 for the new menu item
4. Modify the asitemap.ddo file to add the variable name for the
new menu item to be displayed. Add your new menu item in the
same position in which it should be displayed. For example, if
you wanted to add an item to the end of the Personal
Information menu, you might specify:
|StuPersonalInfo|StuAddress|StuPhoneNums|StuEMailAddress
|StuChangePin|StuChangePinQA|StuMaritalStatView
|StuMaritalStatUpdt|StuChangeName|StuChangeSSN
|StuNewOption
5. Modify AZKTBL for the new menu item. First, add the new
item to the list of IF statements which make sure that the menu
name is not displayed if all its menu items are turned off. For
example, to add your item to the Personal Information menu:
IF AC-WS-S-ADDRESSES = "Y" OR
AC-WS-S-PERSONAL-PHONE-NUM = "Y" OR
AC-WS-S-E-MAIL-PERS-WEB-PG = "Y" OR
AC-WS-S-CHANGE-PIN = "Y" OR
AC-WS-S-CHANGE-PIN-QA = "Y" OR
AC-WS-S-VIEW-MARITAL-STATUS = "Y" OR
AC-WS-S-UPDT-MARITAL-STATUS = "Y" OR
AC-WS-S-CHANGE-NAME = "Y" OR
AC-WS-S-CHANGE-SSN = "Y" OR
AC-WS-S-NEW-OPTION = "Y"
Then add an IF statement for display of your new menu item:
IF AC-WS-S-NEW-OPTION = "Y"
PERFORM 3171-ADDITEM THRU 3171-A-EXIT
ELSE
PERFORM 3172-NOITEM THRU 3172-N-EXIT.
6. Re-compile the AZKTBL program.
3-100
February 2005
To Add
7. Modify AZKCTL for the new menu item, so the system will
Security
call the program that will run the new item if the corresponding
for the item
option is set to Y on Screen WT1.
****
* NEWOPTION
*
IF TRAN-CODE = [Your Transaction Code]
IF AC-WS-S-NEWOPTION NOT = "Y"
MOVE TRAN-UNAVAIL TO ERROR-PARAMETER
PERFORM 7999-PROCESS-ERROR THRU 7999-PEEXIT
GO
TO 2000-PT-EXIT
ELSE
CALL [Your Program] USING DFHEIBLK DFHCOMMAREA,
K-COMMAREA,
REQ-BUFR,
RESP-BUFR,
LEN-BUFR,
REQ-RESP
GO TO 2000-PT-EXIT.
****
8. Re-compile the AZKCTL program.
2. You will now place a link for the new item on the Site Map. In the
asitemap.htm file, search for the section that corresponds to the
menu for which you want to add an item. For example, to add an
item to the Personal Information Menu, you would locate the
section labeled:
summary=”This table displays all personal information links.”
3. Block copy the code for one of the menu items, for example:
<tr class="[StuChangeName]">
<td class="pldefault"><span class=”[StuChangeName]”>
        
&ConfigName=anamdisp
&tserve_trans_config=anamdisp.cfg
title="[StuChangeNameText]"
onMouseover="window.status='[StuChangeNameText]'; return true"
onFocus="window.status='[StuChangeNameText]'; return true"
[StuChangeNameText]</a> </td></tr>
February 2005
3-101
4. Paste the block for the new item within the existing blocks for the
menu so that the new item will be displayed in the correct order in
the menu. (The menu items are displayed in the same order in
which they are listed in the asitemap.htm file.)
5. In two places in the block, replace the existing item (e.g.,
StuChangeName) with the new item you want to add in one of three
ways:
• Specify the name of the variable you created in the TSRVWEB.INI
file for adding the new item (e.g., StuNewOption), or
• If you did not create a variable, hard-code the addition of the new
item, by specifying ”additem” without the brackets.
• If you are adding security access for the new menu item so that it
can be turned on/off on Screen WT1, hard-code the name of the
variable you defined in the asitemap.ddo file for the new item
(e.g., StuNewOption).
6. In the block, replace the name of the existing &ConfigName= file
(e.g., anamdisp) with the name of the cfg file (without the .cfg
extension) that you have created for the new menu item.
7. In the block, replace the name of the existing cfg file (e.g.,
anamdisp.cfg) with the name of the cfg file you have created for the
new menu item.
8. In 4 places in the block, replace the text name of the item (e.g.,
StuChangeNameText) with the text for the new item in one of two
ways:
file for the text name (e.g., StuNewOptionText), or
• If you did not create a variable, hard-code the text for the new
item, by removing the [ ] around the existing variable name and
replacing the variable name with the text for the new item within
quotes (e.g., “New Option”).
3-102
February 2005
XAdd the New Item to the Menu Description
In the admnmenu.htm file, add a description of the new menu item for
display on the Student Services page.
Figure 3-32 Sample New Menu Item on Student Services page
February 2005
3-103
Adding a New Menu
If there are other Web options that you want to display on a new menu
on the navigation bar and on the site map, you must add the menu to
three different displays:
To Add the Menu to:
Edit File(s):
MenuItems.js
• Set variables for the
names of the new menu
and items
Navigation Bar
• Set the menu and items to
additem to display them
• asitemap.htm
• TSRVWEB.INI (if setting
variables for adding and
naming the new menu
and items)
Site Map
Add a description of the
menu in admnmenu.htm.
3-104
February 2005
XAdd the Menu and Items to the Navigation Bar
Figure 3-33 Sample New Menu on Navigation Bar
1. You can create variables for the text names for your new menu and
menu items in the MenuItems.js file; otherwise, skip to Step 5.
2. Block copy the code for one of the menus (e.g., the Courses menu,
which has variables set for its 4 menu items.
// Course Items Text
var StuCourseMenu = "Courses";
var StuCourseSectSrchText = “Course Section Search”;
var StuCourseSectionsText = “Course Sections”;
var StuCourseCatalogText = "Course Catalog";
var StuWebctText = "WebCT";
3. Paste the block after the code for the other menus.
4. Edit the block. List the variables you want to create for the name of
the new drop-down menu to be displayed on the navigation bar and
its menu items. For example:
// Option Menu Items text
var StuOptionMenu = “Option”;
var StuItem1Text = “Item 1”;
5. Block copy the code that controls the items that are displayed in an
existing menu (e.g., the code that adds/displays four menu items in
the Courses menu):
// Course Items
additem(StuCourseMenu, StuCourseCatalogText, directory, TipCommon +
"&ConfigName=rcolcat1s","rcolcat1s.cfg",hostKey,tipHostKey);
additem(StuCourseMenu, StuCourseSectionsText, directory, TipCommon +
"&ConfigName=rclstrms","rclstrms.cfg",hostKey,tipHostKey);
additem(StuCourseMenu, StuCourseSectSrchText, directory, TipCommon +
"&ConfigName=rclssrchtrms","rclssrchtrms.cfg",hostKey,tipHostKey);
additem(StuCourseMenu, StuWebctText, directory,
"anchor",Webct,hostKey,tipHostKey);
6. Paste the block for the new menu within the code for the other
menus so that your new menu will be displayed in the correct order
on the navigation bar. (The menus and items are displayed in the
same order in which they are listed in the MenuItems.js file.)
February 2005
3-105
7. In the block, replace the text name of the existing menu (e.g.,
StuCourseMenu) and items (e.g., StuCourseCatalogText) with the
text names of the new menu and items in one of two ways:
• Specify the names of the variables you created at the top of the
MenuItems.js file for the text names of the menu and items, or
• If you did not create variables for the text names for the menu
and items, hard-code the text names of the new menu and items
by specifying each text name within quotes.
8. For each item in your new menu, replace the name of the existing
&ConfigName= file (e.g., rcolcat1s) with the name of the cfg file
(without the .cfg extension) that you have created for the new menu
item.
cfg file (e.g., rcolcat1s.cfg) with the name of the cfg file you have
created for the new menu item.
XAdd the Menu and Items to the Site Map
Figure 3-34 Sample Menu Added to the Site Map
3-106
February 2005
1. You can display your new items on the Site Map with or without
the same security access used for the other menu items.
• To quickly display the items without security access, create
variables in the TSRVWEB.INI file for the names of your new
menu items (e.g., StuItem1^additem). Then skip to Step 2 on the
next page.
• To display the items with security (enabling you to turn the items
on/off on Screen WT1), complete the steps in the following table.
To Display 1. Modify WS Segment 035 in the ACFILE layout for the new
the Item
menu items.
2. Add DBD elements for the new menu items.
3. Add options on Screen WT1 for the new menu items.
4. Modify the asitemap.ddo file to add the variable names for the
new menu and items to be displayed. Add your new menu and
items in the same position in which they should be displayed on
the Site Map with the other menus. For example, if you wanted
to add your new menu after the Courses menu, you might
specify:
|StuCourse|StuCourseCatalog|StuCourseSections
|StuCourseSectSrch|StuWebct
|StuOption|StuItem1|StuItem2|StuItem3
5. Modify AZKTBL for the new menu and items. First, add the
new menu and items to the list of IF statements which make
sure that the menu name is not displayed if all its menu items
are turned off. For example:
***************************************************
* OPTION - IF ALL ITEMS ARE ACTIVE,
* ENABLE THE FUNCTION GROUP HEADING.
***************************************************
3170-OPTION.
IF AC-WS-S-ITEM1 = "Y" OR
AC-WS-S-ITEM2 = "Y" OR
AC-WS-S-ITEM3 = "Y"
ELSE
Then add IF statements to display each of your new menu
items. For each menu item, add a similar block of code:
IF AC-WS-S-ITEM1 = "Y"
ELSE
6. Re-compile the AZKTBL program.
February 2005
3-107
To Add
7. Modify AZKCTL for each new menu item, so the system will
Security
call the program that will run the new item if the corresponding
for the item
option is set to Y on Screen WT1. For each menu item, add a
similar block of code:
****
* ITEM1
*
IF TRAN-CODE = [Your Transaction Code]
IF AC-WS-S-ITEM1 NOT = "Y"
MOVE TRAN-UNAVAIL TO ERROR-PARAMETER
PERFORM 7999-PROCESS-ERROR THRU 7999-PEEXIT
GO
TO 2000-PT-EXIT
ELSE
CALL [Your Program] USING DFHEIBLK DFHCOMMAREA,
K-COMMAREA,
REQ-BUFR,
RESP-BUFR,
LEN-BUFR,
REQ-RESP
GO TO 2000-PT-EXIT.
****
8. Re-compile the AZKCTL program.
2. You will now place links for the new menu items on the Site Map.
In the asitemap.htm file, search for the section that corresponds to
a menu to use as a starting point.
3-108
February 2005
3. Each menu is displayed within a table on the Site Map. Block copy
the code for a menu, for example the Courses menu, which includes
four menu items. For brevity, we’re only going to show two of
them in our example:
Code for the menu
Code for the first menu item
<table class="plaintable"
summary="This table displays all Course links.">
<tr class="[StuCourse]">
<td class="pldefault"><span class=”[StuCourse]”>
<span class="sitemaplevel1">    
[StuCourseMenu] </span></td></tr>
<tr class="[StuCourseCatalog]">
<td class="pldefault"><span class=”[StuCourseCatalog]”>
        
href="[StuDir]?tserve_tip_read_destroy
&ConfigName=rcolcat1s
&tserve_trans_config=rcolcat1s.cfg
title="[StuCourseCatalogText]"
onMouseover="window.status='[StuCourseCatalogText]'; return true"
onFocus="window.status='[StuCourseCatalogText]'; return true"
[StuCourseCatalogText]</a> </td></tr>
<tr class="[StuCourseSections]">
<td class="pldefault"><span class=”[StuCourseSections]”>
        
href="[StuDir]?tserve_tip_read_destroy
&ConfigName=rclstrms
&tserve_trans_config=rclstrms.cfg
title="[StuCourseSectionsText]"
onMouseover="window.status='[StuCourseSectionsText]'; return true"
onFocus="window.status='[StuCourseSectionsText]'; return true"
[StuCourseSectionsText]</a> </td></tr>
</table>
4. Paste the menu block within the existing blocks so that the new
menu will be displayed in the correct order in the Site Map. (The
menus and items are displayed in the same order in which they are
listed in the asitemap.htm file.)
February 2005
3-109
5. In the block, replace the name of the existing menu (e.g.,
StuCourseMenu) with the name of the new menu, in one of two
ways:
file for the text name of the new menu, or
• If you did not create a variable, hard-code the name of the new
menu by removing the [ ] and specifying the name within quotes
(e.g., “Option”).
6. In two places in the block, replace the existing menu (e.g.,
StuCourse) with the new menu you want to add in one of two ways:
file for adding the new menu (e.g., StuOption), or
• If you did not create a variable, hard-code the addition of the new
menu, by specifying “additem” (without the brackets) for the new
menu.
7. In two places in the block, replace the existing items (e.g.,
StuCourseCatalog) with the new items you want to add in one of
three ways:
• Specify the names of the variables you created in the
TSRVWEB.INI file for adding the new items (e.g., StuItem1).
• If you did not create variables, hard-code the addition of the new
items, by specifying additem for each item.
• If you are adding security for the new menu items so that they
can be turned on/off on Screen WT1, hard-code the names of the
variables you defined in the asitemap.ddo file for the new menu
items (e.g., StuItem1).
&ConfigName= file (e.g., rcolcat1s) with the name of the cfg file
(without the .cfg extension) that you have created for the new menu
item.
cfg file with the name of the cfg file you have created for the new
menu item.
3-110
February 2005
10. For each item in your new menu (in 4 places in the block), replace
the text name of the new item (e.g., StuCourseCatalogText) with the
text for the new item in one of two ways:
file for the text name (e.g., StuItem1Text), or
• If you did not create a variable, hard-code the text for the new
item, by removing the [ ] around the existing variable name and
replacing the variable name with the text for the new item within
quotes (e.g., “Item1”).
XAdd a Menu Description to the Student Services Page
In the admnmenu.htm file, add a description of the new menu for
display on the Student Services page.
Figure 3-35 Sample New Menu Option on Student Services page
February 2005
3-111
Step 22: Removing Options from the Home Page
You can remove options from the Student Self-Service Home Page.
1. Set the corresponding Home page setting to N on Screen WT1.
Figure 3-36 Student Web Transaction Security Screen (WT1)
Note: The Application/Info Links, Course Sections, Course
Section Search, and Course Catalog settings also control
access to the options from the drop-down menus.
2. In ahomepg.htm in the WEBDOCS and ia-bin directories, remove
or comment out the links you don’t want to list on the Home page.
3-112
February 2005
Step 23: Loading the T-Serve Tables for Voice and Kiosk
To complete the implementation process for Voice and Kiosk, you
must load the table information you defined on the SIS Web screens
into T-Serve. Use the Web page ATBLLOAD.HTM to load the T-Serve
tables for Voice and Kiosk (no longer needed for the Web).
Figure 3-37 Administrative Table Load page
The Web URL must be specified directly or you may choose to add it
to another Web page that can only be accessed by your system
administrators. You can load each table individually, or you can load
All Tables with one selection. The following table lists which T-Serve
tables must be loaded to record data changes for Voice and Kiosk:
Load This Table:
Each Time Information is Changed for:
Admissions Inquiry Terms
Admissions App - Inq End setting on Screen W01
Billing Terms
Billing setting on Screen W01
Careers
Values for DBD element AA615 (Career/Level)
Course Schedule Terms
Course Sched setting on Screen W01
Financial Aid Award Years Available Award Years on Screen W26
Grading Terms
Grading setting on Screen W01
Registration Terms
Registration Bgn/End 1 & 2 setting on Screen W01
Student Schedule Terms
Student Sched setting on Screen W01
Subjects
Values for DBD element A 035 (Subject Area)
Table 3-33 Loading Web Tables for Voice and Kiosk
February 2005
3-113
Troubleshooting Errors During Implementation
Troubleshooting Errors During Implementation
During implementation you may encounter one or more error messages
from the SCT Plus host. These messages are displayed on the Web
page and contain an error code between 93 and 99. Refer to the
following table for explanations of these error codes.
Error
Code
Translation
Description
93
System service error
An error occurred while attempting to call an
OpenVMS system service routine or execute a
CICS command.
94
NAMEFL I/O error
An error occurred while attempting to read the
NAME file.
95
Security File I/O error An error occurred while attempting to read the
ZCFILE. Each system has a designated Web
operator ID that is used for value-based security.
The security record for that Web operator ID is
read from the ZCFILE. If a system does not have
a designated Web operator ID, then the operator
number will be blank and no records will be read
from the Security File (ZCFILE).
96
Checkpointer error
An error occurred while attempting to initialize
the checkpointer for this system.
97
System not available
The On-line system is temporarily unavailable.
This is controlled through the use of the system
availability logical names on OpenVMS and
through the ZFOC transaction on IBM platforms.
98
Control program not
found
The control program for the system identified by
the transaction code was not linked into the
THOSTINT executable, or it could not be found
in the PPT entries or LOADLIB on IBM
platforms.
99
Invalid transaction
code
The system could not be determined. The first
digit of the transaction code does not match one
of the SCT Plus system number codes.
Transaction codes are 4-digit numbers preceded
by spaces for a total of six bytes.
Table 3-34 Error Codes
3-114
February 2005
Passing Profile Data from Student Self-Service to Other Applications
When SCT Plus Student Self-Service is used with target systems (e.g.,
Campus Pipeline/Luminis and/or WebCT) or an integrated external
system which uses LDI protocol, Student Self-Service must pass
profile data to the other systems in order to keep the profile data in sync
with the Plus data. Data is kept in sync via the following methods:
Data
Synchronization
Method
System Events
Description
System Events occur when a change has been
made to user profile information stored in SIS or
another application.
Refer to
Page
3-116
Campus Pipeline/
You run the Campus Pipeline/Luminis Extract
Luminis
program (ABKGEM) to extract data (for all
Profile Load Process students and faculty who have a valid Web PIN in
SIS) to populate the Campus Pipeline/Luminis
data repository.
3-120
Luminis Data
Integration (LDI)
Load Process
3-122
You run the Luminis Data Integration (LDI)
Extract program (ABKLDI) to extract data (for all
students and faculty who have a valid Web PIN in
SIS) to populate the data repository for SCT
Luminis or any other integrated external system
which uses the LDI Protocol.
WebCT
You run the WebCT Extract program (ABKLSE)
Profile Load Process to extract data (for all students and faculty who
have a valid Web PIN in SIS) to populate the
WebCT data repository.
3-124
On-Demand Data
Synchronization
3-126
Use SIS Screen 1SE (Data Synchronization
Events) to specify which information is to be
passed for a particular student, faculty member,
course section, and/or term.
Table 3-35 Data Synchronization Methods
We will detail each of these data synchronization methods on the
following pages.
February 2005
3-115
System Events
System events occur when a change has been made to user profile
information stored in SIS or another application. System events update
the following information in target systems (e.g., Campus Pipeline/
Luminis):
• Enrolled Course
• Course Section ID
• Course Department
• PIN
• Course Title
• Course Instructor
• Name
• Course Instructor Role
Change
• Grade Change
• SID
• Course Meeting Data
(for calendars
• Major (not for LDI)
For more details on system events, please refer to the corresponding
guide:
• Implementing the SCT Connected Learning Solution Guide - Volume
II
• LDI for e-Learning Plus Implementation Guide - Volume II
You can view a list of the new events on Screen ZEF (List of Available
Events).
Figure 3-38 List of Available Events (ZEF) Screen
3-116
February 2005
On Screen ZEQ (Event Queue Administration), you can view a list of
the events that have been created.
Figure 3-39 Event Queue Administration (ZEQ) Screen
• When a CPSYSTEM, CPBROADCAST, CPNOTIFY, or CPSMART
event is successfully received by Campus Pipeline/Luminis, it is
removed from Screen ZEQ. If an event cannot be processed by
Campus Pipeline/Luminis, the Status is changed to Reject.
• When a SYNC event is successfully received by WebCT, it is
removed from Screen ZEQ. If WebCT rejects the event, the rejection
information is listed in the error_log.txt file.
Specifying Which Events to Create
Use the options on the SIS Installation Specifications (SIN) screen to
narrow down the terms and sections for which events are to be created.
Figure 3-40 SIS Installation Specifications (SIN) screen
February 2005
3-117
Use these options according to the following information:
Option
Description
Range
It is important to note that system events are passed when changes are
of active
made to student records for any term. Specify the Range of active
event terms event terms for which term-related events (changes in course, course
section, enrollment, instructor, or calendar information) are to be
passed to target systems. Enter the first and last terms in the format
yyyys, where yyyy is the 4-digit year and s is the semester code (e.g.,
2001S for the Spring 2001 term). Only changes made to course, course
section, enrollment, instructor, or calendar data for the specified Range
of active event terms will then be passed to the target systems.
Events will not be created for terms that are earlier than the first term
listed (AC718) for the Range of active event terms or later than the
specified last term (AC713).
Suppress
INTCOMP
sections
Suppress
LDI
sections
If you want to pass section-related INTCOMP events (changes in
section, faculty assignment, or student enrollment) for only those
sections which have a Delivery Code (RC186), set the Suppress
INTCOMP sections field to Y. (If this field is blank or N, INTCOMP
events will be created for all sections.)
• If you do not have SCT Luminis and only synchronize LDI data with
external Learning Management Systems, set the Suppress LDI
sections field to Y. (If this field is blank or N, events will be created
for all sections.)
• If your LDI solution does integrate with SCT Luminis, set Suppress
LDI sections field to N to synchronize data for all sections.
Table 3-36 Specifying Which Events to Create
3-118
February 2005
Preparing Your Batch Update Programs for Event Creation
During the processing of events, other records may be read in order to
obtain data for the events. If you’ve developed batch programs that
update records which may cause events to be created, these programs
must follow these rules:
• Do not open files directly within ASEVNT (the subroutine which
creates events in batch).
• Any batch programs which update the following record types, must
also open certain files, as indicated in the following table:
Batch Programs That
Update This Record Type:
Must Open These Files
AA
AVFILE
AM (for holds)
AVFILE
AY
AVFILE
RC
AIFILE
AVFILE
AYFILE
RCFILE
RT
AVFILE
RCFILE
Table 3-37 Files to Open When Updating Certain Record Types
• If your program or subroutine updates RC records, you must also
pass your institution name to the ASEVNT subroutine. To do this,
add the following line at the beginning of your calling program:
CALL “ASNARI” USING Z-SERIES-Z-NAME.
• Close the event queue file and the person ZK file that may have been
opened by calls from the ASEVNT subroutine. To do this, add the
following lines at the end of your batch program:
MOVE “C” TO A-EVT-CMD.
CALL “ASEVNT” USING BATCH-COMM-AREA.
February 2005
3-119
Campus Pipeline/Luminis Profile Load Process
The Campus Pipeline/Luminis profile load process is used to extract
data to populate the Campus Pipeline/Luminis data repository. The
output file is an XML format file used to populate the Campus
Pipeline/Luminis profile. This profile determines access privileges to
Campus Pipeline/Luminis functionality, SCT Plus applications, and
WebCT.
The Campus Pipeline/Luminis Profile Extract Program (ABKGEM) is
run from the SIS Host to extract the data required for Campus Pipeline/
Luminis processing from the SIS master files. ABKGEM extracts
information for all students and faculty who have a valid Web PIN in
SIS.
You will use the ABKGEM program parameters to specify which data is
to be extracted for Campus Pipeline/Luminis. Here’s a brief description
of each of the parameters. (For more information, refer to Chapter 14.)
Parameter
Description
TERM
Specify the term for which data is to be extracted.
TERM1 - 6
If different academic units use different term codes for the same
time period (as selected on the SIS CAL screen), specify these
additional terms.
OPTION2
Specify whether data is to be extracted about students and faculty
members and/or all course sections for the specified terms.
OPTION3
Specify whether data is to be extracted about enrolled courses and/or
instructional assignments, or student majors.
OPTION4
Specify whether course meeting data is to be extracted for display on
the students’ and faculty members’ calendars via Campus Pipeline/
Luminis.
OPTION5
Specify whether data is only to be extracted for students and faculty
members whose IDs are listed in the WORKFL file.
Table 3-38 Brief Description of ABKGEM Program Parameters
3-120
February 2005
Extracting Course Meeting Data
If you specify OPTION4=Y when using ABKGEM, the following
course meeting data is extracted for display in the students’ and faculty
members’ personal calendars via Campus Pipeline/Luminis:
• Course Reference # and Term
• Course Meeting Days
• Building
• Start and End Dates
• Start and End Times
• Room
If the Start Date, End Date, Begin Time, End Time, or Course Meeting
Days is unknown, none of this information will be displayed in the
calendars. If just the Building/Room is unknown, TBA will appear in
the calendars with all the other information about the course meeting.
Extracting Data for Selected Students
If you specify OPTION5=Y when using ABKGEM, data will only be
extracted for students and faculty whose IDs are listed in the WORKFL
file. To compile the desired list of faculty/student IDs (e.g., all
freshmen), use a software tool (e.g., FOCUS) or manually enter the IDs
in the WORKFL file, as follows:
• Leave the first line of the WORKFL file blank.
• Enter one ID per line and leave the first position of each line
blank.
February 2005
3-121
Luminis Data Integration (LDI) Load Process
The Luminis Data Integration load process is used to extract data to
populate the data repository for SCT Luminis or any other integrated
external system. The output file is an XML format file. This profile
determines access privileges to Plus applications and the integrated
external systems.
The Luminis Data Integration Extract Program (ABKLDI) is run from
the SIS Host to extract the data from the SIS master files that is
required for external system processing. ABKLDI extracts information
for all students and faculty who have a valid Web PIN in SIS.
You will use the ABKLDI program parameters to specify which data is
to be extracted for the external system. Here’s a brief description of
each of the parameters. (For more information, refer to Chapter 14.)
Parameter
Description
TERM
TERM1 - 6
If different academic units use different term codes for the same
time period (as selected on the CAL screen), specify these additional
terms.
OPTION1
Specify which student and/or faculty data is to be extracted.
OPTION2
Specify which course section data is to be extracted.
OPTION3
Specify which cross-listing data is to be extracted.
OPTION4
Specify which faculty assignment data is to be extracted.
OPTION5
Specify which student enrollment data is to be extracted.
OPTION6
Specify which course inventory data is to be extracted.
OPTION7
Specify which college, department, and department faculty member
data is to be extracted.
USERCODES Specify the delivery codes for the particular information to be
extracted when you set OPTION2, OPTION3, OPTION4, or OPTION5
to S.
Table 3-39 Brief Description of ABKLDI Program Parameters
3-122
February 2005
Extracting Course Meeting Data
Unless you specify OPTION2=N (to not extract course section
information) when using ABKLDI, the following course meeting data is
extracted for display in the students’ and faculty members’ personal
calendars via the integrated external system.
• Course Reference # and Term
• Course Meeting Days
• Building
• Start and End Dates
• Start and End Times
• Room
If the Start Date, End Date, Begin Time, End Time, or Course Meeting
Days is unknown, none of this information will be displayed in the
calendars. If just the Building/Room is unknown, TBA will appear in
the calendars with all the other information about the course meeting.
Extracting Data for Selected Students and/or Faculty
If you specify OPTION1=L when using ABKLDI, data will only be
extracted for faculty and students whose IDs are listed in the WORKFL
file. To compile the desired list of faculty/student IDs (e.g., all
freshmen), use a software tool (e.g., FOCUS) or manually enter the IDs
in the WORKFL file, as follows:
• Enter one ID per line
• Leave the first position of each line blank.
February 2005
3-123
WebCT Profile Load Process
The WebCT profile load process is used to extract data to an XML
format file which is then used to populate the WebCT profile. This
profile determines access privileges to WebCT functionality and SCT
Plus applications.
The WebCT Profile Extract Program (ABKLSE) is run from the SIS
Host to extract the data required for WebCT processing from the SIS
master files. ABKLSE extracts information for students and faculty who
have a valid Web PIN in SIS.
You will use the ABKLSE program parameters to specify which data is
to be extracted for WebCT. Here’s a brief description of each of the
parameters. (For more detailed information, refer to Chapter 14.).
Parameter
Description
TERM
TERM1 - 6
If different academic units use different term codes for the same time
period (as selected on the SIS CAL screen), specify these additional
terms.
OPTION2
Select the students for which data is to be extracted (all students with
valid PINs or students who are eligible to enroll during the specified
term).
OPTION3
Select the faculty members for which data is to be extracted (all
faculty members with valid PINs or faculty members assigned to
courses offered during the specified term).
OPTION4
Select the course sections for which data is to be extracted.
OPTION5
Specify whether instructor assignment data is to be extracted for the
course sections listed with OPTION4.
OPTION6
Specify whether student enrollment data is to be extracted for the
course sections listed with OPTION4.
OPTION7
Specify whether data is only to be extracted for the faculty/student
IDs listed in the WORKFL file.
USERCODE
If you set OPTION4=S, specify the Delivery Code values for the
course section data to be extracted.
Table 3-40 Brief Description of ABKLSE Program Parameters
3-124
February 2005
If you specify OPTION7=Y when using ABKLSE, data will only be
extracted for students whose IDs are listed in the WORKFL file. To
compile the desired list of faculty and/or student IDs (e.g., all
freshmen), use a software tool (e.g., FOCUS) or manually enter the
Student IDs in the WORKFL file, as follows:
• Leave the first line of the WORKFL file blank.
• Enter one ID per line and leave the first position of each line
blank.
February 2005
3-125
On-Demand Data Synchronization
You can use Screen 1SE (Data Synchronization Events) to pass data
from SIS to Campus Pipeline, Luminis, or other integrated external
system for a specific student, faculty member, course section, and/or
term.
Figure 3-41 Data Synchronization Events Screen (1SE)
To use Screen 1SE, follow these steps:
1. In the Action line, specify all the data you need to synchronize
(SID, Fac ID, Course, and/or Term).
Figure 3-42 Screen 1SE - Data Specified
To Synchronize:
Specify on
Action Line:
Student’s ID, PIN, name, role, and demographics
SID
Student’s ID, PIN, name, role, demographics, and enrollment
information (courses, majors, and enrollment status)
SID
Term
Faculty member’s ID, PIN, name, role, and demographics
Fac ID
Faculty member’s ID, PIN, name, role, demographics, and
teaching assignments
Fac ID
Term
Information about the course section, all the students enrolled
in the course, and the faculty members assigned to teach the
course
Course
Term
Table 3-41 Specifying Which Data to Synchronize
3-126
February 2005
2. Press ENTER to display the descriptions for the data you have
specified on the Action line.
Figure 3-43 Screen 1SE - Data Descriptions Displayed
3. In each All data for field for which a description is displayed,
specify whether you want to synchronize all data for that student,
faculty member, and/or course section.
Enter Y to synchronize all data, or N (or leave the field blank) if
you do not want to create events for the specified student, faculty
member, and/or course section.
Figure 3-44 Screen 1SE - Specifying Which Data to Sync
February 2005
3-127
4. In the Add/End Term field, specify whether you want to Add or
End the specified term, or Not create term-related events.
Enter
To
A
Create an event to add the specified Term in the other applications you
are using (Campus Pipeline/Luminis and/or WebCT).
• You should add a term before you start working on the term in SIS
(and term-related events are sent to the other applications).
• Before you add a term, the term must be defined in SIS in the
following order:
1. In the DBD with the corresponding translation (e.g., 2003F, Fall
2003)
2. On Screen CAL (Term Calendar)
Note: You may also need to define the term on Screen W01 (Web
Term Calendar). You may also need to extend the end of the
Range of Active Event Terms (on Screen SIN) to include this
term.
E
Create an event to end the specified Term in the other applications
being used (Campus Pipeline/Luminis and/or WebCT).
Note: If you end a term, make sure that you change the first term in the
Range of Active Event Terms (on Screen SIN) to a later term,
so events are not created for the term you’ve ended.
N
Do not create term events.
Table 3-42 Screen 1SE Field Entries
5. Press ENTER to synchronize the specified data. The system will
then display a list of the number of events that have been created.
Figure 3-45 Screen 1SE - Synchronization Event Counts
3-128
February 2005
4 Term Selection
Functional Overview
4 Term Selection
This chapter discusses the Select Term feature of SCT Plus Student
Self-Service.
Functional Overview
The Select Term feature allows students to choose another term for
which to view and/or update their information.
Figure 4-1 Term menu
When you followed the instructions for Implementing SCT Plus
Student Self-Service (Chapter 3), you specified whether the Select
Term option should be displayed on the Term menu. To rename the
Select Term menu option, modify the settings in the TSRVWEB.INI
and MenuItems.js files (page 3-89). To remove the Select Term menu
option, modify the setting in the MenuItems.js file (page 3-93).
Several Student Self-Service features require a term selection before
they can be used:
• The Grades and Account Summary features on the Student Records
menu
• All the features on the Registration menu
• The Course Sections and Course Section Search features on the
Courses menu
For example, if students want to register for courses, they must first
specify the term in which they want to take the course.
February 2005
4-1
4 Term Selection
Functional Overview
Using a Default Term
When you followed the instructions in Chapter 3 for implementing
Student Self-Service, you had the option of selecting a Student
Default Term on Screen W21.
Figure 4-2 Student Default Term Option on Screen W21
If your institution defined the Student Default Term on Screen W21,
all the Student Self-Service features will use this default term as the
basis for all the information that is found and displayed.
The default term is usually set to the current term, so there may not be
much need for a student to change it. A student will need to change the
term if:
• The student needs to view or enter information for a different term.
For example, a student might want to view the fees for a different
term. In this case, he/she would choose Select Term on the Term
menu to change the term and then go to the Account Summary page
to view the fees.
• The Student Default Term is not available for the Student SelfService feature the student selects. In this case, the system would
prompt the student to specify a different term from the list of terms
that are available for the selected feature. Refer to the next section,
Prompting Students to Select a Term.
4-2
February 2005
4 Term Selection
Functional Overview
Prompting Students to Select a Term
If you are not using the Student Default Term, students can use the
Select Term feature to select the initial term.
When a student selects a Student Self-Service feature that requires a
term selection (e.g., Drop and Add Classes), the system will check to
see if the last specified term is available for that feature. If no term has
yet been selected, or the Student Default Term or last specified term
is not available for the selected feature, the system will prompt the
student to select a term. For example:
Figure 4-3 Prompting for a Term
The list box will display a list of the terms that are available for the
specified feature. Once the student chooses a term from the list and
selects
:
• The term will remain as the term selection for Student Self-Service
until the student uses the Select Term feature (or is prompted) to
choose a different term, or exits Student Self-Service.
• The system will display the page for the feature the student originally
selected (e.g., the Drop and Add Classes page).
February 2005
4-3
4 Term Selection
Select Term
Select Term
After a student chooses Select Term on the Term menu, he/she can
view a list of the terms that are available for the Student Self-Service
features that require a term selection.
Figure 4-4 Select Term page
The student will make sure that the term is currently available for the
Student Self-Service feature he/she wants to use, and then select the
term. The selected term will be retained until the student selects a
different term or exits Student Self-Service. Whether or not a term is
available for the various Self-Service features is determined by your
settings on Screen W01 (Web Term Calendar).
4-4
February 2005
5 Personal Information
Functional Overview
This chapter discusses the Personal Information options of SCT Plus
Student Self-Service and how to access them.
Functional Overview
The Personal Information feature allows students to view and update
their information in the SIS system. Since students can update their
own information, your administrative staff is relieved of these day-today maintenance activities.
Figure 5-1 Personal Info menu
All of these options are described on the following pages. When you
followed the instructions for Implementing SCT Plus Student SelfService (Chapter 3), you specified which options should be displayed
on the Personal Info menu. To rename a menu option, modify the
settings in the TSRVWEB.INI and MenuItems.js files. To remove a
menu option, modify the settings in the MenuItems.js file and on
Screen WT1.
February 2005
5-1
Functional Overview
If you are reading this guide from a PDF file, use the corresponding
page link to go directly to information about renaming or removing the
menu option; otherwise, turn to the designated page in your printout.
Menu Option
To Rename:
To Remove:
Addresses Including Emergency Contacts
and Next of Kin
3-89
3-93
3-89
3-93
E-mail Addresses and Personal Web Page
3-89
3-93
Change PIN
3-89
3-93
PIN Question and Answer
3-89
3-93
View
3-89
3-94
Update
3-89
3-94
Change Name
3-89
3-94
Change Social Security Number
3-89
3-94
View/Update Marital Status
Table 5-1 Changing Personal Info Menu Options
Use the Personal Info settings on Screen WT1 (Student Transaction
Security) to enable the options you are displaying on the Personal Info
Menu (and disable those you are not displaying).
Figure 4-2 Personal Info Options on Screen WT1
5-2
February 2005
Addresses Including Emergency Contacts and Next of Kin
The Addresses option allows a student to view and change his/her
addresses. When you followed the implementation instructions in
Chapter 3, you specified on Screen W20 (Student Personal
Information) which types of addresses your students can view (I) and
update (U).
Figure 4-3 Student Personal Information (W20) Screen
Refer to page 3-12 for information about setting addresses for inquiry
and update.
After the student selects Addresses on the Personal Info menu, the
system displays the student’s address information.
Figure 4-4 Address List page
February 2005
5-3
The student can make any necessary address changes. He/she can:
• Select Add a new address to enter information about a different type
of address.
• Select the Address Type that he/she needs to update.
Adding a New Address
Students will be able to add addresses which they do not already have
on record (except previous and prior legal addresses) and which they
are permitted to update, as you specified on Screen W20 (Student
Personal Information).
In addition to adding information about different addresses (for
example, a new temporary address), students will use this option to
specify information about their emergency contacts or next of kin.
1. Select Add a new address on the Address List page.
2. Specify which type of address is being added and select
.
Figure 4-5 Select Address page
3. Enter the information for the specified address type.
The information that is to be entered depends on the type of address
selected. For example, the following information would be
displayed if the student chose to add information for his/her
temporary address.
5-4
February 2005
Figure 4-6 Update (Add) Address page
4. Select
February 2005
to update the information in SIS.
5-5
Updating an Address
1. Select the Address Type on the Address List page to display the
Update Address page with the information that has been recorded
for the specified address.
Figure 4-7 Update Address page
The information that is displayed depends on the type of address.
For example, the following information would be displayed if a
student chose to update the data for his/her Emergency Contact.
5-6
February 2005
Figure 4-8 Update (Emergency Contact) Address page
In addition to being able to change the address of his/her
emergency contact, the student can also change the name of his/her
contact. The same fields are displayed when adding/updating next
of kin.
February 2005
5-7
2. If the same address is also used for other Address Types, specify
whether they should also be updated. (This field is not displayed on
the Update Address page for all address types.)
3. Enter the correct information and select
to update the address
(and any specified shared addresses) in SIS.
The Personal Phone Numbers option allows a student to change his/her
personal phone numbers (those numbers that are not associated with an
address). After the student selects Personal Phone Numbers on the
Personal Info menu, the system displays the student’s personal phone
number information.
Figure 4-9 Personal Phone Numbers page
The student can correct any of the phone numbers and then select
5-8
February 2005
The E-mail Addresses and Personal Web Page option allows a student
to change (or just view) his/her e-mail addresses and Web page URL.
When you followed the implementation instructions in Chapter 3, you
specified on Screen W20 (Student Personal Information) which types
of e-mail addresses your students can view (I) and update (U).
Figure 4-10 Student Personal Information (W20) Screen
Refer to page 3-12 for information about setting e-mail addresses for
inquiry and update.
After the student selects E-mail Addresses and Personal Web Page
on the Personal Info menu, the system displays the student’s e-mail
addresses and personal Web page information.
February 2005
5-9
Figure 4-11 E-mail Addresses and Personal Web Page information
The student can correct any of the e-mail addresses and/or his/her Web
Page URL, and then select
5-10
February 2005
Change PIN
Change PIN
The Change PIN option allows a student to change his/her Personal
Identification Number (PIN). After selecting Change PIN on the
Personal Info menu, the student is prompted to enter his/her current
PIN, and then the new PIN twice for verification.
Figure 4-12 Change PIN page
Once the student changes his/her PIN, he/she must log in again with the
new PIN or exit the system. This is necessary to reset the Transaction in
Process (TIP) values.
When a student selects I Forgot My PIN on the Login page, the system
displays the PIN question the student has specified and will not let the
student log in and access the Student Services menu until he/she enters
the correct answer to the question and changes his/her PIN. The PIN
Question and Answer option allows a student to change the question
and/or answer that is used when he/she selects I Forgot My PIN on the
Login page.
Changing the PIN Question and Answer
After selecting PIN Question and Answer on the Personal Information
menu, the student is prompted to enter the PIN question he/she wants
the system to display when he/she selects I Forgot My PIN on the Login
page, and/or the answer he/she must enter in order to log in.
February 2005
5-11
Figure 4-13 PIN Question and Answer page
Once the student changes his/her PIN question and/or answer, it will be
used the next time the student selects I Forgot My PIN on the Login
page.
Logging in After Forgetting a PIN
Students will follow these steps when they forget their PIN:
1. Select I Forgot My PIN on the Login page.
Figure 4-14 Student Login page
Note: I Forgot My PIN will only be displayed if you have set PIN
Question and Answer to Y on Screen W02 (Web Student
and Faculty Specifications).
2. Enter his/her Student ID.
Figure 4-15 I Forgot My PIN - Student ID page
5-12
February 2005
3. Enter the answer to the question (they’ve already specified on the
PIN Question and Answer page).
Figure 4-16 I Forgot My PIN - Answer page
4. If he/she has entered the correct answer, enter a new PIN.
Figure 4-17 I Forgot My PIN - Enter New PIN page
5. After the new PIN is accepted, select
.
Figure 4-18 I Forgot My PIN - Log In Again page
6. Log into Student Self-Service with his/her new PIN.
February 2005
5-13
Typically an institution chooses to implement either View Marital
Status or Update Marital Status.
• The View Marital Status option allows students to view their
information.
Figure 4-19 View Marital Status page
• The Update Marital Status option enables students to update their
information.
Figure 4-20 Update Marital Status page
To update marital status information, the student just needs to choose
the correct marital status from the list box and select
.
5-14
February 2005
Change Name
Change Name
Students cannot change their name in Student Self-Service. The
Change Name page directs students to the appropriate administrative
office where they can officially change the name on record at your
institution.
Figure 4-21 Change Name page
You may wish to customize this page and the Change Social Security
Number page to reflect your institution’s policies and procedures.
When the student selects
, the system will open a new
window with access to the Social Security Website:
Figure 4-22 Sample Social Security Website
February 2005
5-15
Students cannot change their Social Security Number in Student SelfService. The Change Social Security Number page directs students to
the appropriate administrative office where they can officially change
the information on record at your institution.
Figure 4-23 Change Social Security Number page
You may wish to customize this page to reflect your institution’s
policies and procedures.
When the student selects
, the system will open a new
window with access to the Social Security Website:
Figure 4-24 Sample Social Security Website
5-16
February 2005
6 Student Records
Functional Overview
6 Student Records
This chapter discusses the Student Records options of SCT Plus
Functional Overview
The Student Records feature allows students to view their academic
information from the SIS system. Students can view their grades, any
holds that may exist on their record, unofficial transcript, institutional
coursework, transfer credits, degree audit data, or the names of their
advisors; request additional services, look at their account summary
and make payments with a valid credit card, review the information
used to produce their 1098-T Form, request graduation checkout or
copies of their official transcript, or update their bank account
information for direct deposit of refunds. Because students can update
their own data, your administrative staff is relieved of such day-to-day
maintenance activities.
Figure 6-1 Student Records menu
on the Student Records menu. To rename a menu option, modify the
Screen WT1.
February 2005
6-1
6 Student Records
Functional Overview
Menu Option
To Rename: To Remove:
Grades
3-89
3-94
3-89
3-94
Additional Services
3-89
3-94
Degree Audit
3-90
3-94
Holds
3-90
3-94
3-90
3-94
3-90
3-94
Transfer Credit
3-90
3-94
IRS Form 1098-T Information
3-90
3-94
Bank Account Information
3-90
3-94
Advisor
3-90
3-94
3-90
3-94
Official Transcript Request
3-90
3-95
Account
Summary and
Pay by Credit
Card
Account Summary
Credit Card Payment
Table 6-1 Changing Student Records Menu Options
Also, use the Student Records settings on Screen WT1 (Student
Transaction Security) to enable the options you have chosen to display
on the Student Records Menu (and disable those you have chosen not
to display).
Figure 6-2 Student Web Transaction Security (WT1)
6-2
February 2005
6 Student Records
Grades
Grades
The Grades option enables students to view their grades for a specified
term. After selecting Grades on the Student Records menu, the student
will view his/her grades for the specified term.
Figure 6-3 Grades page
Setting Viewing Options
Using settings on Screen W21 (Student Records 1) and Screen W02
(Web Specifications), you define which information is displayed on the
Grades page.
Your Grades settings on Screen W21 (Student Records 1) determine
whether the student’s name and statistics are displayed on the page, and
whether students with transcript holds can view the Grades page.
Figure 6-4 Student Records 1 (W21) Screen
February 2005
6-3
6 Student Records
Grades
To display midterm grades, set Midterm Grading on Screen W02
(Web Specifications) to Y. (Refer to Chapter 14 for more information
on the RZKGRD program.)
Figure 6-5 Web Student and Faculty Specifications Screen (W02)
Granting Web Access to Grades
To grant access to grades for a specific term, set Grading to Y on
Screen W01 (Web Term Calendar) for the selected term.
6-4
February 2005
6 Student Records
Account Summary and Pay by Credit Card
The Account Summary (and Pay by Credit Card, if you are using the
TouchNet Payment Gateway) option allows a student to view the
account summary for the specified term.
Account Summary
After selecting Account Summary and Pay by Credit Card on the
Student Records menu, the student will view a listing of all the detail
items or a summary line for each subcode group for the term.
Figure 6-7 Account Summary page
February 2005
6-5
6 Student Records
If your system is in the modeling phase (not ready to do calculations),
tuition calculation will not be performed and the system will only
display the Account Summary information (and
if
you’re using the TouchNet Payment Gateway) at the top of the page:
Field
Description
Due Date
The Due Date is specified on Screen W22 (Student
Records 2).
The Due Date will only be displayed on the Account
Summary page if you set Disp Due Date to Y on
Screen W22 (Student Records 2).
Previous Balance
The student’s previous account balance.
Amount Due Through
Selected Term
The amount due by the specified term.
Account Balance Through
Selected Term
The amount the student owes for expenses accrued
through the specified term.
Total Account Balance
The student’s total balance for all terms.
Table 6-2 Description of Account Summary fields
Setting Viewing Options
Your other settings on Screen W22 (Student Records 2) define
additional options for the Account Summary page.
6-6
February 2005
6 Student Records
Refer to the setting descriptions in the following table:
Setting
Tuition
Calculation
Description
Determines whether a tuition calculation is performed prior to
displaying the Account Summary page:
Y
Calculate the tuition
R
Only calculate the tuition if Tuition Calc is set to Y on Screen
111 (Student Term Attributes) for the specified term.
N
Do not calculate the tuition.
Name
If Name is Y, the student’s name will be displayed on the Account
Summary page.
View
Account
If View Account is blank all students can view the Account
Summary page; if set to A, only active students can view the page.
Subcode
Grouping
If Subcode Grouping is Y, information for payment subcodes will
be summarized into subgroups unless a particular subcode is not
associated with any subcode group. If set to N, the system will
display every detail subcode line in the Account Summary.
Pay by Credit Card
Setting the Payment Subcodes
On Screen W22 (Student Records 2), set the subcodes for the types of
credit cards your institution will accept for making payments via the
Account Summary and Pay by Credit Card feature.
February 2005
6-7
6 Student Records
When Using The TouchNet Credit Card Payment Gateway
If you are running TouchNet’s Credit Card Payment Gateway, you
can change the “Account Summary” function name by adding “and Pay
by Credit Card” to the credit card payment parameter in TSRVWEB.INI,
which is located in the ia-bin directory on your Web server. This will
change the name of the function throughout Student Self-Service to be
“Account Summary and Pay by Credit Card.”
Using a credit card, a student can make a payment toward his/her
account balance via the Web (even when your system is in the
modeling phase). The student selects
to display the
Credit Card Payment page:
Figure 6-10 Account Summary - Credit Card Payment page
After the student selects
, the system will disable this button and
change its name to “Processing” to prevent the student from
accidentally submitting a duplicate payment.
6-8
February 2005
6 Student Records
Once the required credit card information is specified, the TouchNet
Payment Gateway Server verifies the information through a
clearinghouse. If payment is authorized, the Credit Card Payment
program (BZKCCU) posts a charge and payment to the applicant’s
account, updates the admissions application fee paid fields, logs the
transaction for settlement, and notifies the student that the payment is
verified.
Figure 6-11 Account Summary - Credit Card Receipt page
If your setting for Display Login ID for All Credit Card Receipts on
Screen W22 (Student Records 2) is Y, the student’s ID will be listed on
the credit card receipt.
If the credit card is rejected, the applicant is notified. Refer to the
TouchNet document T-Serve Payment Gateway User Help Guide for
more information about payment settlement.
February 2005
6-9
6 Student Records
Payments made by applicants via the Web are classified under
Operator Number 9998. To view information about payments made via
the Student Self-Service application, log into the SIS system using
Operator Number 9998.
After the credit card payment has been made, you may review the
payment on Screen 406 (Adjust Charge/Payment).
Figure 6-13 Adjust Charge/Payment Screen (406)
• The first line of text fields under Item Description contains the
credit card expiration date. The fourth line of text contains the
approval code from the external authorization processor.
• The Print Control field is updated to an M and all the fields
become protected.
• The Cashier field is updated to Web, since the payment
originated from Student Self-Service. (For payments that
originate from TouchNet’s Voice solution, the Cashier is VOIC.)
If Not Using The TouchNet Credit Card Payment Gateway
If you are not running TouchNet’s Credit Card Payment Gateway,
you must:
• Set StuAcctSummaryCCPmt in TSRVWEB.INI to nodisplay to
remove
from the Account Summary page.
• On Screen WT1, set the Credit Card Payment option to N.
6-10
February 2005
6 Student Records
Additional Services
Additional Services
The Additional Services option enables students to request non-tuition
related services, including any optional student fee that is maintained
on the Screen 431.
Figure 6-14 Optional Student Fees (431) screen
How Additional Services are Defined
Additional services (optional fees) are defined on the following
screens:
Screen:
Description:
TBD
Board/meal plans are set up on Screen TBD (Board Rates). (This is for
board plans that are part of the SIS system for housing; not the add-on
Housing module. When you use the add-on Housing module, changes
cannot be entered for the board plan on Screen 431.)
Table 6-4 Screens Used to Define Optional Fees
February 2005
6-11
6 Student Records
Additional Services
Screen:
Description:
TDP
Deferred Payment plans are set up on Screen TDP (Deferred Payment
Schedules), with any applicable surcharges set up on Screen TOP using
the corresponding payment plan code.
TOP
Insurance plans or other optional service are set up on Screen TOP
(Optional Fees).
Table 6-4 Screens Used to Define Optional Fees
6-12
February 2005
6 Student Records
Additional Services
When you followed the instructions for implementing Student SelfService in Chapter 3, you used the Additional Services setup screens
(W27, W28, and W29), to define:
• Which services are offered for a specified term
• If and when services can be selected via the Web
• Which students can select the services
• Whether one or more services can be selected from a group
• Whether selection of service(s) is mandatory or optional
• The title and description of the fees and groups as they are to be
displayed on the Additional Services page
When you created an Additional Services Group on Screen W27, you
specified the Type of services to be included in the group.
Figure 6-15 Additional Services - Groups (W27) screen
For example, if you created an additional services group for Insurance
fees (Type is I), you listed the insurance fee codes (as defined on
Screen TOP) for inclusion in the group.
February 2005
6-13
6 Student Records
Additional Services
How Additional Services are Displayed on the Web
After the student selects Additional Services on the Student Records
menu, the system displays the list of services available for the student,
term, and the current date.
• The mandatory groups will be displayed first, followed by the
optional groups. The system will display an auto-generated text line
to inform students that they must select an option (for a Mandatory
group), or that selection is optional.
• The second and third characters that make up each group code will
determine the sort order of the mandatory and optional groups (e.g.,
01, 02, AA, A1, BB, B1).
• The First/Last Select Dates and First Display Date you specified on
Screen W27 for a group will determine the time period during which
the group will be displayed on the Additional Services page. The
system will use the First/Last Select Dates and the Last Deselect
Date to display auto-generated text to inform students of when they
can make a selection from the group and the last date on which they
can change their selection.
• The page will display the titles and descriptions of the groups and
fees, as defined on Screens W28 and W29.
Figure 6-16 Additional Services - Group Title/Description (W28) screen
Figure 6-17 Additional Services - Fee Codes (W29) screen
6-14
February 2005
6 Student Records
Additional Services
Since your many settings on the Additional Services setup screens
determine which services are displayed for a particular student on the
Additional Services page, we can only show you a sample Additional
Services page.
Figure 6-18 Additional Services page
After the student selects his/her additional services and selects
,
the system will update the student’s RT record for billing purposes.
(Billing must be set to Y on Screen W01 for the term in order for the
charges to be applied to the student’s account.) You can view the
updated information on Screen 431.
February 2005
6-15
6 Student Records
Degree Audit
Degree Audit
The Degree Audit option allows students to view degree audit
information for the primary and secondary programs in which they are
enrolled. This is the same information that is output by SIS batch
program DBA100 (Analysis of Degree Progress Report). Students can
view audit information for programs for which Web is set to Y or P on
Screen 611 (Degree Requirement Definition).
Figure 6-19 Degree Requirement Definition (611) Screen
If Web is set to Y, students can also perform modeling to see how their
credits would be considered if they changed to the program.
Note: You can view a list of degrees with their Web settings on
Screen 606.
Figure 6-20 Degree Index List Screen (606)
6-16
February 2005
6 Student Records
Degree Audit
Figure 6-21 Degree Audit page
Students just need to select Primary, Secondary, or Modeling, and
select
. Your Degree Audit settings on Screen W02 (Web
Student and Faculty Specifications) determine what information will be
displayed on the page and program information used for modeling.
Figure 6-22 Web Student and Faculty Specifications (W02) Screen
February 2005
6-17
6 Student Records
Degree Audit
Field
Description
Test
Scores
Specify whether you want to display the student’s test scores on the
Advisor
Notes
Specify whether you want to display the advisor’s notes on the Analysis
of Academic Progress report.
Advisor
Name
Specify whether you want to display the advisor’s name on the Analysis
Program
Term
Specify whether the student’s primary or secondary program is to be
determined by the current term or his/her last chronological term.
C
Use the current term (the term on the CAL screen for which today’s
date falls between the session begin and end dates) for the blank
session code.
L
Use the last chronological term (the term with the student’s most
recent registration activity).
Modeling Specify which catalogs can be selected for Degree Audit Modeling.
Catalog
Only those programs set for modeling on Screen 611 can be selected
from the catalogs.
1
List programs from the student’s primary program catalog.
2
List programs from the student’s primary program catalog and
those programs that have become available for his/her primary
program.
3
4
Table 6-5 Degree Audit Settings on Screen W02
6-18
February 2005
6 Student Records
Degree Audit
Sample Degree Audit for Primary Program
Students can view a degree audit for the current program in which they
are currently enrolled. For example:
Figure 6-23 Sample Degree Audit - Primary Program - Part 1
February 2005
6-19
6 Student Records
Degree Audit
Figure 6-24 Sample Degree Audit - Primary Program - Part 2
The Degree Audit page displays the same information as the output of
SIS batch program DBA100 (Analysis of Degree Progress Report).
6-20
February 2005
6 Student Records
Degree Audit
Modeling to Obtain Degree Audit for a Different Program
Students can select the Modeling option to view a degree audit to
determine how their current credits would be considered if they
changed to another program.
To perform the degree audit modeling, students will follow these steps:
1. Select the major and
.
Figure 6-25 Degree Audit - Select Major page
2. Select the program and
.
Figure 6-26 Degree Audit - Select Program page
3. View the modeling results.
February 2005
6-21
6 Student Records
Degree Audit
Figure 6-27 Degree Audit - Modeling Program Results
6-22
February 2005
6 Student Records
Holds
Holds
Students can view any holds that the institution has placed on their
record. After the student selects Holds on the Student Records menu,
the system displays the list of holds.
Figure 6-28 Holds page
If no holds exist on the student’s record, the system displays a no holds
message. General holds (Hold Type G) are not displayed, and holds
that carry a Privacy Code do not display the hold Reason. Holds affect
Web processing of student information in these ways:
• Registration holds will prevent Web registration.
• Transcript holds will prevent the display of grades on the Web.
• Transcript holds will prevent students from displaying their
Institutional Transcript, Transfer Transcript, and Unofficial
Transcript, and from using the Official Transcript Request feature on
the Web.
The amount of information displayed on the Holds page depends on
your settings for the Hold options on Screen W22 (Student Records 2).
February 2005
6-23
6 Student Records
Holds
Option
Description
Effective
Term
Y Display the effective term on the Holds page.
N Do not display the effective term.
Waived
Term
Y Display the waived term on the Holds page.
N Do not display the waived term.
Originating
Office
Y Display the name of the office that originated the hold.
N Do not display the name of the office that originated the hold.
Table 6-6 Hold Options on Screen W22 (Student Records 2)
The Holds Web page displays the same data as screens 048 (SIS Holds
& Comments), 148 (Reg Holds & Comments), 248 (AM Holds &
Comments), 348 (FAM Holds & Comments), 448 (BR Holds &
Comments), and 548 (Housing Holds & Comments). Depending on
how your institution sets up access, a user with a Dept ID of UNVR
(University Registrar) would be able to update the holds on Screen 148,
while a user with a Dept ID of ADM (Admissions) would be able to
update the holds on Screen 248.
If the Privacy Restrict field on the holds screens is set to P (Private
Use), “Not Available” is displayed in the Reason field on the Holds
page.
6-24
February 2005
6 Student Records
The Unofficial Transcript option provides a way to view or print a copy
of the student’s Unofficial Transcript information. After selecting
Unofficial Transcript on the Student Records menu, the student is
prompted to select a Level of Study (if he/she has more than one).
Figure 6-30 Select Level of Study page
Once the student selects
, the system will display the transcript.
Figure 6-31 Unofficial Transcript - part 1
February 2005
6-25
6 Student Records
Figure 6-32 Unofficial Transcript - part 2
6-26
February 2005
6 Student Records
Your Unofficial Transcript settings on Screen W21 (Student Records
1) determine whether the student’s name is displayed on the page and
whether students with transcript holds can view the page.
February 2005
6-27
6 Student Records
The information is flagged as an Unofficial Transcript and lists the data
found on SIS Screen 136 (Transcript Display).
Figure 6-34 Transcript Display Screen (136)
6-28
February 2005
6 Student Records
The Institutional Coursework option provides a way to view or print a
list of the credits earned at your institution. After selecting Institutional
Coursework on the Student Records menu, the student will:
1. Select a Level of Study (if he/she has more than one), and
.
2. View the degree information and initial statistics.
Figure 6-36 Institutional Coursework page - part 1
February 2005
6-29
6 Student Records
3. Scroll down and view the list of courses taken at your institution.
Figure 6-37 Institutional Coursework page - part 2
Your Institutional Coursework settings on Screen W21 (Student
Records 1) determine whether the student’s name is displayed on the
page and whether students with transcript holds can view the page.
6-30
February 2005
6 Student Records
The information is flagged as an Unofficial Transcript and shows only
the credits earned at your institution. Transfer Credits are not included
in any of the hours or GPA calculations. This page contains most of the
data found on SIS Screen 136 (Transcript Display).
Figure 6-39 Transcript Display Screen (136)
February 2005
6-31
6 Student Records
Transfer Credit
Transfer Credit
The Transfer Credit option provides a way for a student to view or print
a list of the credits that were transferred to your institution from other
institutions.
Your Transfer Credit settings on Screen W21 (Student Records 1)
determine whether the student’s name is displayed on the page, and
whether students with transcript holds can view the page.
After selecting Transfer Credit on the Student Records menu, the
student is prompted to select a Level of Study (if he/she has more than
one).
Once the student selects
information.
6-32
, the system will display the transfer
February 2005
6 Student Records
Transfer Credit
Figure 6-42 Transfer Credit page
This information is flagged as an Unofficial Transcript and shows only
transfer credits. Calculation of hours and GPAs only include Transfer
Credits.
February 2005
6-33
6 Student Records
Transfer Credit
The information displayed on the Transfer Credit page can also be
found on Screen 142 (Transfer Credit Articulation) and Screen 144
(Transfer Credit Summary).
Figure 6-43 Transfer Credit Articulation Screen (142)
Figure 6-44 Transfer Credit Summary (144)
6-34
February 2005
6 Student Records
Students can view the billing summary and detailed transactions used
by your institution to produce their Tuition Payment Statement (IRS
Form 1098-T). The information on the 1098-T form is used by each
student or his/her guardian to complete the Education Credits (Hope
and Lifetime Learning Credits) form (IRS Form 8863).
To view the 1098-T information, the student needs to:
1. Select IRS Form 1098-T Information on the Student Records
menu.
2. Specify the tax year for which information is to be viewed.
Figure 6-45 Select Tax Year page
Only the tax years for which 1098-T information is recorded for the
student are listed in the Tax Year drop-down menu.
February 2005
6-35
6 Student Records
3. View the tax information for the specified year:
Figure 6-46 Sample 1098-T Summary Information for 2003
6-36
February 2005
6 Student Records
Depending on the specified Tax Year, the system will display
different information in the section titled Information Reported to
the IRS.
• For 2002 and 2003, the system will display the boxes and the
amounts as they appear on the 1098-T form.
• For 2001 and prior years, zeros were reported in similar boxes, as
required by the IRS at those times.
4. Scroll down the page to review the Financial Detail Information.
Figure 6-47 1098-T Detail Information for 2003
February 2005
6-37
6 Student Records
The 1098-T Web page displays the same data as Screen 413 1098-T
Audit Inquiry).
Figure 6-48 1098-T Audit Inquiry Screen (413)
6-38
February 2005
6 Student Records
Students can update their bank account information for electronic
deposit of their refunds from your Accounts Payable office. After the
student selects Bank Account Information on the Student Records
menu, the system displays the current information on record for the
student.
Figure 6-49 Bank Account Information page
February 2005
6-39
6 Student Records
The student can then enter any of the incomplete or incorrect bank
account information and select
to record his/her bank information
in the following DBD elements:
Field Name
Description
DBD
Element
Routing Number
The 9-digit routing number assigned to the
student’s banking institution.
AM811
Account Number
The student’s bank account number (without
spaces or dashes).
AM813
Type
The type of bank account (CHK=checking account
or SAV=savings account).
AM815
Status
Indicates if direct deposits are to be made to the
specified bank account.
AM839
A The student will set the account as Active if he/
she wants refunds to be direct deposited to the
account.
D The student will set the account as
Deactivated if he/she does not want refunds to
be direct deposited to the account.
Bank Address
Bank Name
The formal name of the banking institution.
AM817
Street Line 1
The first line of the bank’s street address.
AM819
Street Line 2
The second line of the bank’s street address.
AM821
City
The city in which the bank is located.
AM823
State
The state in which the bank is located.
AM825
Province
The name of the international province in which
the bank is located, if applicable.
AM827
Zip or Postal Code The zip or postal code for the bank location.
AM829
Country
The 2-character code for the country in which the
bank is located.
AM831
Phone
The phone number for the person at the bank to
whom you should direct questions about the
account.
AM833
Contact
The name of the person at the bank to whom you
should direct questions about the account.
AM835
Table 6-7 DBD Elements for Bank Information
6-40
February 2005
6 Student Records
The Bank Account Information page displays the same information as
Screen 438 (Student Bank Account Information).
Figure 6-50 Student Bank Account Information (438) screen
On Screen 438, you have two more settings for Account Status:
• Frozen -If your institution does not want refunds to be deposited to
the specified student’s account, set the status as Frozen.
• Invalid - If during EFT processing the routing and/or bank number
prove to be invalid, enter I in this field to discontinue direct deposits
to this account.
February 2005
6-41
6 Student Records
When the Account Status is set to Frozen or Invalid, the student will
only be able to view his/her current bank account information:
Figure 6-51 Display of Bank Account Information
Your setting for Bank Account Information Name on Screen W21
(Student Records 1) determines whether or not the student’s name is
displayed on the Bank Account Information page.
6-42
February 2005
6 Student Records
Advisor
Advisor
Once students select Advisor on the Student Records menu, they will
view the names of their advisors, if any have been assigned. The
advisor list will include the student’s primary advisor, secondary
advisor, and/or those faculty members who have been included in an
Advisor Group that has been assigned to the student.
Figure 6-52 Advisor page - Primary and Secondary Advisors
• If a faculty member is assigned as the student’s primary or secondary
advisor and is also part of the advisor group assigned to the student,
the faculty member’s name will only appear once (as the primary/
secondary advisor) in the list of advisors.
• If a primary and/or secondary advisor and an advisor group have been
assigned to the student, the primary and secondary advisors will be
listed as Your assigned advisors and the advisors in the group will
be identified as the student’s Other faculty advisors.
Figure 6-53 Advisor page - Primary, Secondary, and Group Advisors
February 2005
6-43
6 Student Records
Advisor
Advisors are assigned to a student on Screen 119 (Term Report Flags).
Figure 6-54 Advisor Assignment on Screen 119
6-44
February 2005
6 Student Records
The Graduation Information option enables students to update their
expected graduation term and/or request graduation checkout for their
expected degree, major, and term of graduation.
Students will be able to enter graduation information for any of their
matriculation programs for which the Exit term meets both of the
following requirements:
• The term is not in the past
• Intent to Grad is set to Y on Screen W01 for the term. (When you
followed the instructions for implementing Student Self-Service in
Chapter 3, you set Intent to Grad to Y for each term for which
students may submit graduation information via the Web.)
Figure 6-55 Screen W01 (Web Term Calendar)
February 2005
6-45
6 Student Records
Once a student selects Graduation Information on the Student
Records menu, the system will display a list of the programs into which
he/she has matriculated.
Figure 6-56 Graduation Information page
The program information displayed on the Graduation Information
page corresponds to the data displayed on Screen 110 (Academic
Program Maintenance).
Figure 6-57 Screen 110 (Academic Program Maintenance)
Note: Students can only submit graduation information for programs
for which the Deg Ckout Status is blank and the Exit Action/
Reason is EG (Expected Graduation) or EP (End of Program).
Students can use the Graduation Information feature to:
• Update their Expected Graduation Term
• Request graduation checkout
6-46
February 2005
6 Student Records
Updating the Expected Graduation Term
The student’s Exp Grad Term term (as displayed on Screen 110) will
be listed as the first term in the Expected Graduation Term list box
on the Graduation Information page.
To update their Expected Graduation Term (the term in which they
believe they will graduate), students will:
1. Select the correct Expected Graduation Term for the program.
2. Select
to record the new graduation term in SIS. The system
will display a confirmation message.
February 2005
6-47
6 Student Records
Requesting Graduation Checkout
Instead of asking students to fill out Personal Data Forms (PDFs) to
specify their degree checkout term, and then having someone in the
Registrar’s office verify or enter this information on Screen 117
(Graduation Checkout), students can request graduation checkout via
the Web. To request graduation checkout, a student will:
1. Verify the Expected Graduation Term for the program.
2. Select Yes for the Graduation Indicator for the program.
Figure 6-61 Changing the Graduation Indicator
3. Select
to record his/her graduation checkout request.
Note: Once a student requests graduation checkout for a
program, he/she will not be able to view or update his/her
Graduation Information for that program via the Web. The
student must contact the appropriate administrative office at
your institution to change his/her graduation information for
the program.
6-48
February 2005
6 Student Records
The system will verify the information for the program, display a
confirmation message for the student, record the information in SIS,
and set the Degree Checkout Status to 1 (Filed Degree Application).
You can view the updated graduation information for the student on
Screen 110 (Academic Program Maintenance) and Screen 117
(Graduation Checkout).
Figure 6-63 Screen 117 (Graduation Checkout)
The Exp Grad Term field will display the term the student specified
via the Web. The Deg Ckout Status field will display 1, to indicate
that the student filed his/her degree application.
February 2005
6-49
6 Student Records
The Official Transcript Request option enables students to request that
copies of their transcripts be sent from your institution to a specified
address. The student will follow these steps in order to request a
transcript:
1. Select Official Transcript Request on the Student Records menu.
2. View a list of their current transcript requests, if any.
Figure 6-64 Official Transcript Requests On Record
3. Scroll down and view information about any requests that have not
yet been submitted, if any. For example:
Figure 6-65 Sample Unsubmitted Request
6-50
February 2005
6 Student Records
The student can select the Action to Update the information for, or
Submit, any of the unsubmitted requests.
4. Scroll down and view the New Request Form.
Figure 6-66 New Request Form
Students can select the following options:
Option
Action
Settings
• Add the transcript request to the student’s record, but do not
submit it yet.
• Submit the transcript request.
Process
• Process Immediately
• Hold until final degree posted
• Hold until final grades
Transcript If the student has more than one transcript, he/she will select the
transcript.
Copies
Enter the number of copies of the transcript that are needed.
Delivery
Method
•
•
•
•
First Class Mail
Overnight Express
2-Day Priority
Certified Mail
Table 6-8 Transcript Request Options
February 2005
6-51
6 Student Records
5. Enter information for the Official Transcript Request and select
.
Figure 6-67 New Request Being Submitted
6. Review the information about the transcript request and enter your
credit card information.
Figure 6-68 Official Transcript Request - Credit Card Payment
7. Select
once and then wait as the credit card payment is
processed.
6-52
February 2005
6 Student Records
8. Review and print the payment receipt.
Figure 6-69 Official Transcript Request - Credit Card Receipt
If your setting for Display Login ID for All Credit Card Receipts on
Screen W22 (Student Records 2) is Y, the student’s ID will be listed on
the credit card receipt.
Based on your settings on Screen W23 (Official Transcript Request 1)
and W24 (Official Transcript Request 2), the system automatically
calculates the fee for the transcript request.
If no fees are being charged for transcript requests and delivery, the
system will ask the student to review the transcript request information
(as in Step 6) and select
. Instead of a credit card payment receipt,
the system will display a list of the requests that have been submitted
for processing.
Your institution defines the fee per transcript request/copy on Screen
W23 and sets up to five types of delivery fees on Screen W24.
February 2005
6-53
6 Student Records
Setting Fees for Official Transcript Requests
When you followed the instructions for implementing Student SelfService in Chapter 3, you defined the fee per transcript request/copy on
Screen W23 (Official Transcript Request 1).
Figure 6-71 Official Transcript Request 1 (W23) Screen
Refer to page 3-22 for more information on setting fees for official
transcript requests.
Setting Fees for Delivery of Official Transcripts
During implementation of Student Self-Service, you set up to five types
of delivery fees on Screen W24 (Official Transcript Request 2).
Figure 6-72 Official Transcript Request 2 (W24) Screen
Refer to page 3-24 for more information on setting delivery fees for
official transcript requests.
6-54
February 2005
6 Student Records
Viewing a List of Transcript Requests Made Via the Web
You can view a list of the transcript requests that have been submitted
via the Web, but have not been printed, on Screen 1T4 (Web Transcript
Request Scroll).
Figure 6-73 Web Transcript Request Scroll (1T4)
You specify which Batch of transcript requests is to be viewed (e.g.,
enter ON to view official transcript requests that were submitted via the
Web and should be processed now).
Screen 1T4 displays the following information about the transcript
requests submitted via the Web:
Field
Description
Student ID
The ID of the student who submitted the transcript request.
Name
The name of the student who submitted the transcript request.
H
Indicates whether the student has a hold on his/her transcript.
There are no holds on the student’s transcript.
Y There is a hold on the student’s transcript.
O There is a hold on the student’s transcript, but it has been
overridden on Screen 1T1 or 1T2.
TR
Indicates the type of transcript to be sent (e.g., Undergraduate
transcript)
# Cp
The number of copies of the transcript to be sent.
Submit Date The date on which the student submitted the transcript request.
Table 6-9 Information Displayed on Screen 1T4
February 2005
6-55
6 Student Records
Field
DO
Description
Indicates the delay option specified by the student.
D Delay processing the transcript request until degrees are posted.
G Delay processing the transcript request until final grades are
posted.
I
Process the transcript request immediately.
DM
Indicates the delivery mode for sending the transcript. The delivery
modes are defined on Screen W24 (Official Transcript Request 2).
Total Fees
Indicates the total fee for sending the transcript (fee for transcript
copy/request plus the delivery fee, as defined on screens W23 and
W24).
Send to
The name of the person to whom the transcript should be sent.
Table 6-9 Information Displayed on Screen 1T4 (continued)
You can also view a list of the transcript requests that have been
recorded via the Web, but have not been submitted, on Screen 1T2
(Transcript Request Log).
Figure 6-74 Transcript Request Log (1T2)
6-56
February 2005
7 Registration
Functional Overview
7 Registration
This chapter discusses the Registration options of SCT Plus Student
Self-Service and how to access them.
Functional Overview
Web Registration provides a way for a student to add a class, drop a
class, view his/her class schedule, change class options, or look at his/
her registration status.
Figure 7-1 Registration menu
on the Registration menu. To rename a menu option, modify the
Screen WT1.
February 2005
7-1
7 Registration
Functional Overview
Menu Option
To Rename:
To Remove:
3-90
3-95
Conditional Drop and Add
3-90
3-95
3-90
3-95
Student Schedule
3-90
3-95
Detailed Schedule
3-90
3-95
Registration Status
3-90
3-95
Table 7-1 Changing Registration Menu Options
Turning Registration Options On/Off
In addition to specifying in the TSRVWEB.INI file whether each of the
Registration options should be displayed, use the settings (noted below)
on Screen WT1 (Student Web Transaction Security) to enable the
options you are displaying on the Registration Menu (and disable those
you are not displaying).
7-2
February 2005
7 Registration
Functional Overview
Setting Display Options
When you followed the steps in Chapter 3 for implementing Student
Self-Service, you set the display options on Screen W25 (Registration
and Schedule 1).
Figure 7-3 Registration and Schedule 1 (W25) Screen
Your settings on Screen W25:
Setting
Description
Name
Determines whether the student’s name is displayed on the
individual Web pages: Drop/Add Classes, Conditional Drop/Add,
Change Class Options, Student Schedule, Detailed Schedule, and
Registration Status.
Term Status
Defines up to five types of status a term can be in (Grading,
History, Pre-registration, Registration, and/or Scheduling) in
order to allow students to access the Drop/Add Classes,
Conditional Drop/Add, and Change Class Options pages.
Grade Types
Defines up to five Grade Types that can be selected on the Change
Class Options page.
Table 7-2 Settings on Screen W25
Refer to page 3-37 for more information on Screen W25.
February 2005
7-3
7 Registration
Students select Drop and Add Classes on the Registration menu if
they wish to register for classes in the selected term. It also allows
students to drop a course for which they are currently registered.
Students will not be able to access this page if any of the following
conditions exists:
• Registration dates on Screen W01 prohibit Web registration for the
term
• The student’s enrollment status prohibits registration
• The student has an active registration hold
• The student’s academic standing prohibits registration
• The student’s Web access on Screen W03 is not valid for the day and
time
If the student cannot register for a selected term, an error message
displays. If there is a registration hold on the students record, the
student should select the Holds option on the Student Records menu to
view information about the hold which is preventing his/her
registration. The student should contact the registrar’s office to follow
up on any registration restrictions.
All error checking that is done during online SIS registration is also
performed during Web registration. In addition, if the Voice/Web Reg
OK option (on Screen 129) is set to N for the course section, students
cannot register for the section via the Web. If the student receives the
message, “Student not eligible to register on the Web,” the student has
failed to pass the registration restrictions that were established on
Screen W03.
7-4
February 2005
7 Registration
If the student has already registered for classes, they will be listed on
the Drop and Add Classes page.
Figure 7-4 Drop and Add Classes page
• If your institution is allowing use of the Course Section and/or
Course Section Search features, the Drop and Add Classes page will
also display links to these features above the Add Class section, so
students can look up the call numbers for the classes they want to
add.
• If any of the Currently Registered Classes can be taken for variable
credit hours, and your institution is allowing use of the Change Class
Options feature, the system will display a message with a link to the
Change Class Options feature.
Figure 7-5 Variable Credit Message
February 2005
7-5
7 Registration
If your institution is not allowing use of the Change Class Options
feature, this message will instruct students to contact the Registrar if
they need to change their credit courses.
Registering for a Class
To add a class, the student will:
1. Enter the Call Number of the desired course and section under
Add Class, and select
. (The Call Number can be found on
the Course Sections page.)
Figure 7-6 Specifying the Call Number
2. Verify the course addition in his/her list of Currently Registered
Classes.
Figure 7-7 Verifying the Class Registration
7-6
February 2005
7 Registration
Dropping a Class
To drop a class, the student will:
1. Select Drop from the Action list box for the course in the list of
Currently Registered Classes, and select
.
Figure 7-8 Dropping a Class
2. Verify that the course was dropped from his/her list of Currently
Registered Classes.
Figure 7-9 Verifying the Classes
February 2005
7-7
7 Registration
The class is dropped from the student’s schedule if the current date falls
within the Registration Drop dates on Screen W01 (Web Term
Calendar).
Figure 7-10 Registration Drop Dates on Screen W01
The Conditional Drop and Add option allows a student to drop a class
and register for an alternative class. This option functions as it does on
SIS Screen CDA (Conditional Drop/Add).
For example, a student is registered for the Intro to Math class at 9:00
am Monday/Wednesday/Friday but would prefer to take the same class
at 11:00 am Monday/Wednesday/Friday. In this example, the student
does not want to drop the Intro to Math class altogether; he/she only
wishes to reschedule it for another time. Or perhaps a student is
scheduled for a class in Intro to Writing to fulfill an English
requirement but would rather take a course on 20th Century Literature.
In either example, the student would go to the Conditional Drop/Add
page and enter the Call Number for the sections to be dropped and
added.
The same error checking that is done during online SIS conditional
drop/add is performed during conditional drop/add on the Web. In
addition, if the Voice/Web Reg OK option (on Screen 129) is set to N
for the course section, students cannot register for the section via the
Web. If the student receives the message, “Student not eligible to
register on the Web,” the student has failed to pass the registration
restrictions that were established on Screen W03 (Web Registration
Access Groups).
7-8
February 2005
7 Registration
After selecting Conditional Drop and Add on the Registration menu,
the student will view the list of courses he/she is currently registered to
take.
Figure 7-11 Conditional Drop and Add page
• If your institution is allowing use of the Course Section and/or
Course Section Search features, the Conditional Drop and Add page
will also display links to these features above the Drop and Add Call
Number section, so students can look up the call numbers for the
classes they want to add.
• If any of the Currently Registered Classes can be taken for variable
grade type and/or credit hours, and your institution is allowing use of
the Change Class Options feature, the system will display a message
about the variable grade type/credit course with a link to the Change
Class Options feature.
Figure 7-12 Variable Credit Message
If your institution is not allowing use of the Change Class Options
feature, this message will instruct students to contact the Registrar
about their variable credit courses.
February 2005
7-9
7 Registration
The student will:
1. Specify the Call Numbers of the course he/she wants to drop and
the course he/she wants to take in its place, and select
.
Figure 7-13 Specifying Call Numbers
2. Verify the class change in the list of Currently Registered
Classes.
Figure 7-14 Verifying the Class Change
If successful, the student is registered for the new class and dropped
from the existing one. If the student cannot register for the new class,
he/she is not dropped from the one he/she is already registered for.
The student will not be dropped unless the add is successful. If the
system was unable to add the course (e.g., because it required a
prerequisite, there’s a time conflict with another registered course,
etc.), a message will be displayed on the page. For example:
Figure 7-15 Sample Course Registration Message
7-10
February 2005
7 Registration
If a student has registered for a class with variable or alternate credit
hours, he/she uses the Change Class Options page to select the credit
hours.
Figure 7-16 Change Class Options page
This page is also used to change the grading type, such as auditing a
class, taking a class Pass/Fail, or selecting any other institution-defined
grading types.
February 2005
7-11
7 Registration
The student may select only those Grade Types that are specified for
the Change Class Options feature on Screen W25 (Registration and
Schedule 1).
Figure 7-17 Registration and Schedule 1 Screen (W25)
Note: If no Grade Types are specified on Screen W25, only normal
grade rules can be selected on the Change Class Options page.
The same registration restrictions that exist for Drop and Add Class
and Course Sections exist on this page, except for Registration Status
date.
7-12
February 2005
7 Registration
Student Schedule
Student Schedule
The Student Schedule displays the class schedule in a calendar format
by the Time Increment (15, 30, or 60 minutes) set on Screen W25
(Registration and Schedule 1). For each class, this schedule displays
the course number, along with the building and room (if available).
Figure 7-18 Student Schedule page (15-minute Increment)
Classes which have all of their meetings scheduled outside of the
current date, or are not scheduled (either before or after the current
date), are listed at the bottom of the Student Schedule.
February 2005
7-13
7 Registration
Detailed Schedule
Detailed Schedule
The Detailed Schedule displays information about all the classes for
which the student is registered. This detailed information about each
course includes section, course title, instructor, credits, grade type,
meeting days and times, course start and end dates, and meeting
location.
Figure 7-19 Detailed Schedule page
• If the student has withdrawn from a course “WITHDRAWN” will
appear in the Message column.
7-14
February 2005
7 Registration
Detailed Schedule
• If the student is registered for a WebCT course, the course title is
displayed as a link. When the student selects the course title, the
system accesses the WebCT Login page. Once the student enters his/
her WebCT ID and password, his/her WebCT MyPage will be
displayed. When the student selects the course link, the Student
Course page for the specified course will be displayed. The student
can then access information about the specified course.
• Classes which have all of their meetings scheduled outside of the
current date, or are not scheduled (either before or after the current
date), appear without meeting time assignments.
February 2005
7-15
7 Registration
Registration Status
Registration Status
The Registration Status page displays the student’s registration status
for the specified term. A student can check this page for information
regarding holds, permits, academic standing, registration status, class,
intended curriculum, and earned credit hours to date.
Figure 7-20 Registration Status page
The Registration Status page is useful when a student needs to
determine if there are any restrictions he/she may have which may
impact registration.
If there are registration holds on the student’s record, the Registration
Status page will display a link to the Holds page.
7-16
February 2005
8 Financial Aid
Functional Overview
8 Financial Aid
This chapter discusses the Financial Aid options of SCT Plus Student
Functional Overview
The financial aid feature of Student Self-Service allows students to
access financial aid information.
Figure 8-1 Financial Aid menu
on the Financial Aid menu. To rename a menu option, modify the
Screen WT1.
February 2005
8-1
8 Financial Aid
Functional Overview
Menu Option
To Rename:
To Remove:
3-91
3-95
Accept Awards
3-91
3-95
Award Information by Year
3-91
3-95
Award History
3-91
3-95
3-91
3-95
Cost of Attendance
3-91
3-95
Academic Progress
3-91
3-95
3-91
3-96
Application and Information Links
3-91
3-96
Institution Financial Aid Opportunities
3-91
3-96
E-mail to Financial Aid Office
3-91
3-96
Select Award Year
3-91
3-96
Table 8-1 Changing Personal Financial Aid Options
Use the Financial Aid settings on Screen WT1 (Student Web
Transaction Security) to enable the options you are displaying on the
Personal Financial Aid Information Menu and the Application and
Information Links option on the Financial Aid Menu.
8-2
February 2005
8 Financial Aid
Functional Overview
Setting Display Options for the Personal Financial Aid Pages
Student Self-Service, you used Screen W26 (Financial Aid 1) to define
the display options for the Financial Aid pages.
Figure 8-3 Financial Aid 1 (W26) Screen
• Available Award Years - Up to five award years for which students
can view their financial aid information on the Web. (The award
years are displayed on the Web page in the order in which they are
listed on Screen W26.)
• Default Award Year - If you specify a Default Award Year (e.g., the
current year), students will not have to select an award year each time
they use Student Self-Service to view/update their financial aid
information. If they need to view/update information for a different
year, they can use the Select Award Year feature to specify the year.
• Name - Whether to display the student’s name on the Web pages. For
each Financial Aid page, specify whether the student’s name is to be
displayed.
February 2005
8-3
8 Financial Aid
Students select Financial Aid Summary on the Financial Aid menu to
view a quick recap of their financial aid information.
Figure 8-4 Financial Aid Summary page
Unless no financial aid information has been recorded for the student
for the specified award year, the Financial Aid Summary page will
display information that applies to the student:
• If there are any requirements the student needs to complete before
receiving his/her financial aid. The student can select student
requirements to view the status of his/her requirements on the
Student Requirements page (see page 8-20).
• The estimated cost for the student to attend your institution. If no
budget information has been recorded for the student, this message
will not be displayed. The student can select cost of attendance to
view the Cost of Attendance page (see page 8-23).
• If the student still needs to accept any financial aid that he/she has
been awarded. The student can select take action to display the
Accept Awards page (see page 8-6).
• The total amount of financial aid the student has been awarded. If the
student has not been awarded financial aid, this message will not be
displayed. The student can view the Award Information by Year page
(refer to page 8-16).
8-4
February 2005
8 Financial Aid
• The state of the student’s academic progress (from Screen 325,
Packaging). If the Student Academic Progress (SAP) code on Screen
325 is blank, the message will state that the student’s academic
progress is unknown. The student can select the academic progress
link to view the Academic Progress page (see page 8-34).
• A link to the financial aid information that has been recorded for
them at your institution. If no financial aid history has been recorded
for the student, this message will not be displayed. Students can
select financial aid history to view the Award History page (see page
8-19).
February 2005
8-5
8 Financial Aid
Accept Awards
Accept Awards
Students select Accept Awards on the Financial Aid menu to accept or
decline their financial aid awards.
Figure 8-5 Accept Awards page
8-6
February 2005
8 Financial Aid
Accept Awards
The Accept Awards page displays the following information about the
student’s awards for each term in the specified award year, and enables
the student to act on his/her award.
Field
Description
Above the Award Table
• An e-mail link to your institution’s Financial Aid Office.
• If your institution has chosen to Set Offered Amount to Accept Amount (on
Screen W26), the page will display a message to let students know that once they
accept an award amount, they cannot change it via the Web. See the section,
entitled “Award Acceptance Time” on page 8-11, for more information.
• The last date on which someone in your Financial Aid Office modified the
student’s award package.
In the Award Table
Award
The name of the Award is displayed as a link to the Financial Aid
Opportunities page, so the student can learn more about the type of aid
he/she has been awarded.
If your institution has chosen (on Screen 331) to display a list of
preferred lenders for the specified fund, a lender list box will be
displayed under the award name for students for whom no lender
history is recorded in the system. Once a lender is selected (or if one
was previously assigned on Screen 318), only the lender name will
appear under the name of the award. See the section, entitled
“Available Actions for a Fund” on page 8-9, for more information.
Award
Message
The Award Message code that your institution specified for the fund
in SIS. The award message code is displayed as a link to the message
explanation that is shown farther down the page.
See the section, entitled “Award Messages” on page 8-12, for more
information.
General messages are also displayed on the Accept Awards page. See
the section, entitled “General Messages” on page 8-14, for more
information.
Status
The current status of the award.
Offered
Amount
The amount of financial aid that has been offered to the student. If
your institution has chosen to Set Offered Amount to Accept
Amount, the Offered Amount will be updated to the amount of the
award that the student accepts.
Accepted
Amount
The amount of financial aid that has been accepted by the student.
Table 8-2 Information on the Accept Awards page
February 2005
8-7
8 Financial Aid
Accept Awards
Field
Description
Paid
Amount
The amount of financial aid that has been disbursed (paid to the
student). Once any amount of the award has been disbursed,
Disbursed is displayed as the Status. If your institution has chosen not
to Set Offered Amount to Accept Amount, students will be able to
change the Accepted Amount until the award Status is Disbursed.
Action
For each award, the student selects one of the actions in the Action list
box (accept or decline award) or enters a Partial Amount and then
selects accept in the Action list.
Accept
Partial
Amount
The available Actions are controlled by your setting for Web Acc/Rej
on Screen 331 (Fund Attribute) and Set Offered Amount to Accept
Amount on Screen W26.
• If you are not allowing students to accept or decline awards for a
fund, these options will not be listed in the Action list box for this
fund.
• If you are not allowing students to accept partial award amounts for
a fund, no entry field will appear in the Accept Partial Amount
field for this fund.
• If you have chosen to Set Offered Amount to Accept Amount,
accept will not be listed in the Action list after the student accepts an
award amount.
See the section, entitled “Available Actions for a Fund” on page 8-9,
for more information.
Below the Award Table and Messages
If your institution requires students to accept your financial aid Terms and
Conditions before processing their awards (you set Terms & Conditions to Y on
Screen W26), the page will display:
• A link to your Terms and Conditions - so that students can review this
information. This link will remain on the page so that students can always reread
the terms and conditions.
• An acceptance checkbox - so students who are accepting awards can
acknowledge that they have read and accept your Terms and Conditions. The
date on which the student last accepted the terms and conditions will be
displayed in the Term/Cond field on Screen 325. After the student has taken
action on all his/her awards or the only available action is to decline his/her
awards, the checkbox will no longer be displayed on the page.
See the section, entitled “Terms and Conditions” on page 8-15, for more
information.
Table 8-2 Information on the Accept Awards page (continued)
8-8
February 2005
8 Financial Aid
Accept Awards
Available Actions for a Fund
The actions that are available for a specified fund are determined by
your settings on Screen 331 (Fund Attribute).
Figure 8-6 Fund Attribute Screen (331)
Field
Description
Pr on
Determines if the specified fund is displayed on the Accept Awards page.
Awd Ltr If Pr on Awd Ltr is Y or X, the award is displayed.
Note: In order for the fund to be displayed, Awd Ltr Print must not be
set to H on Screen 317, 318, or 325 for the specified student and
award year.
Web
Determines whether or not students can view information for the specified
Acc/Rej fund on the Accept Awards page, and accept full or partial awards and
decline awards.
Students can accept full or partial awards.
Students can accept full awards or decline awards.
Students can only view the awards on the Web page.
Students can accept full or partial awards, and decline awards.
Students cannot view their awards on the Web page (default).
A
B
D
M
N
February 2005
8-9
8 Financial Aid
Accept Awards
Field
Web
Lend
Sel
Description
Specifies whether a preferred lender list for this fund is to be displayed on
the Accept Awards page.
N Do not display a preferred lender list for this fund on the Accept
1-9 If you set Web Lend Sel to a number, you MUST list at least the
same number of preferred lenders (for DBD element SW073) for
display in the preferred lender list box on the Accept Awards page.
Number and list your preferred lenders with one space between the
A# and the lender name, as follows:
.
.
.
You must list all your other lenders for B1 to B9, C1 to C9, ... Z1
to Z9. These lenders will not be displayed in the preferred lender list
box on the Accept Awards page. All your lenders must, however, be
listed in the DBD in order for you to be able to offer awards for
them.
You must also enter a 2-digit translate length in positions 45 and 46
of the DE card for DBD element SW073. This will enable the system
to translate the lender IDs to the names of the lenders. If you do not
enter a translate length, the names of the lenders will not appear on
the Accept Awards page.
Min
Award
The system will not allow students to accept an award amount that is
below the specified Min Award amount (the minimum amount the lender
will process).
8-10
February 2005
8 Financial Aid
Accept Awards
Award Acceptance Time Period
Your settings on Screen W26 determine when students can take action
on their awards, and if they can continue to change their partial award
amount until the award is disbursed.
A student can change the action until the deadline for action on the
award, as set by the Time Control and Number of Days to Take
Action options on Screen W26 (Financial Aid 1). The award will not
be displayed on the Accept Awards page after the specified date.
Whether you Set Offered Amount to Accept Amount determines if
students can change the accepted amount for funds that allow partial
amounts.
• When Set Offered Amount to Accept Amount is N, students can
modify their award amounts until the award is disbursed.
If a student accepts a partial amount (e.g., 4,000 is offered and the
student accepts 2,000) and then decides to accept the full amount, the
student can enter the full amount of the offer as the Accept Partial
Amount (e.g., 4000) or just select Accept as the Action.
• When Set Offered Amount to Accept Amount is Y, the system will
change the offered amount to the specified partial amount after the
student selects
on the Accept Awards page. The accepted
award amount will be locked in and the student will not be able to
change it via the Web. To change the award amount, he/she will need
to contact your institution.
February 2005
8-11
8 Financial Aid
Accept Awards
If a student declines an award, he/she will not be able to take any
further action for that award. When students decide to accept awards
that they’ve already declined, they have to contact your institution.
Once you re-offer the award, the student will be able to accept it.
Students can view/accept awards for up to five years of award
information, as specified by Available Award Years on Screen W26
(Financial Aid 1). They just need to choose Select Award Year on the
Financial Aid menu to select another year and then select Accept
Awards.
Award Messages
Your institution sets up each award message on Screen 339 (Award
Messages) for a specified fund.
Figure 8-8 Screen 339 (Award Messages)
On Screen 331 (Fund Attribute), you identify the Award Message
code that is to be displayed for the specified fund.
Figure 8-9 Specifying Fund’s Award Message on Screen 331
8-12
February 2005
8 Financial Aid
Accept Awards
Unless a different message code is specified for the student in the Msg
field on Screen 317 (Award Distribution) or Screen 318 (Award Entry),
the Award Message code that was set up for the fund on Screen 331 is
displayed on the Accept Awards page.
Figure 8-10 Changing a Student’s Award Message on Screen 317 or 318
February 2005
8-13
8 Financial Aid
Accept Awards
General Messages
In addition to award messages, general messages may also be displayed
on the Accept Awards page. Your institution sets up each general
message on Screen 338 (General Messages) with a corresponding
message code.
Figure 8-11 Screen 338 (General Messages)
On Screen 325 (Packaging), you identify up to 10 general messages
that apply to a specified student for a specified award period, and
should be printed on their Financial Aid Notification (FAN) letters.
Figure 8-12 Specifying General Messages on Screen 325
If a general message is specified for a student, it is displayed without a
message code above the award messages on the Accept Awards page.
8-14
February 2005
8 Financial Aid
Accept Awards
Terms and Conditions
If your institution has set Terms & Conditions to Y on Screen W26,
the system will display the following information above
.
Before selecting
on the Accept Awards page to accept their
awards, students MUST select the checkbox to indicate that they agree
to your financial aid terms and conditions. (Students are not required to
check the box when declining their awards.) Students can select Terms
and Conditions to display your institution’s terms and conditions. For
example:
Figure 8-13 Sample Terms and Conditions Window
Note: SCT delivers a sample set of terms and conditions with the
Student Self-Service application. We recommend that you
update the sactermcond.htm file with your institution’s terms
and conditions.
Students should read through all the terms and conditions for accepting
financial aid at your institution and then Close the window to return to
the Accept Awards page. Once they select the checkbox to
acknowledge their acceptance of the terms and conditions, they can
submit their changes on the Accept Awards page. The date on which
the student accepted the terms and conditions will be listed in the
Term/Cond field on Screen 325 (Packaging).
February 2005
8-15
8 Financial Aid
Students select Award Information by Year on the Financial Aid
menu to look at their award information for the specified award year.
The term, offered amount, accepted amount, paid amount, and award
message will be displayed for each fund for which:
• Pr on Awd Ltr is set to Y or X on Screen 331 (Fund Attribute) and
• Awd Ltr Print is set to Y or N for the student on Screen 317, 318, or
325 for the specified award year
Figure 8-14 Award Information by Year page
8-16
February 2005
8 Financial Aid
Above the award table on the Award Information by Year page, the
system displays the following information:
• A link to the Accept Awards page so the student can take action on
any remaining financial aid award amounts that he/she has yet to
accept. This link will not be displayed if the only action the student
can take is to decline his/her awards.
• If you set Terms & Conditions to Y on Screen W26, the page will
display a link to your institution’s financial aid Terms and
Conditions. For example:
Figure 8-15 Sample Terms and Conditions Window
• The last date on which someone in your Financial Aid Office
modified the student’s award package.
Within the award table, the following information is displayed:
• The name of the Award is displayed as a link to the Financial Aid
Opportunities page, so the student can learn more about the type of
aid he/she has been awarded. If your institution has chosen (on
Screen 331) to display a list of preferred lenders for the specified
fund, a lender list box will be displayed under the award name for
students for whom no lender history is recorded in the system. Once a
lender is selected (or if one was previously assigned on Screen 318),
only the lender name will appear under the name of the award.
• The Award Message is displayed as a link to the Message
explanation that is displayed farther down the page.
February 2005
8-17
8 Financial Aid
• In addition to award messages, the Award Information by Year page
will also display any general messages that have been specified for
the student on Screen 325 (Packaging).
The Award Information by Year page displays the same detailed award
information found on Screen 318 (Award Entry).
Figure 8-16 Award Entry Screen (318)
Students can view up to five years of award information, as specified
by your setting for Available Award Years on Screen W26 (Financial
Aid 1).
They just need to choose Select Award Year on the Financial Aid
menu to select another year, and then select Award Information by
Year.
8-18
February 2005
8 Financial Aid
Award History
Award History
Students select Award History on the Financial Aid menu to view all
of their award information. The Award History page will list
information about those funds for which:
• Pr on Awd Ltr is set to Y or X on Screen 331 (Fund Attribute) and
• Awd Ltr Print is set to Y or N for the student on Screen 317, 318, or
325 for the specified award year
Figure 8-18 Award History page
February 2005
8-19
8 Financial Aid
Students select Student Requirements on the Financial Aid menu to
view a list of the requirements they must complete before they can
receive their financial aid award.
Figure 8-19 Student Requirements page
• The Documents Required section displays a list of the documents/
forms that are still required, the date each was received (if they are
incomplete), and the status of each document. If the Status of a
document is Not received and you have specified a URL/Form
Location and Description on Screen 337, the page will display a link
to download the document/form from your institution or acquire
information from another Website. Completed and waived
requirements are displayed in a separate table below the list of
documents that are required and incomplete.
8-20
February 2005
8 Financial Aid
If the Status is blank on Screen 306, Not Received is displayed for
the document Status on the Student Requirements page.
Figure 8-20 Document Tracking Screen (306)
The messages for the required documents and the links to these
documents are set on Screen 337. Any documents your institution is
providing students must be located in the /WEBDOCS/FORMDOCS
directory on your server.
On Screen 337, you specify (on line A) the location of the document
as /FORMDOCS/[Filename.pdf]. You can also direct a student to
another Website to acquire information/forms for a missing
requirement. For example:
Figure 8-21 Tracking Messages Screen (337)
On line B, you specify the description for the document as it is to be
displayed as a link on the Student Requirements page.
February 2005
8-21
8 Financial Aid
• The Document Satisfied section lists the completed documents that
have already been received.
• The Financial Aid Transcripts Required From section (if
applicable) lists the schools from which transcripts are required or
incomplete, the dates each transcript covers, the date received, and
their status. (Transcript requests which have a Current Status of
Complete, Deleted, or Waived on Screen 305 are not listed.)
Figure 8-22 Transcript Tracking Screen (305)
8-22
February 2005
8 Financial Aid
Cost of Attendance
Cost of Attendance
Students view the Cost of Attendance page for a list of the expenses
they are likely to incur in the specified award year.
Figure 8-23 Cost of Attendance page
February 2005
8-23
8 Financial Aid
Cost of Attendance
The table shows the student’s class level, residency, and housing type
for the specified award year, followed by the estimated expenses. This
data is also found in the Budget Calculation Description and Budget
Summary sections of Screen 312 (Budget).
Figure 8-24 Budget Screen (312)
If the student has an award in more than one award period within the
award year, the primary award period information displays first and the
secondary award period information displays below it.
If the student has not submitted information regarding their class level,
residency, and housing:
• The Cost of Attendance will be listed as $0 on the Financial Aid
Summary page
• No amounts will be listed on the Cost of Attendance page.
8-24
February 2005
8 Financial Aid
Academic Progress
Academic Progress
Students select Academic Progress on the Financial Aid menu to view
information about their academic progress for each academic period in
which they are enrolled during the selected award year.
Figure 8-25 Academic Progress page
This page essentially displays the translation for the SAP (Student
Academic Progress) code found on Screen 325 (Packaging).
Figure 8-26 Screen 325 (Packaging)
Status is Satisfactory (SAP=1, 2, or 3), Unsatisfactory (SAP=4), or Not
Known (SAP is blank).
A student may want to monitor his/her academic progress because poor
academic performance can affect a student’s eligibility for financial
assistance. If the academic progress cannot be determined because the
student does not have a packaging segment in the SIS data files, the
student is prompted to contact a financial aid administrator.
February 2005
8-25
8 Financial Aid
Students select Financial Aid Transcript on the Financial Aid menu
to view their unofficial financial aid transcript for the specified award
year.
Figure 8-27 Financial Aid Transcript - Sections A thru C
8-26
February 2005
8 Financial Aid
Figure 8-28 Financial Aid Transcript - Sections D & E
February 2005
8-27
8 Financial Aid
The Financial Aid Links page provides links to information that is
available to anyone visiting your Website. Students can access this
page by selecting either Application and Information Links on the
Financial Aid menu or Financial Aid Application and Information
Links on the Student Self-Service home page.
Figure 8-29 Financial Aid Links page
The links to the Financial Aid resources are provided as references for
your students and applicants. Financial aid applicants can gather
background information, estimate their need, and apply for financial
aid from these external Websites. By providing applicants with these
resources, you will save your financial aid administrators valuable
time.
8-28
February 2005
8 Financial Aid
Students can select the icons or the underlined links on the Financial
Aid Links page to go to Web sites of other financial aid resources:
Link
or
Federal Aid Application
or Renewal Application
or
General Scholarship
Search Tools
or
Student Government Services
or
General Financial Aid
Information
or
National Student Loan
Data System
or
Federal Direct Loan
Information
Description
The Free Application for Federal Student Aid
(FAFSA) form on the U.S. Department of
Education’s Website. The Website describes some
options for downloading the FAFSA form, filling it
out, and sending it in via the Web.
The Financial Aid Search Through the Web
(FastWeb) site. The FastWeb is a free scholarship
search service with a database including
information about scholarships, fellowships, grants,
and loans from thousands of sources.
The U.S Government’s site for providing
information to students about the government and
its available services.
This is another link to the FinAid Website (The
SmartStudent Guide to Financial Aid). This site
provides access to a variety of free information
about financial aid, like resource materials, college
planning, and award guides.
The National Student Loan Data System (NSLDS),
the U.S. Department of Education's central database
for student aid. It receives data from various
guaranty agencies, the Direct Loan program, and
over 2,500 schools. Students can check the status of
their loans and grants at this site.
This is a link to the federal site for direct loans.
Students can check the status of any direct loans on
this Website.
If your school does not participate in direct lending,
you may wish to remove this link from the General
Financial Aid Links page.
This is a link to the ELM Resources Website which
contains the latest loan status provided by lenders
and servicers participating in ELM.
or
Education Loan
Management System
If your school does not participate in ELM, you may
wish to remove this link from the General Financial
Aid Links page.
Table 8-4 Links to Financial Aid Resources
February 2005
8-29
8 Financial Aid
Other Financial Aid Resources
Link
Description
This is a direct link to the U.S. Department of
Education’s Website. This site includes a wealth of
information about the offices and programs of the
U.S. Department of Education.
or
Department of Education
Information
or
CSS PROFILE Registration
or
Mapping Your Future
This is a direct link to the Website for the College
Scholarship Service’s (CSS) PROFILE program.
Information collected on PROFILE is used by many
colleges, universities, and scholarship programs to
help them award non-federal student aid funds. If
your school does not use CSS PROFILE, you may
wish to remove this link from the General Financial
Aid Links menu.
This is a direct link to the Online Student Loan
Counseling Website. It provides students and
parents with information on financial strategies,
career options, and college planning.
This site allows borrowers to complete their
entrance and exit counseling on-line.
Table 8-4 Links to Financial Aid Resources (continued)
Other Financial Aid Resources
Students select the icons on the right side of the Personal Financial Aid
Information page to go to sites of three other financial aid resources:
Link
Description
The National Student Loan Data System (NSLDS), the U.S.
Dept. of Education's central database for student aid. It receives
data from various guaranty agencies, the Direct Loan program,
and over 2,500 schools. Students can check the status of their
loans and grants.
The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) form on
the U.S. Dept. of Education’s Website. The Website describes
options for downloading the FAFSA form, filling it out, and
sending it in.
The U.S Government’s site for providing information to
students about the government and its available services.
Table 8-5 Other FinAid Sites
8-30
February 2005
8 Financial Aid
The first link on the Financial Aid Links page (Review University
Financial Aid Opportunities) leads to information about financial aid
that is available at your institution.
Figure 8-30 Sample Financial Aid Opportunities page - part 1
February 2005
8-31
8 Financial Aid
Figure 8-31 Sample Financial Aid Opportunities page - part 2
8-32
February 2005
8 Financial Aid
This page provides key background information about the sources and
types of financial aid available to students at your institution. It
includes general information about available aid from federal, state,
and institutional sources, as well as various types of aid (grants, loans,
scholarships, and work study programs).
You should customize this page so that students and prospects will
receive financial aid information that is specific to your institution.
Additionally, you may wish to include details such as the phone
number of your financial aid office, as well as any other institutionspecific information.
Using the second link on the Financial Aid Links page, applicants can
e-mail your university’s financial aid office. This link allows a student
to send a message to a pre-defined e-mail address or contact a person at
your institution’s financial aid office.
You need to update the TSRVWEB.INI file on your Web server to
customize this link to directly reference an administrator at your
university. Refer to page 3-79 for information on setting the
FinAidMail option in the TSRVWEB.INI file.
February 2005
8-33
8 Financial Aid
Select Award Year
Select Award Year
Student Self-Service, you had the option of selecting a Default Award
Year. If your institution defined the Default Award Year on Screen
W26 (Financial Aid 1), all the Financial Aid features will use this
default year as the basis for all information that is found and displayed.
Figure 8-32 Financial Aid 1 Screen (W26)
Students can select a different award year for which to view financial
aid information.
Figure 8-33 Select Award Year page
The list of award years is defined by your setting for Available Award
Years on Screen W26.
8-34
February 2005
9 Courses
Functional Overview
9 Courses
This chapter discusses the options on the Courses menu for SCT Plus
Functional Overview
The Courses menu lists features that students can use to view
information about the courses available at your institution.
Figure 9-1 Courses menu
Three of these features (Course Catalog, Course Sections, and Course
Section Search) can also be accessed by prospective students from the
Student Home page.
on the Courses menu. To rename a menu option, modify the settings in
the TSRVWEB.INI and MenuItems.js files. To remove a menu option,
modify the settings in the MenuItems.js file and on Screen WT1.
February 2005
9-1
9 Courses
Functional Overview
Menu Option
To Rename:
To Remove:
Course Catalog
3-91
3-96
Course Sections
3-91
3-96
3-91
3-96
WebCT
3-91
3-96
Table 9-1 Changing Courses Menu Options
Use the settings on Screen WT1 (Student Transaction Security) to
enable the options you are displaying on the Courses Menu (and
disable those you are not displaying).
Figure 9-2 Course Menu Options on Screen WT1
9-2
February 2005
9 Courses
Course Catalog
Course Catalog
The Course Catalog feature of Student Self-Service allows prospects
and students to view information about all approved courses for the
current academic year. Prospects and students can access the Course
Catalog from the Student Home page. Students can also select this
feature from the Courses menu once they have logged into Student
Self-Service.
Defining Which Course Information to Display
On Screen W21 (Student Records 1), you specify what information is
to be displayed for the Course Catalog:
• For which Academic Year
• How much information from the RJFILE to display for the courses
(department description, course titles and descriptions, credit hours,
prerequisites, and corequisites)
Set to Y
To List:
Item 1
Course title
Item 2
Instructor’s name
Item 3
Prerequisites
Item 4
Co-requisites
Item 5
Notes
Items 6 to 9 User-defined paragraphs
Table 9-2 Course Catalog Settings on Screen W21
February 2005
9-3
9 Courses
Course Catalog
Refer to page 3-15 for more information on these W21 settings.
Viewing the Course Catalog
A prospect or student will follow these steps in order to view a list of
the courses being offered for the Academic Year specified on Screen
W21 (Student Records 1).
1. Prospects and students can access the Course Catalog from the
Student Home page. Students can also access this feature from the
Courses menu once they have logged into Student Self-Service.
2. Specify the subject for which courses are to be listed and select
.
Figure 9-4 Course Catalog - Select Subject page
3. View the list of courses that are being offered for the specified
subject and Academic Year.
Figure 9-5 Sample Course Catalog List page
9-4
February 2005
9 Courses
Course Sections
Course Sections
Prospects and students can view a list of the courses that are available
for a specified term and subject.
1. Prospects and students can select the Courses Sections feature from
the Student Home page. Students can also select this feature from
the Courses menu once they have logged into Student Self-Service.
2. Prospects must specify the term for which they want to view a list
of available course sections and select
. Students will only be
prompted for a term if a valid term has not yet been specified.
Figure 9-6 Course Sections - Select Term page
3. Choose the subject area for which to view available courses and
select
. (The system will only display those subject areas for
which courses are being offered for the specified term.)
Figure 9-7 Course Sections - Select Subject page
February 2005
9-5
9 Courses
Course Sections
4. Select the desired course.
Figure 9-8 Course Sections - Select Course page
5. View the list of available course sections for the specified term,
subject, and course.
Figure 9-9 Course Sections - Available Sections List page
9-6
February 2005
9 Courses
Course Sections
• The way the Course Title appears on the Available Course
Sections page is determined by your setting for the Subtitle Print
field on Screen 129 (Course Section Maintenance).
Figure 9-10 Course Section Maintenance Screen (129)
Set Subtitle Print to one of the following values:
Set To
To Display:
Blank Course Section Title, followed by the extended subtitle (if present)
S
Course Inventory Title, followed by the Course Section Title
E
Extended Title only
Table 9-3 Settings for Subtitle Print field
February 2005
9-7
9 Courses
Course Sections
• The Course Sections page displays the course section’s call
number, which is used when registering for a class on the Drop/
Add Classes page.
• If you set the RZKCRSK-DISPLAY-NOTES option in the ACINPM
copybook to Y, the system will display any course notes from
Screen 131 (Section Registration Controls) under the course
section description.
Figure 9-11 Section Registration Controls Screen (131)
• If course fees are specified on Screen TCF, they are displayed
under any course notes.
Figure 9-12 Course Fees Screen (TCF)
• This page will also display the Course IDs that make up a Multiple
Course Enrollment (MCE) section, as specified on Screen 12A
(Multiple Course Enrollment Maintenance).
9-8
February 2005
9 Courses
Prospects and students can narrow down their search for courses by
using a set of search options (e.g., time and location).
1. Prospects and students can select the Course Section Search
feature on the Student Home page. Students can also select this
feature on the Courses menu once they have logged into Student
Self-Service.
2. Prospects must specify the term for which they want to view a list
of available course sections and select
. Students will only be
prompted for a term if a valid term has not yet been specified.
Figure 9-13 Course Section Search - Select Term page
3. Select the Subject area for which to view available courses. (The
system will only display those subject areas for which courses are
being offered for the specified term.)
Figure 9-14 Course Section Search - Options page
February 2005
9-9
9 Courses
4. Select the search criteria for finding the desired course sections.
Note: The sample page shows all the search features available.
The number of search features displayed on your page
depends on which optional search features you selected in
the ACINPM copybook (when implementing Student SelfService in Chapter 3).
Option
Day
Used to Find Course Sections:
ACINPM Setting
Which meet on the specified day(s) of the
week and/or are TBA (To Be Announced)
--
Earliest
Which begin on or after the specified time. RZKCRSKStart Time If “All Times” is specified, the system will TIME-INCREMENT
search for all course sections which start
between 7am and the specified Latest
Start Time.
Latest
Which begin on or before the specified
Start Time time. If “All Times” is specified, the
system will search for all the course
sections which start at or after the Earliest
Start Time.
--
Session
Which are available for the specified term.
The list of choices in the Session list box
are the same as those listed on the SIS CAL
Screen for the specified term.
Sections
Which are open to more students
RZKCRSK-PRINT-OPEN
Site
Which are given at a specified site. You
must define the list of valid sites in the
DBD.
RZKCRSKDISPLAY-SITE
Level
Which are offered for the specified course RZKCRSKDISPLAY-COURSE-LEVEL
level. You must define the list of valid
levels via DBD element AA615 and/or the
Course Level Table in the ACINPM
copybook.
WebCT
Which are only offered via WebCT
RZKCRSKDISPLAY-WEBCT
Table 9-4 Course Section Search Options
5. Select
criteria.
9-10
to search for the course sections that meet the search
February 2005
9 Courses
6. View the list of available courses, as determined by the specified
search criteria.
Figure 9-15 Course Section Search - List page
• The way the Course Title appears on the Available Course Section
Search page is determined by your setting for the Subtitle Print
field on Screen 129 (Course Section Maintenance).
• The Course Section Search page displays the course section’s call
number, which is used when registering for a class on the Drop/
Add Classes page.
• If you set the RZKCRSK-DISPLAY-NOTES option in the ACINPM
copybook to Y, the system will display the course notes from
Screen 131 (Section Registration Controls) under the course
section description.
February 2005
9-11
9 Courses
• If course fees are specified on Screen TCF, they are displayed
under any course notes.
Figure 9-16 Course Fees (TCF) Screen
• This page will also display the Course IDs that make up a Multiple
Course Enrollment (MCE) section, as specified on Screen 12A
(Multiple Course Enrollment Maintenance).
9-12
February 2005
9 Courses
WebCT
WebCT
Students access WebCT.com, The e-Learning Hub to take a WebCT
course. When a student selects the WebCT option on the Courses
menu, he/she will view the WebCT.com Home page.
Figure 9-17 Sample WebCT Home page
After a student registers for a WebCT course, he/she will be able to
access the WebCT Student Course page via his/her Detailed Schedule.
The student can then view information (course materials, class
schedules, class syllabus, etc.) about the WebCT course.
Although the functionality of the stand-alone and Campus Pipeline/
Luminis-enabled versions of SCT Plus Student Self-Service is very
similar, there is a difference in how these two versions access the
WebCT Student Course page from the student’s Detailed Schedule.
February 2005
9-13
9 Courses
WebCT
When using the stand-alone version, students need to log into WebCT.
Figure 9-18 WebCT Login window
Campus Pipeline/Luminis and WebCT, however, share a single login
so students do not need to log into WebCT.
Figure 9-19 Accessing WebCT via Student Self-Service
The steps for accessing WebCT from the stand-alone version are
detailed in the Detailed Schedule section on page 7-14.
9-14
February 2005
10 Prospective Students
Functional Overview
This chapter discusses the Prospective Students feature of SCT Plus
Student Self-Service and how to access it.
Functional Overview
The Prospective Students feature of Student Self-Service allows
prospective students to request information about your institution. Set
the Prospective Students option to Y on Screen WT1 (Student Web
Transaction Security) to allow access to the Prospective Students
feature on the Student home page.
Figure 10-1 Student Web Transaction Security Screen (WT1)
February 2005
10-1
Functional Overview
The types of information that can be requested are listed on Screen 204
(Communication Flags) and Screen 2E5 (Prospect/Preapp Entry).
Figure 10-2 Communication Flags Screen (204)
Figure 10-3 Prospect/Preapp Entry Screen (2E5)
These information types are defined by DBD element A 602. If your
institution has made modifications to the communications flags, you
will need to modify the delivered HTML to reflect these DBD changes.
10-2
February 2005
First Time Users
First Time Users
Prospective students who have not used your Student Self-Service site
before will be able to create a Login ID and PIN and request
information from your institution.
1. Select Prospective Students on the Student Self-Service home
page.
2. Select I am here for the first time on the Prospective Students Entry
page.
Figure 10-4 Prospective Students Entry page
February 2005
10-3
First Time Users
3. Enter personal information about themselves and the prospective
term in which they are interested in attending your institution.
Figure 10-5 Request Information page - New Prospect - Part 1
10-4
February 2005
First Time Users
4. Scroll down the page and specify which information they want to
receive from your institution, and select
.
Figure 10-6 Request Information page - New Prospect - Part 2
Note: Prospective students must specify this information before
selecting
to create their Login ID and PIN:
• SSN
• Date of Birth
• 6-digit PIN
• Address (City, State, Zip Code)
• First and Last Name
• Prospective Term/Year
• Requested Information
5. Review the Login confirmation page to make sure that their login
ID and documentation requests were accepted.
Figure 10-7 Login Confirmation page
February 2005
10-5
First Time Users
The new prospect’s personal information can be viewed on Screen 2E5
(Prospect/Preapp Entry). His/her information requests can be viewed
on 2E5 and Screen 204 (Communications Flags).
Figure 10-8 Prospect’s Information Requests on Screen 204
Figure 10-9 Prospect’s Information Requests on Screen 2E5
10-6
February 2005
Logged in Previously
Prospective students who have used your Student Self-Service site
before will be able to enter their previously created Login ID and PIN
to request information from your institution.
6. After selecting Prospective Students on the Student Self-Service
home page, previous users will select I have logged in previously on
the Prospective Students Entry page.
Figure 10-10 Prospective Students Entry page
7. Enter their Login ID and PIN, and select
.
Figure 10-11 Login page
February 2005
10-7
8. Review the list of documents that they have already requested, and
make any additional selections and select
.
Figure 10-12 Request Additional Information
9. Review the confirmation message to make sure that their request
was accepted.
Figure 10-13 Request Additional Information Confirmation page
10-8
February 2005
11 Admissions
Functional Overview
11 Admissions
This chapter discusses the Admissions options of SCT Plus Student
Functional Overview
The Admissions options allow prospective students to apply for
admission to your institution via the Web, and to view the status of an
existing application. Set the Admissions option on Screen WT1
(Student Web Transaction Security) to allow prospective students to
access the Admissions feature on the Student home page.
Figure 11-1 Student Web Transaction Screen (WT1)
When submitting an application to your institution, an applicant will:
1. Create an account at your institution
2. Complete an application
3. Review any of his/her existing Web applications
4. Submit a completed application
5. Pay the application fee
The flowchart on the next page illustrates the automated flow, which
leads the applicant from one section (Web page) of the application to
the next (as is described in this chapter). An applicant can, however,
skip from one section of his/her application to another using the links
available on each Web page.
February 2005
11-1
11 Admissions
Functional Overview
Select Apply for Admission link
Enter Login ID
SID in
AAFILE?
Yes
Enter
Correct PIN
No
Create an Account with your institution
Specify Enrollment Intentions
Any
Applications
on File?
Select
Application
Yes
No
Start a New
Application
Continue
Application
Complete
Application
Sections
Specify Personal Information
Review
Application
Specify High School History
Specify College History
Enter any
necessary
changes
Specify Residency and Citizenship
Submit Application
Pay Application Fee
Specify Personal References
Specify Employment History
Specify Client Requirements
Check or
Money Order
Credit Card
Payment
Print Payment
Form
Enter Credit Card
Information
Complete Form
and Mail with
Payment
Figure 11-2 Admissions Automated Process Flow for Stand-alone Student Self-Service
11-2
February 2005
11 Admissions
Web Page Design
Web Page Design
The Admissions Web pages have been carefully designed with both
novice and experienced computer users in mind. Accordingly, each
Web page follows a consistent design standard within an easy-tofollow series of pages. This design will make it easy for your applicants
to enter the information your institution requires.
Note: Microsoft Internet Explorer was used to display the sample
Admissions Web pages in this chapter. Slight differences may
appear when using other Web browsers.
Institution Name
The sample Web pages included in this chapter, display University in
some of the Web page text. University will automatically be replaced
by the name of your institution when you install Student Self-Service.
Note: If for some reason, the name of your institution changes, update
the InstName setting in the TSRVWEB.INI file.
Other Links
Other links are displayed at the bottom of many of the Admissions Web
pages to make it easy for applicants to send an e-mail to an office at
your institution, access general financial aid information, or go to your
university’s home page. Here’s a sample set of links:
Figure 11-3 Sample Other Links
These links must be set by your institution when you install Student
Self-Service.
February 2005
11-3
11 Admissions
Web Page Design
In the TSRVWEB.INI file, you can update the names and e-mail
addresses for the corresponding offices at your institution, and the
names and URLs for the links, as we did for the sample links:
This Sample Link
E-mail Undergraduate Admissions1
E-mail Graduate Admissions1
E-mail International Admissions1
E-mail Financial Aid Office
E-mail Registrar’s Office
E-mail Billing Office
E-mail Housing Office
Return to University Home Page1,2
Is Specified By Using This field in
TSRVWEB.INI
Name of Link
StuAdmEmail1Ttl^
E-mail Address
StuAdmEmail1^
Name of Link
StuAdmEmail2Ttl^
E-mail Address
StuAdmEmail2^
Name of Link
StuAdmEmail3Ttl^
E-mail Address
StuAdmEmail3^
Name of Link
FinAidMailTtl^
E-mail Address
FinAidMail^
Name of Link
StuRegOfcEmailTtl^
E-mail Address
StuRegOfcEmail^
Name of Link
StuBusOfcEmailTtl^
E-mail Address
StuBusOfcEmail^
Name of Link
StuHousOfcEmailTtl^
E-mail Address
StuHousOfcEmail^
Name of Link
InstHomePage^
URL
InstHomePgURL^
1You
do not have to display these links. There is also a Disp field in the
TSRVWEB.INI file for each of these links (e.g., StuAdmEmailDisp1^). Set the
corresponding Disp field to nodisplay for any link you do not want to display on
the Web pages.
2If
you display this link, you must provide a link back to Student Self-Service:
Admissions on your institution’s Home page. When applicants return to Student
Self-Service: Admissions, they will have to log in again. Then, depending on
whether they have applications on file or not, they will be guided to the
appropriate Admissions Web page.
Table 11-1 Sample Links Defined in TSRVWEB.INI
Refer to “Step 20: Updating Institution-Specific Settings in
TSRVWEB.INI” on page 3-76 for more information.
11-4
February 2005
11 Admissions
Web Page Design
Navigation Bar
Once an applicant specifies his/her Enrollment Intentions, his/her
application is created and the system begins to display a navigation bar
near the top of the Admissions Web pages:
Figure 11-4 Sample Navigation Bar
The navigation bar consists of links an applicant may use to go to the
various sections of his/her application, or to review his/her application.
The number of links displayed in the navigation bar depends on your
institution’s specifications on Screen W04.
Figure 11-5 Web Required Admissions Pages screen (W04)
Only those application sections you have chosen to display for the
corresponding Application Type will be displayed in the navigation
bar.
The system will highlight the name of the application section currently
being viewed by the applicant (
in this example).
The to the left of the sample Navigation Bar indicates that the
applicant has completed the Enrollment Intentions section of the
application. After an applicant completes a section of an application,
the system will display a to the left of the name of the completed
section. This is an easy way for the applicant to keep track of the
sections he/she has completed.
February 2005
11-5
11 Admissions
Creating a New Account
In order to apply for admission to your institution, an applicant must
first create a new account at your institution.
1. Select Apply for Admission on the Student Self-Service home
page.
2. View the Login page that corresponds to your institution’s setting
for Generate SID on Screen WA2. (If you are using the SSN
instead of the Campus-Wide ID (CWID) as the Login ID, you
modified the text on the Login page when you implemented
Student Self-Service.)
• If you allow automated ID generation (the default), then the
following Login page will be displayed.
Figure 4-6 Login page for Institutions using ID Generation
Most applicants will enter their Social Security Number (SSN)
and select
. If, however, an applicant does not have an SSN
or prefers not to enter it, he/she will select I do not have a Social
Security Number to have the system generate an ID for him/her.
11-6
February 2005
11 Admissions
• If you require all applicants to use their SSN as their ID and do
not provide automated ID generation ( Generate SID is N on
Screen WA2), another Login page will be displayed. Applicants
will be required to enter their SSN, or call or e-mail your
Admissions Office if they do not have (or remember) their SSN.
Figure 11-7 Login page for Institutions not using ID Generation
3. If the specified SSN is already on file (because the applicant had
his/her test scores or transcript sent to your institution), but the
applicant does not have a PIN, he/she may need to call or e-mail
your institution for a PIN before continuing.
• If the applicant was never assigned a PIN and your institution set
Allow Web PIN Creation to Y on Screen WA2, the applicant
will be asked to enter information to verify his/her identity. The
information the applicant enters (name, address, phone number,
gender, and/or date of birth) will be checked against information
that is already stored with his/her SSN in the system. If the
information matches (according to the weights you set on Screen
WA2), the system will allow the applicant to create a PIN so he/
she can use Student Self-Service: Admissions right away.
Figure 11-8 Web Admissions System Options (WA2) screen
February 2005
11-7
11 Admissions
• If the applicant was never assigned a PIN and your institution set
Allow Web PIN Creation to N on Screen WA2, the applicant
will have to call or e-mail your institution for a PIN before
continuing.
• If the applicant does not have a PIN because an administrator at
your institution deleted the applicant’s PIN on Screen 103
(Personal Data), the applicant will have to call or e-mail your
institution for a PIN before continuing. An administrator will
need to create a new PIN for the applicant on Screen 103 and then
notify the applicant of his/her new PIN.
Figure 11-9 Personal Data (103) screen
11-8
February 2005
11 Admissions
4. Enter a PIN and the other required name and address information.
Figure 11-10 Create Account page
Note: If the applicant enters his/her SSN on the Login page, the
Social Security Number field is displayed as a read-only
field on the Create Account page.
If the applicant did not enter his/her SSN on the Login page,
the Social Security Number field is not displayed on the
Create Account page.
February 2005
11-9
11 Admissions
5. Select
to record the new account information in the
following DBD elements.
Field
DBD Element
Social Security Number
STU_ID
AA002
PIN
PIN
AA048
First/Given Name
STU_NAME
AA003
Middle Name
Last/Family Name
Suffix (Jr, Sr, etc.)
Permanent Mailing Address
Street Line 1
STREET_1
AD240
Street Line 2
STREET_2
AD245
US & Canadian City
Addresses
State/Province
CITY
AD250
STATE
AD255
Zip/Postal Code
ZIP_CODE_INTNTL
AD260
Country
COUNTRY
AD263
Phone Number
PHONE
AD265
International
Addresses
Phone Number Preference PHONE_PREF
AD26B
City
CITY
AD250
Region
PROVINCE
AD257
Postal Code
ZIP_CODE_INTNTL
AD260
Country
COUNTRY
AD263
Phone Number
PHONE
AD265
AD26B
Table 11-2 Applicant Account DBD Elements
11-10
February 2005
11 Admissions
6. View the confirmation message.
Figure 11-11 Application Account Confirmation page
The Confirmation page displays the number that the applicant
entered (or was assigned if your institution allows for ID
generation and the applicant selected I do not have a Social Security
Number on the Login page) and his/her Login ID. The applicant
must enter this Login ID and his/her PIN to log into Admissions (or
Student Services) in the future.
The Login ID is determined by whether your institution is using the
SSN or generating a CWID (Campus-Wide ID) for each student/
applicant.
• If your institution has chosen to use the SSN as the Login ID, the
Login ID will be the applicant’s 9-character SSN.
• If your institution has chosen to protect the use of the SSN, the
system will generate an 8-character CWID for use as the
applicant’s Login ID.
7. Select
application.
February 2005
to enter information for his/her
11-11
11 Admissions
Completing an Application for a New Applicant
Once an applicant has created an account at your institution, he/she can
complete an application for admission. This section includes
information about all of the application sections available:
• Enrollment Intentions page
• Personal Information page
• High School History page
• College History page
• Residency and Citizenship page
• Personal References page
• Employment History page
• Client Requirements page
This section also includes information about reviewing and submitting
an application.
Note: If an applicant exits the Admissions feature before completing
and submitting his/her application, he/she can log into the
Admissions feature at a later date to complete the application.
(Refer to the instructions for “Completing or Reviewing an
Existing Application” on page 11-66.)
Each applicant must specify his/her enrollment intentions. After saving
these details, an application in his/her name will be started.
1. Specify information about the type of application being submitted
and select
.
Figure 11-12 Select Application Type page
11-12
February 2005
11 Admissions
Display of the text and link to your institution’s Admissions
information Web page:
on the Select Application Type, Select Application Term, and the
other Enrollment Intention pages, is controlled by the following
settings:
Setting
For
Controls
Display ADM
Link
Screen W05
Whether to display the text
and link to your institution’s
Web page that lists your
admissions policies and the
programs being offered.
AdmInfoPage^
TSRVWEB.INI file The name of your institution’s
See Page
3-49
3-82
Web page that displays
Admissions information.
AdmInfoPgURL^ TSRVWEB.INI file The URL for your institution’s
Web page that displays
Admissions information.
3-82
Table 11-3 Information on Select Application Type and Other Pages
If you display this link, you must also provide a link back to
Student Self-Service: Admissions from your institution’s Web
page. When applicants return to Student Self-Service: Admissions,
they will have to log in again. Then, depending on whether they
have applications on file or not, they will be guided to the
appropriate Admissions page.
2. Specify the intended term and select
.
Figure 4-13 Select Term page
February 2005
11-13
11 Admissions
3. Specify the intended and alternate major and select
.
Figure 4-14 Select Major page
• Display of the Alternate Major is controlled by your setting on
Screen W04.
• In the Intended Major and Alternate Major fields, the system
will list the programs for which the Web display option is Y and
the Level matches the Level for the specified application type.
You set the Level and Web options for programs on Screen 134.
Figure 11-15 Undergraduate Level Courses on Screen 134
You set the Level for the application type on Screen W04.
Figure 11-16 Settings for Undergraduate Applications on Screen W04
11-14
February 2005
11 Admissions
4. Enter the Enrollment Intentions information.
Figure 11-17 Enrollment Intentions page
February 2005
11-15
11 Admissions
Whether or not some of the fields are displayed on the Enrollment
Intentions page depends on your settings on the following screens:
Setting
On Screen
Controls Display of
See Page
Display ADM Link
W05
“For more information on our
programs, ...”
3-49
Minor
W04
Intended Minor
3-46
Special Program
W04
Special Program
3-46
Residency Status
W05
Legal resident of [State]?
3-50
Full/Part-time
W04
Full-time or part-time?
3-46
Early Decision
W04
Early decision?
3-46
Fin Aid Intentions
W05
Apply for financial aid?
3-50
Housing Intentions
W05
Where do you plan to live?
3-50
Default Housing Val
W04
The default setting for Where do
you plan to live?
3-46
Prev Attendance
W05
Previously attended university?
3-50
Prev Applied
W05
Previously applied for admission
at university?
3-50
Table 11-4 Optional Settings for Fields on Enrollment Intentions page
5. Select
to save the data in these DBD elements.
Field
DBD Element
Application Type
APPL-WEB-TYPE
MM55D
Term of Entry
APP_TERM
MM301
Intended Major
MAJOR_1
MM330
College/Degree
COLLEGE_1
DEGREE_1
MM320
MM325
Intended Minor
MINOR_1
MM350
Special Program
SPECIAL_PGM_1
MM365
Alternate Major
MAJOR_2
MM400
Alternate College/Degree
COLLEGE_2
DEGREE_2
MM396
MM398
US Citizen?
CITIZENSHIP
AA015
Legal Resident of state?
RESIDENT_STAT
MM523
Full- or part-time student?
AP_TIME_STAT
MM505
Early Decision?
APP_EARLY_DCSN_INT
MM56I
Table 11-5 Enrollment Intentions DBD Elements
11-16
February 2005
11 Admissions
Field
DBD Element
Financial Aid?
APP_FIN_AID_INTNT
MM56C
Housing Intentions
HOUS_STAT
MM55C
Previously Attended this Univ?
ENRL_AT_INSTIT
MM55A
Previously Attended Date
ENRL-DT
MM55B
Enrolled under another name?
PREV_ENROLL_NAME
AA03L
Previously applied for admission? PREV_APPLIED
AA03N
Applied under another name?
AA03M
PREV_APPL_NAME
Table 11-5 Enrollment Intentions DBD Elements (continued)
The system also records the fact that the applicant has specified his/
her enrollment intentions by updating the WEB EI Completion
option (MM-AP-WB-EI-FLAG) in DBD element MM56D.
6. View the Application Completion page.
Figure 11-18 Completing Your Application page
Note: If you turned off the Residence-Birth, Residence-Origin,
Previous Legal, and Prior Legal options on Screen W05,
applicants who answer Yes to the question “Are you a US
citizen?” on the Enrollment Intentions page will not view
the Residency and Citizenship page. The system will
display a to the left of the Residency and Citizenship link
on the Navigation Bar and display a message about the
applicant’s Residency and Citizenship being completed.
February 2005
11-17
11 Admissions
The system displays the Deadline Dates that you specified on
Screen W06. (The system will not specify any deadline for which
you have not specified a date.)
Figure 11-19 Web Admissions Application Type/Term screen (W06)
7. Select
application.
to continue with the next section of the
Depending on the Application Type that was recorded when the
applicant specified his/her enrollment intentions, the corresponding
application sections are displayed for the applicant, as specified on
Screen W04.
Figure 11-20 Web Required Admissions Pages screen (W04)
11-18
February 2005
11 Admissions
If your institution specified on Screen W04 that the Personal
Information page should be displayed for the Application Type
specified by the applicant, then the applicant is required to enter his/her
personal information.
1. Verify the different names (Additional Name Information) that
may be on file for him/her from the various academic records that
may have been sent to your university.
Figure 11-21 Personal Information page
February 2005
11-19
11 Admissions
Display of some of the information on the page is determined by
your Personal Information settings on Screen W05.
Figure 11-22 Web Admissions Page Display Options Screen (W05)
2. Enter the additional personal information, scroll down the page,
and enter the e-mail address information.
Figure 11-23 E-mail Address Information
11-20
February 2005
11 Admissions
3. Enter his/her personal phone numbers which are not associated
with an address (e.g., cell phone, business phone, or fax number).
Figure 11-24 Personal Phone Number Information
February 2005
11-21
11 Admissions
4. Enter his/her permanent address. (This will automatically be
displayed for a new applicant who has completed the Create
Account page.)
Figure 11-25 Permanent Address Information
Note: Address Types are defined on Screen W05.
11-22
February 2005
11 Admissions
5. Enter the Temporary Mailing Address, if the applicant’s Current
Mailing Address is not the same as his/her Permanent Mailing
Address.
Figure 11-26 Temporary Mailing Address Information
February 2005
11-23
11 Admissions
6. If your institution specified on Screen W04 that the Emergency
Contact section should be displayed on the Personal Information
page, the applicant must scroll down the page and enter the required
emergency contact information.
Figure 11-27 Emergency Contact Information
11-24
February 2005
11 Admissions
7. Select
to record the data from this page to the
following DBD elements, and continue to the next section of the
application.
Field
DBD Element
Additional Name Information
Other Last Name
AA-PREV-NAME
Other First Name
(Up to 3 additional names)
AA01B
AA01C
AA01D
AA-NICKNAME
AA053
Other Middle Name
Other Suffix
Preferred Nickname
Gender
SEX
AA011
Date of Birth
BIRTH_DT
AA010
Marital Status
MARITAL_STAT
AA012
DRAFT_REGIS
AA054
Veteran Status
VET_CODE
AA025
Disability Type
HANDICAP_TYPE
AA020
Religion
RELIGION
AA014
Ethnicity
ETHNIC_ORIGIN
AA013
Primary Language
IN-NATIVE-LANGUAGE
AMD48
How long studying English?
IN-YEARS-STUDY-ENGL
AMD49
Convicted of a felony?
SPECIAL_PROFILE
AA018
Name of Alumnus
ALUM_NAME
MM222
ALUM_IN_FMLY
MM220
E-Mail Addresses and Personal Web Page
E-mail Address 1
EMAIL_1
AD110
Type
EMA_TYPE_1
AD113
Preference
EMA_PREF_1
AD111
E-mail Address 2
EMAIL_2
AD120
Type
EMA_TYPE_2
AD123
Preference
EMA_PREF_2
AD121
E-mail Address 3
EMAIL_3
AD130
Type
EMA_TYPE_3
AD133
Preference
EMA_PREF_3
AD131
Table 11-6 Personal Information DBD Elements
February 2005
11-25
11 Admissions
Field
DBD Element
E-mail Address 4
EMAIL_4
AD140
Type
EMA_TYPE_4
AD143
Preference
EMA_PREF_4
AD141
E-mail Address 5
EMAIL_5
AD150
Type
EMA_TYPE_5
AD153
Preference
EMA_PREF_5
AD151
Personal Web Page URL
PERS_WEB_PAGE
AD160
Phone Number 1
PERS_NUMBER_1
AD010
Type
PERS_NUM_TYPE_1
AD013
Preference
PERS_NUM_PREF_1
AD011
Phone Number 2
PERS_NUMBER_2
AD020
Type
PERS_NUM_TYPE_2
AD023
Preference
PERS_NUM_PREF_2
AD021
Phone Number 3
PERS_NUMBER_3
AD030
Type
PERS_NUM_TYPE_3
AD033
Preference
PERS_NUM_PREF_3
AD031
Phone Number 4
PERS_NUMBER_4
AD040
Type
PERS_NUM_TYPE_4
AD043
Preference
PERS_NUM_PREF_4
AD041
Phone Number 5
PERS_NUMBER_5
AD050
Type
PERS_NUM_TYPE_5
AD053
Preference
PERS_NUM_PREF_5
AD051
Permanent Address
Street Line 1
STREET_1
AD240
Street Line 2
STREET_2
AD245
City
CITY
AD250
State or Province
STATE
AD255
Zip or Postal Code
ZIP_CODE_INTNTL
AD260
Country
COUNTRY
AD263
Phone Number
PHONE
AD265
US or
Canadian
Addresses
AD26B
Table 11-6 Personal Information DBD Elements (continued)
11-26
February 2005
11 Admissions
Field
DBD Element
International City
Addresses
Region
CITY
AD250
PROVINCE
AD257
Postal Code
ZIP_CODE_INTNTL
AD260
Country
COUNTRY
AD263
Phone Number
PHONE
AD265
AD26B
Street Line 1
STREET_1
AD240
Street Line 2
STREET_2
AD245
City
CITY
AD250
State or Province
STATE
AD255
Zip or Postal Code
ZIP_CODE_INTNTL
AD260
Country
COUNTRY
AD263
Phone Number
PHONE
AD265
US or
Canadian
Addresses
International City
Addresses
Region
AD26B
CITY
AD250
PROVINCE
AD257
Postal Code
ZIP_CODE_INTNTL
AD260
Country
COUNTRY
AD263
Phone Number
PHONE
AD265
AD26B
Receive mail at address - From
AD_BEGINDT
AD268
Receive mail at address - To
AD_ENDDT
AD269
February 2005
11-27
11 Admissions
Field
DBD Element
Emergency Contact Information
Emergency Contact Name
EMERGENCY_CONTACT_1
AMA11
Relationship
EMERGENCY_RELATION_1
AMA12
Personal Phone Number
EMERGENCY_PHONE_1
AMA13
Type
EMERGENCY_PH_TYPE_1
AMA14
Street Line 1
STREET_1
AD240
Street Line 2
STREET_2
AD245
City
CITY
AD250
State or Province
STATE
AD255
Zip or Postal Code
ZIP_CODE_INTNTL
AD260
Country
COUNTRY
AD263
Phone Number
PHONE
AD265
CITY
AD250
PROVINCE
AD257
Postal Code
ZIP_CODE_INTNTL
AD260
Country
COUNTRY
AD263
Phone Number
PHONE
AD265
Temporary address - From
AD_BEGINDT
AD268
Temporary address - To
AD_ENDDT
AD269
US or
Canadian
Addresses
International City
Addresses
Region
Note: When students return to the Personal Information page, they
will also view the Status of each of their e-mail addresses,
personal phone numbers, and Web page URL, and be able
to change or Delete them. For example:
Figure 11-28 Status Information for E-mail Addresses and Phone Numbers
11-28
February 2005
11 Admissions
High School History
If your institution specified on Screen W04 that the High School
History page should be displayed for the Application Type specified by
the applicant, then the applicant is required to enter information about
his/her high school.
1. Enter the name and location of the high school attended or indicate
if home schooled or received a GED, and select
.
Figure 11-29 Locate High School page
February 2005
11-29
11 Admissions
2. Select his/her high school from the list displayed and select
.
Note: If no matches for the specified school name were found in
the SIS School Index (AIFILE), the applicant can either
choose locate your High School again or choose Institution
Not Listed and select
.
Figure 11-30 Select High School page
3. Enter the required information about his/her dates of attendance at
the specified high school.
Figure 11-31 Add High School Information page
Note: If the applicant selected a high school from the Institution
Attended list box on the Select High School page, he/she
will not be able to update the school name, city, state, or
country on the Add High School Information page. The
system will automatically display the information for
schools found in the SIS School Index (AIFILE).
11-30
February 2005
11 Admissions
4. Select
to record the high school information in the
following DBD elements:
Field
DBD Element
Institution Attended - Name
RB-AD-NAME
RB610*
Institution Attended - Code
HS_INSTITUTION
RB110*
RB-AD-INST-CODE
RB605*
City
RB-AD-CITY
RB630*
State
RB-AD-STATE
RB635*
Country
RB-AD-CNTRY
RB645*
Attended From
HS_BEGIN_DT
RB115
Attended To
HS_END_DT
RB120
Diploma Received?
DIPLOMA_RCVD
RB125
Home Schooled?
--
--
Received a GED?
--
--
* The name and address of the high school is only recorded in these
DBD elements if the applicant specifies a school that is not listed in
your institution’s AIFILE.
Table 11-7 High School History DBD Elements
5. View the message verifying that his/her high school information
has been recorded.
Figure 11-32 High School History Information page
6. Either select
to continue with the next section of the
application or select add another High School to enter information
about another high school attended.
Note: The system will not display add another High School if the
applicant already has 3 high schools on file.
February 2005
11-31
11 Admissions
College History
If your institution specified on Screen W04 that the College History
page should be displayed for the Application Type specified by the
applicant, then the applicant is required to enter information about his/
her previous college coursework.
1. The applicant should indicate whether or not he/she has attended a
college.
Figure 11-33 Locate College page
Either:
• Enter the name and location of the college attended and select
. Then continue with Step 2.
• Select I have not taken any college or university courses and
continue with the next section of the application.
11-32
February 2005
11 Admissions
2. Select his/her college from the list displayed, and select
.
Note: If no matches for the specified school name were found in
SIS, the applicant can either choose locate your college again
or choose Institution Not Listed and select
.
Figure 11-34 Select College page
3. Enter information about the college attended.
Figure 11-35 Add College Information page
Note: If the applicant selected a college from the Institution
Attended list box on the Select College page, he/she will
not be able to update the school name, city, state, and
country on the Add College Information page. The system
will automatically display the information for schools found
in the SIS School Index (AIFILE).
February 2005
11-33
11 Admissions
4. Select
to record the college information in the
following DBD elements:
Field
DBD Element
Institution Attended - Name
RB-AD-NAME
RB610*
Institution Attended - Code
CO_INSTITUTION
RB305*
RB-AD-INST-CODE
RB605*
City
RB-AD-CITY
RB630*
State
RB-AD-STATE
RB635*
Country
RB-AD-CNTRY
RB645*
Attended From
CO_BEGIN_DT
RB310
Attended To
CO_END_DT
RB315
Diploma Received?
DEGREE_RCVD
RB325
Degree Sought
DEGREE_SOUGHT
RB320
* The name and address of the college is only recorded in these DBD
elements if the applicant specifies a school that is not listed in your
institution’s AIFILE.
Table 11-8 College History DBD Elements
5. View the message indicating that his/her college information has
been recorded.
Figure 11-36 College History Information page
6. Either choose Add another College to enter information about
another college attended, or select
to go onto the next
section of the application.
Note: The system will not display Add another College if the
applicant already has 10 colleges on file.
11-34
February 2005
11 Admissions
Residency and Citizenship
If your institution specified on Screen W04 that the Residency and
Citizenship page should be displayed for the Application Type
specified by the applicant, then the applicant is required to enter
information about his/her background. If an applicant specified on the
Enrollment Intentions page that he/she is a US citizen, the system will
display the US Citizen page; otherwise, the International Applicant
page will appear.
For US Citizens
1. Answer the first set of residency and citizenship questions:
Figure 11-37 US Citizens page
Note: The County of Birth and County of Origin list boxes
display the values your institution uses to determine
residency.
February 2005
11-35
11 Admissions
Whether or not some of the fields are displayed on the US Citizens
page depends on the following settings on Screen W05:
Setting
Controls Display of
State Legal Res
State of legal residence?
How long have you lived at your legal address?
Residence-Birth
Residency at Birth section
Residence-Origin
Residency at First Admission - Origin Information
section
Table 11-9 Optional Settings for Fields on US Citizens page
2. If you specified on Screen W04 that the Previous Address
information should be displayed on the Residency and Citizenship
page, the applicant would scroll down to complete the Previous
Address Information and Prior Legal Address Information
sections.
Figure 11-38 Previous Legal Address Information - US
11-36
February 2005
11 Admissions
Figure 11-39 Prior Legal Address Information - US
3. Select
DBD elements.
to record the information in the following
Field
DBD Element
State of Legal Residence?
APP_LEGL_RES_STATE
MM56N
Residency at Birth
County of Birth
BIRTH_COUNTY
AA01H
State of Birth
BIRTH_STATE
AA01F
Country of Birth
BIRTH_COUNTRY
AA01G
Residency at First Admission - Origin Information
County of Origin
COUNTY_ORIG
AA017
State of Origin
STATE_ORIG
AA016
Country of Origin
COUNTRY_RESID
AA02D
Table 11-10 US Citizen DBD Elements
February 2005
11-37
11 Admissions
Field
DBD Element
Previous Legal Address Information
How long at legal residence?
APP_LEGAL_RES_TIME
MM56O
Street Line 1
AD-STREET-1
AD240
Street Line 2
AD-STREET-2
AD245
City
CITY
AD250
State or Province
STATE
AD255
Zip or Postal Code
ZIP_CODE_INTNTL
AD260
Country
AD-CNTRY
AD263
City
CITY
AD250
Region
PROVINCE
AD257
Postal Code
ZIP_CODE_INTNTL
AD260
Country
COUNTRY
AD263
Lived at this address - From:
AD_BEGINDT
AD268
Lived at this address - To:
AD_ENDDT
AD269
For US or Canadian Addresses:
For International Addresses:
Prior Legal Address Information
Street Line 1
AD-STREET-1
AD240
Street Line 2
AD-STREET-2
AD245
City
CITY
AD250
State or Province
STATE
AD255
Zip or Postal Code
ZIP_CODE_INTNTL
AD260
Country
COUNTRY
AD263
City
CITY
AD250
Region
PROVINCE
AD257
Postal Code
ZIP_CODE_INTNTL
AD260
Country
COUNTRY
AD263
AD_BEGINDT
AD268
AD_ENDDT
AD269
Table 11-10 US Citizen DBD Elements (continued)
11-38
February 2005
11 Admissions
For International Applicants
1. Answer the first set of residency and citizenship questions.
Figure 11-40 International Applicants page
February 2005
11-39
11 Admissions
2. If you specified on Screen W04 that the Previous Address
information should be displayed on the Residency and Citizenship
page, the applicant would scroll down and complete that section:
Figure 11-41 Previous Address Information - International
11-40
February 2005
11 Admissions
3. Select
DBD elements.
to record the information in the following
Field
DBD Element
Country of Citizenship
CITIZENSHIP
AA015
Native Country
BIRTH_COUNTRY
AA01G
Permanent Resident of US?
IN-PERMANENT-RESIDENT
AMD34
If resident, Resident Alien Card Number IN-RES-ALIEN-CARD-NUM
AMD35
Presently living in US?
LIVING_IN_US
AMD38
If living in US, date of entry?
US_ENTRY_DT
AMD43
Current Visa Type
IN-PASSPORT-VISA-TYPE
AMD30
Visa Issuance Date
CURR_VISA_ISSUE_DT
AMD32
Visa Expiration Date
IN-CURR-VISA-EXPIR-DT
AMD33
Did another institution issue your I-20?
I20_STATUS
AMD39
Assigned a SEVIS Number?
TRACKING_IND
AMD21
SEVIS Number
SEVIS_ID
AMD20
Previous Legal Address Information
How long at legal residence?
APP_LEGAL_RES_TIME
MM56O
Street Line 1
AD-STREET-1
AD240
Street Line 2
AD-STREET-2
AD245
City
CITY
AD250
State or Province
STATE
AD255
Zip or Postal Code
ZIP_CODE_INTNTL
AD260
Country
AD-CNTRY
AD263
City
CITY
AD250
Region
PROVINCE
AD257
Postal Code
ZIP_CODE_INTNTL
AD260
Country
COUNTRY
AD263
AD_BEGINDT
AD268
AD_ENDDT
AD269
Table 11-11 International Applicants DBD Elements
February 2005
11-41
11 Admissions
Field
DBD Element
Prior Legal Address Information
Street Line 1
AD-STREET-1
AD240
Street Line 2
AD-STREET-2
AD245
City
CITY
AD250
State or Province
STATE
AD255
Zip or Postal Code
ZIP_CODE_INTNTL
AD260
Country
COUNTRY
AD263
City
CITY
AD250
Region
PROVINCE
AD257
Postal Code
ZIP_CODE_INTNTL
AD260
Country
COUNTRY
AD263
AD_BEGINDT
AD268
AD_ENDDT
AD269
Table 11-11 International Applicants DBD Elements (continued)
11-42
February 2005
11 Admissions
Personal References
If your institution specified on Screen W04 that the Personal
References page should be displayed for the Application Type
specified by the applicant, then the applicant is required to enter
information for the number of personal references (up to three)
specified on Screen W04.
1. Enter information for the required number of personal references
(up to three, as specified on Screen W04).
Figure 11-42 Personal References page
February 2005
11-43
11 Admissions
2. Select
to save the following information (for each
personal reference) in the following DBD elements.
Field
DBD Element
Name
REFERENCE_NAME
AMB23
Relationship
REFERENCE_RELATION
AMB24
Title
REFERENCE_TITLE
AMB25
School or Company Name
REFERENCE_COMPANY
AMB26
E-mail Address
REFERENCE_EMAIL
AMB27
Street Line 1
STREET_1
AMB28
Street Line 2
STREET_2
AMB29
City
CITY
AMB30
State or Province
STATE
AMB31
Zip or Postal Code
ZIP_CODE
AMB33
Country
COUNTRY
AMB34
Phone Number
PHONE
AMB35
City
CITY
AMB30
Region
PROVINCE
AMB32
Postal Code
ZIP_CODE
AMB33
Country
COUNTRY
AMB34
Phone Number
PHONE
AMB35
Table 11-12 Personal References DBD Elements
11-44
February 2005
11 Admissions
You can review the applicant’s personal references on Screen 2PR
(Personal References).
Figure 11-43 Personal References screen (2PR)
Screen 2PR will display personal references that have been entered via
a Web application (as noted by Operator ID 9998) or via online entry.
Each personal reference that is entered via a Web application appears
as a separate entry on Screen 2PR. Accordingly, the same personal
reference could appear more than once if an applicant has specified the
personal reference on more than one Web application. When viewing
personal references for an applicant, page through each entry and note
the Term, College, Degree, and Major for the associated application.
February 2005
11-45
11 Admissions
Employment History
If your institution specified on Screen W04 that the Employment
History page should be displayed for the Application Type specified by
the applicant, then the applicant is required to enter information about
his/her employment.
1. If the applicant specifies that he/she has been employed in the past
two years, he/she must enter information about his/her most recent
employer.
Figure 11-44 Employment History page
11-46
February 2005
11 Admissions
2. Enter information about his/her previous employer.
Figure 11-45 Previous Employer information
3. Select
to save the data in these DBD elements.
Field
DBD Element
Most Recent Employer
Dates of Employment - From
EH_BEGINDT
AMC20
Dates of Employment - To
EH_ENDDT
AMC21
Full-time or Part-time?
EH_FULL_PART
AMC24
Your Title
EMPLOYMENT_TITLE
AMC22
Company Name
EMPLOYMENT_COMPANY
AMC26
Contact Name
EH_CONTACT_NAME
AMC23
Contact’s Business Title
EH_CONTACT_TITLE
AMC25
Contact’s E-mail Address
EH_CONTACT_EMAIL
AMC27
Street Line 1
STREET_1
AMC28
Street Line 2
STREET_2
AMC29
Table 11-13 Employment History DBD Elements
February 2005
11-47
11 Admissions
Field
DBD Element
For US or Canadian addresses:
City
CITY
AMC30
State or Province
STATE
AMC31
Zip or Postal Code
ZIP_CODE
AMC33
Country
COUNTRY
AMC34
Phone Number
PHONE
AMC35
City
CITY
AMC30
Region
PROVINCE
AMC32
Postal Code
ZIP_CODE
AMC33
Country
COUNTRY
AMC34
Phone Number
PHONE
AMC35
For International addresses:
Previous Employer
EH_BEGINDT
AMC20
EH_ENDDT
AMC21
EH_FULL_PART
AMC24
Your Title
EMPLOYMENT_TITLE
AMC22
Company Name
EMPLOYMENT_COMPANY
AMC26
Contact Name
EH_CONTACT_NAME
AMC23
EH_CONTACT_TITLE
AMC25
EH_CONTACT_EMAIL
AMC27
Street Line 1
STREET_1
AMC28
Street Line 2
STREET_2
AMC29
City
CITY
AMC30
State or Province
STATE
AMC31
Zip or Postal Code
ZIP_CODE
AMC33
Country
COUNTRY
AMC34
Phone Number
PHONE
AMC35
For US or Canadian addresses:
Table 11-13 Employment History DBD Elements (continued)
11-48
February 2005
11 Admissions
Field
DBD Element
For International addresses:
City
CITY
AMC30
Region
PROVINCE
AMC32
Postal Code
ZIP_CODE
AMC33
Country
COUNTRY
AMC34
Phone Number
PHONE
AMC35
Table 11-13 Employment History DBD Elements (continued)
You can review the applicant’s employment history on Screen 021
(Employment History).
Figure 11-46 Employment History screen (021)
February 2005
11-49
11 Admissions
Client Requirements
If your institution requires any additional information from students
who are applying for admission (e.g., freshman essay), you can add a
Client Requirements Web page to the application. You can have one
Client Requirements page per Application Type and this page will
display only if Client Requirements is set to Y for that Application
Type on Screen W04.
Two sample pages (Freshman Essay and Publications & Honors) are
included with Student Self-Service. Use these pages as templates for
the pages you need to add to your various admissions applications.
Figure 11-47 Sample Client Requirements - Freshman Essay page
Figure 11-48 Sample Client Requirements - Publications & Honors page
11-50
February 2005
11 Admissions
Design your own pages, modify the html on the Client Requirements
page, and then follow the instructions for “Including Your Own Page in
an Admissions Application” below.
Including Your Own Page in an Admissions Application
Complete the following steps to include your Client Requirements page
in an admissions application. After you follow these instructions, the
name you assign your Client Requirements Web page will be displayed
in the navigation bar and the page will be displayed for applicants for
the specified Application Type.
1. In the MCKAMW copybook:
• Under WS-APPL-TYPE, add any new application types, as
follows:
03 WS-APPL-TYPE
88 FRESHMAN
88 GRADUATE
PIC X(01).
VALUE “F”.
VALUE “G”.
• Under WEB-PAGE-CODES, add the Web page code for each new
Client Requirements page by application type.
01 WEB-PAGE-CODES
.
.
.
03
FRESHMAN-REQUIREMENTS
03
GRADUATE-REQUIREMENTS
PIC X(02) VALUE “FR”.
PIC X(02) VALUE “GR”.
• Under WEB-PAGE-TRAN-CODE, add the new transaction codes
for your new Client Requirements pages.
01 WEB-PAGE-TRAN-CODE
.
.
.
03
FRESHMAN-CL-REQ-CODE
03
GRADUATE-CL-REQ-CODE
PIC X(04) VALUE “1280”.
PIC X(04) VALUE “1281”.
• Under BUTTON-LITERALS, add a -LIT as needed and change
the wording displayed on the button to whatever you need for
your Client Requirements page.
03 BUTTON-LITERALS
.
.
.
05
CLIENT-REQ-BUTTON-LIT
PIC X(35) VALUE
“I am ready to review my application”.
• Under WS-PAGE-DISPLAY-FLAGS, add a new page display flag
for your Client Requirements page.
February 2005
11-51
11 Admissions
2. In the MCKAMP copybook:
• In section 2710-BUILD-NAV-BAR, add sections for any new
application types, as listed under the following comments:
***********************************************************************************
* IF APPL TYPE = FRESHMAN OR GRADUATE, PERFORM THE
* APPROPRIATE SECTIONS....
***********************************************************************************
IF FRESHMAN
PERFORM 2711-FRESHMAN-NAV-BAR THRU 2711-FNB-EXIT
ELSE
IF GRADUATE
PERFORM 2712-GRADUATE-NAV-BAR THRU 2712-GNB-EXIT
ELSE
.
.
.
• For each new Client Requirements page, copy and modify the
code that is listed under the following sections for the Freshman
Client Requirements page.
****************************************************************************************
IF FRESHMAN REQUIREMENTS IS COMPLETE....
****************************************************************************************
and
****************************************************************************************
IF CURRENT PAGE IS FRESHMAN REQUIREMENTS, HIGHLIGHT LINK....
****************************************************************************************
Note: Be careful how the NODISPLAY-LIT is coded so the
Navigation Bar is displayed correctly for each application
type.
• For each new Client Requirements page add code under the
following comments after WS-GR-PAGE-DISP, as specified
below:
***********************************************************************************
* MOVE DISPLAY-LIT OR NODISPLAY-LIT FOR EACH PAGE EXCEPT
* FOR ENROLLMENT INTENTIONS AND REVIEW APPLICATION IN
* ORDER FOR THE SCREEN READERS TO SPEAK THE NAV BAR
* CORRECTLY.
***********************************************************************************
EIComplete|EINavLink|PIComplete|PINavLink|HSComplete|HSNavLink|
COComplete|CONavLink|RCComplete|RCNavLink|PRComplete|PRNavLink|
EHComplete|EHNavLink|FRComplete|FRNavLink|GRComplete|GRNavLink|
[add a __Complete and __NavLink for each of your Client Req pages]
RevApplNavLink|ApplNum|PINNavDisp|HSNavDisp|CONavDisp|RCNavDisp
PRNavDisp|EHNavDisp|FRNavDisp|GRNavDisp
[add a __NavDisp for each of your Client Req pages]
11-52
February 2005
11 Admissions
3. In the trxattrs.txt file, add a new transaction code for each Client
Requirements page. Transaction codes 1280 - 1299 are reserved for
Client Requirements pages.
4. Following the standards set in the file, list the names of the html,
ddo, and cfg files used by your Client Requirements page. For
example:
mcreq____.cfg
mcreq____.ddo
mcreq____.htm
where _____ is the Application Type
5. For each new Application type you have added, add new
application complete and navlink fields in the mnavstat.ddo file
(e.g., |FRComplete|FRNavLink (freshman)).
6. If you added new Application Types, in the mnavstat.htm file (for
the navigation bar), copy the code that is in this file (e.g., freshman
requirements) and then add and modify the code for each new type.
7. In the AZKCTL program:
• Add your new transactions in the ADM-WEB-PAGE-CODES
section.
03 ADM-WEB-PAGE-CODES.
05
CL-REQ-FR-CODE
05
CL-REQ-GR-CODE
PIC X(04) VALUE “1280”
PIC X(04) VALUE “1281”
• Add your new trans code to the 2000-PROCESS-TRAN section
under:
*
*
*
ADMISSIONS FUNCTION FOR
CLIENT RQUIREMENTS
IF TRAN-CODE = “ 1280” OR
TRAN-CODE = “ 1281”
8. In the mnextpg.cfg file, add any new ddo and htm files.
February 2005
11-53
11 Admissions
9. In the MZKDIR program:
• Add the necessary code for your new application types in the
2200-GET-NEXT-PAGE section, as we did for the sample Client
Requirements pages:
2200-GET-NEXT-PAGE SECTION.
.
.
.
IF MM-AP-APP-WEB-TYPE (WF-APPL-NUM) = “F”
MOVE FRESHMAN-CL-REQ-CODE TO NEXT-PAGE-CODE
END-IF
IF MM-AP-APP-WEB-TYPE (WF-APPL-NUM) = “G”
MOVE GRADUATE-CL-REQ-CODE TO NEXT-PAGE-CODE
END-IF
• Add the necessary code for your new application types in the
2300-GET-CURRENT-PAGE section, as we did for the sample
Client Requirements pages:
2300-GET-CURRENT-PAGE SECTION
.
.
.
IF NEXT-PAGE-FOUND = “N”
IF INP-PAGE-CODE = “FR”
MOVE “Y” TO NEXT-PAGE-FOUND
MOVE FRESHMAN-CL-REQ-CODE TO NEXT-PAGE-CODE.
IF NEXT-PAGE-FOUND = “N”
IF INP-PAGE-CODE = “GR”
MOVE “Y” TO NEXT-PAGE-FOUND
MOVE GRADUATE-CL-REQ-CODE TO NEXT-PAGE-CODE.
10. In the MZKCRQ program:
• In the MZKCRQ-WS section, add Working Storage fields for the
titles of your new Client Requirements pages, or modify the titles
for the sample Client Requirements pages:
03
FRES-CR-TITLE
PIC X(14)
VALUE “Freshman Essay”.
03
GRAD-CR-TITLE
PIC X(23)
VALUE “Publications and Honors”.
• In the WS-LITERALS section, add new -LIT fields for the new
ddo files you created for the different application types. For
example, the following -LIT fields were added for the sample
Client Requirements pages:
03
03
11-54
MCREQF-LIT
MCREQG-LIT
PIC X(08)
PIC X(08)
VALUE “@mcreqf=”.
VALUE “@mcreqg=”.
February 2005
11 Admissions
• Add code for new application types so the corresponding Client
Requirements page is generated as the next required page for the
application type.
IF THE TRANSACTION CODE IS 1221, THEN THIS PAGE IS BEING
GENERATED AS THE NEXT REQUIRED PAGE....
**
IF REQ-RESP = “ 1221”
IF INP-PAGE-CODE = “FR”
PERFORM 1200-PARSE-CLREQFINP THRU 1200-PCF-EXIT
END-IF
IF INP-PAGE-CODE = “GR”
PERFORM 1205-PARSE-CLREQGINP THRU 1205-PCG-EXIT
END-IF
END-IF
• As necessary, add code for the fields to be parsed on the Client
Requirements page for each new application type.
IF THERE ARE ANY FIELDS TO PARSE FOR THE FRESHMAN PAGE, PUT
THEM IN THIS SECTION.
*
1200-PARSE-CLREQFINP SECTION.
1200-PCF-010.
*
IF YOU HAVE INPUT FIELDS, THIS IS WHERE YOU WOULD ENTER THE
CODE
*
MOVE “Y” TO UPDATEABLE.
*
1200-PCF-EXIT.
EXIT.
• For each new application type for which you want to display a
Client Requirements page, add the move of the page title.
IF MM-AP-APP-WEB-TPE (WF-APPL-NUM) = “F”
MOVE FRES-CR-TITLE TO WS-BUFFER
END-IF
MOVE GRAD-CR-TITLE TO WS-BUFFER
END-IF
• Add code for any additional ddo files you’ve created for different
application types (e.g., undergraduate). Use the code for the
sample Client Requirements pages as a guide:
MOVE MCREQF-LIT TO WS-BUFFER
ELSE
MOVE MCREQG-LIT TO WS-BUFFER.
February 2005
11-55
11 Admissions
• In the 2760-DISPLAY-BUTTONS section, specify MBUTTONLIT to display just your button on the Client Requirements page,
or specify MBUTTONS-LIT to display your button and a Reset
button.
PERFORM 3100-FIRST THRU 3100-F-EXIT.
MOVE MBUTTON-LIT TO WS-BUFFER.
PERFORM 3000-FIND-LENGTH THRU 3000-EXIT.
PERFORM 3100-MOVE-BUFFER THRU 3100-MB-EXIT.
PERFORM 3300-THIRD THRU 3300-T-EXIT.
For any new button you create in MCKAMW for display on a
Client Requirements page, you must move that button (e.g.,
CLIENT-REQ-BUTTON-LIT), as follows:
MOVE CLIENT-REQ-BUTTON-LIT TO WS-BUFFER.
PERFORM 3000-FIND-LENGTH THRU 3000-EXIT.
PERFORM 3100-MOVE-BUFFER THRU 3100-MB-EXIT.
• Add code for new application types so the corresponding Client
Requirements page is generated as the current required page for
the application type.
MOVE FRESHMAN-REQUIREMENTS TO WS-CURRENT-PAGE
ELSE
MOVE GRADUATE-REQUIREMENTS TO WS-CURRENT-PAGE.
11. On Screen W04 (Web Required Admissions Pages), specify your
new Client Requirements Page Name (up to 26 characters) for the
Application Type for which you want to display your new Client
Requirements page.
11-56
February 2005
11 Admissions
Review Application
After an applicant completes and saves the information in the last
section of his/her application (as defined by the application sections
selected for the Application Type on Screen W04), he/she must review
his/her application and enter any necessary changes before submitting
his/her application to your institution. The Review Application page is
long (depending on the number of application sections specified for the
Application Type on Screen W04), so we’ll show the page in sections
on the following pages.
The Application Fee amount (displayed in the table near the top of the
Review Application page) is controlled by your settings for the
following options on Screen WA2 and the fees listed for the specified
Application Type on Screen W06:
Setting
Screen
Description
Calculate/Display
Appl Fee
WA2
Set to Y if you want the system to calculate and
display the application fee.
Appl Fee
Payment Term
WA2
Specify the term to which application fees should be
applied.
Initial Fee Status
WA2
Specify whether to charge a fee if no fee is specified.
Require Fee
Before
Submission
WA2
Specify whether your institution requires applicants
to pay their application fee before submitting their
application.
Def ApplFees
-Res
WA2
Specify the default application fee for residents of
your state.
Def Appl Fees
-Non-Res
WA2
Specify the default application fee for applicants who
do not reside in your state.
Credit Card
Types Allowed
WA2
Specify up to 5 credit cards that your institution will
accept for payment of application fees.
Initial Fee
Status Value
W06
For the specified Application Type, specify whether
applicants must pay an application fee.
Application Fee
-Resident
W06
For the specified Application Type, specify the fee
for residents of your state.
Application Fee
-Non-resident
W06
For the specified Application Type, specify the fee
for applicants who do not reside in your state.
Multiple App
$/% Indicator
W06
Specify whether the amount listed for the Multiple
Application Fee Value is a dollar amount or a
percentage.
Multiple App
Fee Value
W06
Specify the dollar amount or percentage of the full fee
amount to be charged an applicant for submitting
additional applications for the same term.
Table 11-14 Settings for Application Fee
February 2005
11-57
11 Admissions
Figure 11-49 Review Application - part 1
11-58
February 2005
11 Admissions
February 2005
11-59
11 Admissions
1. The applicant can select any of the Go to... links to display the
corresponding Web page and update his/her information.
Note: The applicant will not be able to make changes to a
submitted application. (The Go to... links will not appear to
the right of the information on the Review Application
page.)
If your institution wants to display information from your
Client Requirements page on the Review Application page,
you must customize the Review Application Web page.
2. After reviewing all the information for his/her application, the
applicant selects
.
Note: This button is only displayed if the applicant has completed
all required sections of his/her application.
11-60
February 2005
11 Admissions
3. Confirm that he/she wants to officially submit his/her application as
it is, by selecting
on the Submit Application page.
Figure 11-52 Submit Application page
4. View the Application Fee Payment page and decide how he/she
will pay the application fee (if one is required).
Figure 11-53 Application Payment page (fee required before submission)
February 2005
11-61
11 Admissions
Depending on your setting for the Require Fee Before
Submissions option on Screen WA2 (Web Admissions System
Options), one of two Application Fee Payment pages will be
displayed.
• If you set the Require Fee Before Submissions option to N, the
Thank You page will be displayed to let the applicant know that
he/she has the option to pay for the application now.
Figure 11-54 Thank You page (fee not required before submission)
If you set Rule to QA (Quick Admit) and Perform Auto-Admit
to Y on Screen W04, the Thank You page will also display a
message to let the student know that he/she has been admitted and
may register for classes. When he/she selects Register for classes,
the Student Login page is displayed.
• If you set the Require Fee Before Submission option to Y, the
Application Fee Payment page will be displayed to let the
applicant know that he/she must pay the application fee before
the application can be submitted to your institution.
Note: If an application fee is not required, the Application Fee
Payment Options will not be displayed.
Pay the application fee with a credit card only appears if you
set the StuAdmissionsCCPmt option to display in
TSRVWEB.INI. If this link is not displayed, the applicant
will not be able to view the Credit Card Payment page and
pay his/her application fee with a credit card.
11-62
February 2005
11 Admissions
Paying by Check or Money Order
If paying by check or money order, print out the form and complete
the payment mailing instructions displayed on the page.
Figure 11-55 Check or Money Order Payment Form
Paying by Credit Card
If paying by credit card, select Pay the application fee with a credit
card. Then enter the credit card number and expiration date, and the
card holder’s billing address information on the Credit Card Payment
page, and select
.
Figure 11-56 Credit Card Payment page
Note: If your institution’s bank does not accept international
credit cards, you should let your applicants know by
including a note on the Credit Card Payment page.
February 2005
11-63
11 Admissions
After the applicant selects
, the system will disable this
button and change its name to “Processing” to prevent the applicant
from accidentally submitting a duplicate payment.
Once credit card information is supplied, the TouchNet Payment
Gateway Server verifies the information through a clearinghouse.
• If the credit card is rejected, the applicant is notified.
• If the payment is authorized, the Credit Card Payment program
(BZKCCU) posts a charge and payment to the applicant’s account,
updates the admissions application fee paid fields, logs the
transaction for settlement, and notifies the student that the
payment has been processed successfully.
Figure 11-57 Credit Card Payment Receipt
Note: If your setting for Display Login ID for All Credit Card
Receipts on Screen W22 (Student Records 2) is Y, the
student’s ID will be listed on the credit card receipt.
If you do not require payment before application
submission and you set Rule to QA (Quick Admit) and
Perform Auto-Admit to Y on Screen W04, the Credit
Card Receipt will also display a message to let the student
know that he/she has been admitted and may register for
classes. When he/she selects Register for classes, the
Student Login page is displayed.
Payment of the application fee by credit card is immediately
updated in SIS. The amount and date of payment will be
displayed in the table near the top of the Review Application
page. (Refer to the TouchNet document T-Serve Payment
Gateway User Help Guide for more information about payment
settlement.)
11-64
February 2005
11 Admissions
Viewing Payments in SIS
Payments made by applicants via the Web are classified under
Operator Number 9998. To view information about payments made via
Student Self-Service, log into the SIS system using Operator Number
9998.
After the credit card payment has been made, you may review the
payment on Screen 406 (Adjust Charge/Payment).
Figure 11-58 Adjust Charge/Payment Screen (406)
• The first line of text fields under Item Description contains the credit
card expiration date.
• The fourth line of text contains the approval code from the external
authorization processor.
• The Print Control field is updated to an M and all the fields become
protected.
If the payment originated from Student Self-Service, the Cashier ID is
“Web.” If the payment originated from TouchNet’s Voice solution, the
Cashier ID is “VOIC.”
February 2005
11-65
11 Admissions
Completing or Reviewing an Existing Application
An applicant can review and complete any of his/her applications
(submitted or unsubmitted).
1. Enter his/her Login ID and select
.
Figure 11-59 Login page
2. Enter his/her Personal Identification Number (PIN) and select
.
Figure 11-60 Enter Your PIN page
11-66
February 2005
11 Admissions
3. View the list of his/her applications in progress, submitted
applications, and/or applications past their deadline date.
Figure 11-61 Select Application page
• To start a new application, select create a new application. If the
applicant has less than 9 applications on file, the system will
display the Select Application Type page and then the Select
Term page, so the applicant can start another application. The
system will then redisplay much of the information already
entered for the first application (personal information, high
school information, college information, and residency and
citizenship) for the applicant’s verification.
• To complete the next required section of an unsubmitted
application, the applicant will select Continue Application to the
right of the application to be continued. The system will then
display the Web page for the next section of the application that
needs to be completed (Personal Information, High School
History, College History, Residency and Citizenship, Personal
References, Employment History, or your Client Requirements).
• To view a list of the information that has been entered for an
application (submitted or unsubmitted), the applicant will select
Review Application to the right of the application to be reviewed.
When viewing an unsubmitted application, the applicant will be
able to update sections of his/her application. When viewing a
submitted application, the applicant will be able to Pay
Application Fee (if he/she has not already done so). This link will
also appear in the Fee Status box on the Select Application page.
February 2005
11-67
11 Admissions
Viewing Applications When Auto-Admit Processing is in Use
If your institution is using auto-admit processing and an administrator
at your institution specifies on Screen 206 (Admission Decision), 207
(Admission Requirements), or 11A (Quick Admit), that an applicant
has satisfied all the requirements, auto-admit processing will set the
Web Status of the application to S (Submitted to institution via the
Web).
Figure 11-62 Admission Decision Screen (206)
If your institution is using auto-admit processing and also requires that
an applicant pay his/her application fee before submitting his/her
application, you can change the Web Status of the application back to
C (Created via the Web) so that the applicant can still pay the fee via
the Web.
Viewing Paper Applications on the Web
If the applicant has submitted a paper application to your university
and you have made the required Web entries for the application on
Screen 206 (Admission Decision), the application will also be listed as
a Submitted Application on the Select Application page. The
applicant can select Review Application to the right of the application
and view it on the Web. Refer to the instructions for “Allowing
Applicants to View Paper Applications Via the Web” on page 11-69.
11-68
February 2005
11 Admissions
Allowing Applicants to View Paper Applications Via the Web
Allowing Applicants to View Paper Applications Via the Web
Along with their Web applications, you can allow your applicants to
view paper applications they have submitted to your university. To
make a paper application viewable on the Web, make the following
entries on Screen 206 (Admission Decision) for that application:
Figure 11-63 Admission Decision Screen (206)
1. In the Web Type field, enter the type of application. The following
is a list of the types of applications specified in the SIS base system:
•F
Freshman
• G Graduate
•P
Professional
• X Transfer Undergraduate
• Y Transfer Graduate
•Z
Transfer Professional
2. Leave the Web Stat field blank to specify that the application was
entered online.
3. Enter the appropriate value for Appl Fee Stat. If the application fee
was not submitted with the paper application and you want to allow
the applicant to be able to pay the fee via the Web, set Appl Fee
Stat to R (Fee Required).
February 2005
11-69
11 Admissions
Viewing Web Application Information on SIS Screens
The information that an applicant enters using the Admissions feature
of Student Self-Service can be viewed on the following SIS screens.
The fields are listed in the order they are displayed on the Review
Application page.
Field
DBD Element
SIS Screen
Name
AA003
003
Previous Name
AA01B
AA01C
AA01D
007, 103
Nickname
AA053
003
Gender
AA011
007, 103, 2E5, 2G6,
2U6
Date of Birth
AA010
007, 103, 2E5, 2G6,
2U6
Marital Status
AA012
007, 103, 2G6, 2U6
AA054
2G6, 2U6
Veteran Status
AA025
103
Disability Type
AA020
009, 103, 2G6, 2U6
Religion
AA014
103
Ethnicity
AA013
007, 103, 246, 2E5,
2G6, 2U6
Primary Language
AMD48
009
Years Studying English
AMD49
009, 2G6, 2U6
Felony Conviction
AA018
2G6, 2U6
Alumnus in Family
MM222
205, 2G6, 2U6
MM220
2E5, 2G6, 2U6, 205
Table 11-15 Application Information on SIS Screens
11-70
February 2005
11 Admissions
Field
DBD Element
SIS Screen
Street Line 1
AD240
003
Street Line 2
AD245
Permanent Address
For US Addresses
City
AD250
State or Province
AD255
Zip or Postal Code
AD260
Country
AD263
Phone Number
AD265
003
For International Addresses
City
AD250
Region
AD257
Postal Code
AD260
Country
AD263
Phone Number
AD265
E-Mail Addresses (5)
AD110
AD120
AD130
AD140
AD150
010
Personal Phone Numbers (5)
AD010
AD020
AD030
AD040
AD050
020
Personal Web Page URL
AD160
010
Street Line 1
AD240
003
Street Line 2
AD245
003
For US Addresses
City
AD250
State or Province
AD255
Zip or Postal Code
AD260
Country
AD263
Phone Number
AD265
003
Table 11-15 Application Information on SIS Screens (continued)
February 2005
11-71
11 Admissions
Field
DBD Element
SIS Screen
City
AD250
003
Region
AD257
Postal Code
AD260
Country
AD263
Phone Number
AD265
Emergency Contact
Name
AMA11
Relationship
AMA12
Street Line 1
AD240
Street Line 2
AD245
017
For US Addresses
City
AD250
State or Province
AD255
Zip or Postal Code
AD260
Country
AD263
Phone Number
AD265
AMA13
Personal Phone Type
AMA14
017
City
AD250
Region
AD257
Postal Code
AD260
Country
AD263
Phone Number
AD265
AMA13
Personal Phone Type
AMA14
017
11-72
February 2005
11 Admissions
Field
DBD Element
SIS Screen
Intended Program
Preferred Major
MM330
Preferred College
MM320
Degree
MM325
206, 2G6, 2U6
Alternate Program
Alternate Major
MM400
Alternate College
MM396
Alternate Degree
MM398
Intended Minor
MM350
Special Program
MM365
Citizen of
AA015
103, 206, 2G6, 2U6
Resident Status
MM523
206, 2G6, 2U6
Full-time/Part-time
MM505
Applying for Early Decision
MM56I
2U6
Applying for Financial Aid
MM56C
2G6, 2U6
Housing Intentions
MM55C
206, 2G6, 2U6
Previously Applied to University
AA03N
2G6, 2U6
Name you previously applied under
AA03M
Previously Attended University
MM55A
Name you previously attended under
AA03L
Start Date of Previous Attendance
MM55B
206, 2U6
206, 2G6, 2U6
February 2005
11-73
11 Admissions
Field
DBD Element
SIS Screen
High School History
Name*
AI015 or RB610
City*
AI045 or RB630
State*
AI050 or RB635
Country*
AI060 or RB645
213
Attended - From Date
RB115
2U6, 209
Attended - To Date
RB120
GPA
RB145
209
Diploma Received
RB125
2U6, 209
College History
Name*
AI015 or RB610
City*
AI045 or RB630
State*
AI050 or RB635
Country*
AI060 or RB645
213
Attended - From Date
RB310
211, 2G6
Attended - To Date
RB315
Hours Earned
RB335
GPA
RB349
Diploma Received
RB325
211, 2G6
Degree Sought
RB320
211, 2G6
211
* Depending on the school name and address information specified by an applicant,
the school information viewed on the SIS screens will either come from your
institution’s AIFILE or RBFILE. If the applicant specifies a school that is not
listed in your institution’s AIFILE, the school name and address information will
be recorded in (and displayed from) your institution’s RBFILE.
11-74
February 2005
11 Admissions
Field
DBD Element
SIS Screen
Residency and Citizenship - US Citizens
Residency at Birth
County of Birth
AA01H
State of Birth
AA01F
Country of Birth
AA01G
007
Residency at First Admission
County of Origin
AA017
007, 103
State of Origin
AA016
007, 103
Country of Origin
AA02D
007
Street Line 1
AD240
003
Street Line 2
AD245
Previous Legal Address
For US or Canadian Addresses
City
AD250
State or Province
AD255
Zip or Postal Code
AD260
Country
AD263
003
City
AD250
Region
AD257
Postal Code
AD260
Country
AD263
003
Prior Legal Address
Street Line 1
AD240
Street Line 2
AD245
003
City
AD250
State or Province
AD255
Zip or Postal Code
AD260
Country
AD263
003
February 2005
11-75
11 Admissions
Field
DBD Element
SIS Screen
City
AD250
003
Region
AD257
Postal Code
AD260
Country
AD263
Residency and Citizenship - International Applicants
Native Country
AA01G
007
Permanent Resident of US?
AMD34
009
Permanent Residence Number
AMD35
Presently Living in the US?
AMD38
Date of Entry to US
AMD43
Visa Type
AMD30
007, 009, 103, 2G6,
2U6, 216
Visa Issuance Date
AMD32
009
Visa Expiration Date
AMD33
009, 103, 2G6, 2U6,
216
I-20 From Another Institution
AMD39
009
SEVIS Number Assigned
AMD21
SEVIS Number
AMD20
Personal References
Name
AMB23
Relationship
AMB24
Title
AMB25
School or Company Name
AMB26
Street Line 1
AMB28
Street Line 2
AMB29
2PR
City
AMB30
State or Province
AMB31
Zip or Postal Code
AMB33
Country
AMB34
Phone Number
AMB35
2PR
11-76
February 2005
11 Admissions
Field
DBD Element
SIS Screen
City
AMB30
2PR
Region
AMB32
Postal Code
AMB33
Country
AMB34
Phone Number
AMB35
E-mail Address
AMB27
Employment History
AMC20
AMC21
AMC24
Your Title
AMC22
Company Name
AMC26
Contact Name
AMC23
AMC25
AMC27
Street Line 1
AMC28
Street Line 2
AMC29
021
City
AMC30
State or Province
AMC31
Zip or Postal Code
AMC33
Country
AMC34
021
City
AMC30
Region
AMC32
Postal Code
AMC33
Country
AMC34
Phone Number
021
AMC35
February 2005
11-77
11 Admissions
You can also use Screen 222 (Web Application Scroll) to view a list of
the applications that have been submitted via the Web.
Figure 11-64 Web Application Scroll Screen (222)
On Screen 222, specify the Term for which you want to view
applications and enter the WEB Status as S (Submitted to institution
via the Web).
11-78
February 2005
12 Parent or Guest Payment
Functional Overview
This chapter discusses the Parent or Guest Payment feature of SCT
Plus Student Self-Service and how to access it.
Functional Overview
The Parent or Guest Payment feature of Student Self-Service allows
students’ parents or guests to make a credit card payment toward their
account at your institution.
Set Parent/Guest Payment to Y on Screen WT1 to allow security
access to this feature.
February 2005
12-1
Setting the Payment Subcodes and Term
Setting the Payment Subcodes and Term
Student Self-Service, you set the Parent or Guest Payment options on
Screen W22 (Student Records 2).
• The subcodes for the types of credit cards your institution will accept
for making payments via the Parent or Guest Payment feature.
• If Payment Term is D, parents/guests can only make payments for
the default term (the current term for the student’s academic unit). If
Payment Term is S, they can select the term.
If Payment Term is set to S and more than one term falls within the
PAR/GST PAY Bgn/End dates specified on Screen W01, parents/
guests will be asked to select the term for which they are making their
payment.
Figure 12-3 Web Term Calendar (W01) screen
12-2
February 2005
Making a Payment Toward a Student’s Account
A parent or guest of a student will follow these steps in order to make a
payment toward a student’s account:
1. Select Parent or Guest Payment on the Student Self-Service
home page.
2. Enter the ID number and birth date of the student for whom he/she
wants to make a payment and select
.
Figure 12-4 Parent or Guest Payment Student Identification page
3. Verify the name of the student. If the correct student name is not
displayed, the parent or guest needs to log in again using the correct
Student ID.
Figure 12-5 Parent or Guest Payment Student ID Confirmation page
4. Select the term for which he/she is making the payment (only if
your school is allowing parents/guests to select the term for which
they are making a payment and more than one term falls within the
dates for which you are allowing parent or guest payments).
5. Select
February 2005
.
12-3
6. Enter the amount of the payment and the credit card information,
and select
.
Figure 12-6 Parent or Guest Credit Card Payment page
7. Verify and print the credit card payment information.
Figure 12-7 Parent or Guest Credit Card Payment Receipt page
The Display Login ID on All Credit Card Receipts on Screen
W22 (Student Records 2) determines whether the Login ID is
displayed on the Parent or Guest Credit Card Payment Receipt (and
on all other credit card payment receipts).
12-4
February 2005
13 Creating Test and Production Web Environments
This chapter includes instructions for setting up a test Web/Kiosk/
Voice environment when using a TCP/IP connection to the Plus
mainframe, and all of the following assumptions are true:
• The test and the production T-Serves are on the same machine, and
the test and production Web Servers are on the same machine, but the
T-Serves need not be on the same machine as the Web Servers.
• The Host test and production databases are located in separate Host
accounts (DEC) or CICS regions (IBM or AIX).
• Your first environment is up and running (after completing the setup
instructions in Chapter 3) and will be your production environment.
The new environment you are adding will be your test environment.
• You are running TouchNet T-Serve, Version 3.0 or higher.
• The operating system syntax is for Windows NT. For the most part,
this means that all backward slashes (\) will be a forward slash (/)
when installing on a Solaris or AIX T-Serve/Web server machine.
(All other NT versus UNIX differences are noted.)
February 2005
13-1
Setting up the Web Server Test Environment
Setting up the Web Server Test Environment
Complete these steps to set up the Web Server in your test
environment:
1. Depending on which Plus product you are setting up in the test
environment, create a duplicate ia-bin, fac-bin, hr-bin, or ad-bin
directory.
2. The webdocs directory (and all the directories below it) can be
shared by all Plus products in your test environment. Create test
webdocs, webdocs\gifs, webdocs\css, webdocs\help, and
webdocs\script directories. Then copy the contents of the
production version of these directories to the new test directories.
3. Configure your Web Server to reference the new entry point into
the test product (i.e., the test home page in the test webdocs
directory).
4. Modify the TSRVWEB.INI file in the test ia-bin, fac-bin, hr-bin, or
ad-bin directory, as follows:
• Change the value for &Port from 8000 to 8001.
• Change the value for &ClientId from webserve to webservet.
13-2
February 2005
Setting up the T-Serve Test Environment
Complete these steps to set up T-Serve in your test environment:
1. Create duplicate tserve, tserve\bin, and tserve\data directories.
Then copy the contents of the production version into the new test
directories.
2. For UNIX environments, create a duplicate tserve/lib directory.
Then copy the contents of the production version into the new test
directory.
3. For Kiosk for Students or TouchNet Voice, modify the SCT table
load command files in the new tserve\bin directory. The command
files will have a file extension of *.bat (if your T-Serve is on
Windows NT), or no file extension (if your T-Serve is on Sun or
AIX).
Student
Self-Service
In EACH of the files:
billtrms_0
1. Change the -p parameter from 8000 to 8001.
madmterm_0
2. Change the -c parameter from tserve to tservet.
rcareers_0
3. Change the -f parameter to reflect the complete path to the
new tserve\data*.tdt files.
regterms_0
rgrdterm_0
rschdtrm_0
rstuschd_0
rsubjtbl_0
sawdyear_0
sistabls_0
Table 13-1 Setting Student Self-Service files
February 2005
13-3
4. Modify the new tserve\data\clientid.txt file, as follows:
• Change webserve to webservet.
• Change the IP address to that of your test Web Server.
• Change tserve to tservet.
• Change admin to admint.
5. Modify the new tserve\data\serverid.txt file, as follows:
• Change tipmgr to tipmgrt.
• For the Self-Service product(s) you are running, modify the
specified file and verify that each entry contains the correct
mainframe IP address:
For:
Change:
To:
Alumni and Friends Self-Service
adweb
adwebt
Employee Self-Service
hrweb
hrwebt
Faculty and Advisor Self-Service
facweb
facwebt
iaweb
iawebt
Table 13-2 serverid.txt File Changes
6. For Alumni and Friends Self-Service, complete the following
steps:
• Change the port from 8110 to 8111, and then verify that the IP
address on that entry is the one for your T-Serve machine.
• Change all 3 occurrences of plusweb to pluswebt.
• For the pluswebt entry that contains an IP address, verify that the
IP address is correct for your T-Serve machine.
13-4
February 2005
7. Modify the new tserve\data\trxattrs.txt file, as follows:
• Change all occurrences of tipmgr to tipmgrt.
• For the Self-Service product(s) you are running, change all
occurrences, as specified:
For:
Change:
To:
Alumni and Friends Self-Service
adweb
adwebt
Employee Self-Service
hrweb
hrwebt
Faculty and Advisor Self-Service
facweb
facwebt
iaweb
iawebt
Table 13-3 trxattrs.txt File Changes
• If you are creating a test Payment Gateway for Student or
Alumni Self-Service credit card payments, in transactions 1405
and 4017, change the -H parameter to the test Payment Gateway
machine IP address. Also, change the -C parameter to the Client
ID name of the test T-Serve machine (just as it was entered in the
clientid.txt table on the Payment Gateway machine).
• For Alumni and Friends Self-Service, change all the occurrences
of plusweb to pluswebt. In all the muxtrans between 4000 and
4999, change the -p parameter from 8000 to 8001, and the -c
parameter from tserve to tservet.
February 2005
13-5
8. Modify the TouchNet T-Serve process startup command files in the
new tserve\bin directory. (For NT, these files will have a .bat file
extension. For UNIX, they will not have any file extension.)
For File:
proxy
Change:
From:
To:
-p parameter
8100
8101
-n parameter
tsrvtcp
tsrvtcpt
-P parameter
8000
8001
-a parameter
admin
admint
texit
Depending on your version of T-Serve,
modify the paths to reflect the location of
the T-Serve directories.
tip or tipm
(TIP Manager Command File)
Modify the path to the test tserve\bin
directory.
-n parameter
tipmgr
tipmgrt
Modify the -d parameter to the path to the
tserve\data directory.
tmgr
-p parameter
8000
8001
-a parameter
admin
admint
Modify the path to the test tserv\bin
directory.
-p parameter
8000
8001
-a parameter
admin
admint
Modify the -d parameter to the path to the
test tserv\data directory.
Table 13-4 TouchNet T-Serve Command File Changes
13-6
February 2005
Setting up the Host (Mainframe) Environment
Follow the steps for setting up the Host (mainframe) environment on
IBM and/or AIX machines or DEC machines, as specified below.
For IBM and/or AIX Machines
1. Follow the instructions in the Installation Guide for setting up the
Host environment. You will install in your test CICS region.
2. Modify the programs, as specified in the following table:
For:
In Program:
Alumni and Friends
Self-Service
TPRMWEB4
Employee
Self-Service
TPRMWEB3
Faculty and
Advisor SelfService
TPRMWEB2
Student
Self-Service
TPRMWEB1
Change:
From:
To:
SERVERNAME
adweb
adwebt
PORT
8100
8101
SERVERNAME
hrweb
hrwebt
PORT
8100
8101
SERVERNAME
facweb
facwebt
PORT
8100
8101
SERVERNAME
iaweb
iawebt
PORT
8100
8101
Table 13-5 IBM and/or AIX Host File Changes
February 2005
13-7
For DEC Machines
1. Follow the instructions in the Installation Guide for setting up the
Host environment. You will create a separate host account.
2. Modify the LOGIN_THOST.COM file, as follows:At the bottom of
For:
Change:
From:
To:
Alumni and Friends
Self-Service
THOSTALM symbol host ID
adweb
adwebt
Host PORT number
8100
8101
Employee
Self-Service
THOSTEMP symbol host ID
hrweb
hrwebt
Host PORT number
8100
8101
Faculty and
Advisor SelfService
THOSTFAC symbol host ID
facweb
facwebt
Host PORT number
8100
8101
Student
Self-Service
THOSTSTU symbol host ID
iaweb
iawebt
Host PORT number
8100
8101
Table 13-6 DEC Host File Changes
the LOGIN_THOST.COM file, modify the names of the COM files
so they define your test ZSS, SIS, HRS, and ADS files.
13-8
February 2005
14 SCT Plus Student Self-Service Programs
General Program Options
This chapter provides functional and technical information for the
programs in the SCT Plus Student Self-Service application.
General Program Options
In addition to selecting the options used by each program, your
institution can also specify general options which are used by several
programs.
Option
on Screen
Case
W02
Description
Specify whether data is to be passed unchanged (in
mixed case) or converted to upper case before
updating the SIS System.
• Case is delivered without a value.
• If you specify a value for Case, it will override the
SIS AC-IN-CASE parameter (TBL-IN-CASE
parameter in loaded tables).
Term Sort
Name
Order
W02
W20
Y
Mixed case
N
Upper case
Specify the order in which terms are to be displayed
in list boxes on Web pages:
A
Ascending order, oldest term displayed first
D
Descending order, most recent term displayed
first (default)
Specify how names are to be displayed in Web page
headings:
1
First, middle, last name (default)
2
Last, first, middle name
Table 14-1 General Program Options
February 2005
14-1
Program Listing
Program Listing
The following is a list of the programs in SCT Plus Student SelfService. The programs are listed in alphabetical order by program
name.
Program
Name
Refer to
Page
Campus Pipeline/Luminis Profile Extract
ABKGEM
14-4
Luminis Data Integration Extract
ABKLDI
14-6
WebCT Profile Extract
ABKLSE
14-10
AAFILE Update
AZKAAU
14-13
Address Display/Update
AZKADR
14-14
Advisor Display
AZKADV
14-15
AMFILE Update
AZKAMU
14-16
Student Holds
AZKHLD
14-17
Marital Status Display
AZKMSR
14-18
Marital Status Update
AZKMSU
14-18
Change PIN
AZKPIN
14-19
Table Load
AZKTBL
14-20
AZKVPA
14-23
Verify Student
AZKVST
14-24
Student Account Balance
BZKBIL
14-25
Credit Card Payment
BZKCCU
14-29
Additional Services
BZKOPT
14-35
Billing Tuition Calculation
BZKTCL
14-36
TRA 1098-T Form Display
BZKTRA
14-37
TRA Tax Year Selection
BZKTXY
14-38
Degree Audit
DZKAUD
14-39
Admissions Review Application
MZKADM
14-41
Client Requirements
MZKCRQ
14-44
Admissions Navigation
MZKDIR
14-45
Program Function
Table 14-2 SCT Plus Student Self-Service Programs
14-2
February 2005
Program Listing
Program
Name
Refer to
Page
Employment History
MZKEMP
14-46
Previous High School and College
MZKHCL
14-47
Admissions Create Account
MZKINT
14-48
Name and Personal Information
MZKNAM
14-49
Enrollment Intentions & Select Application
MZKPGM
14-50
Admissions Prospect
MZKPRO
14-51
Personal References
MZKREF
14-52
Residency and Citizenship
MZKRES
14-52
Submit Application
MZKSAP
14-53
Identity Verification and Create PIN
MZKVST
14-55
Course Catalog
RZKCAT
14-56
Course Availability
RZKCRS
14-58
Grading
RZKFGR
14-60
Grade Report
RZKGRD
14-61
RZKOTR
14-63
Registration
RZKREG
14-68
Student Schedule
RZKSCD
14-70
Detailed Schedule
RZKSCH
14-71
Registration Status
RZKSRS
14-73
Transfer Credit
RZKTCD
14-74
RZKTRN
14-75
RZKTSC
14-77
Accept Awards
SZKACC
14-78
Financial Aid Applicant Award Information
SZKAWD
14-82
Cost of Attendance
SZKCOA
14-85
Academic Progress
SZKPRO
14-86
SZKSUM
14-87
SZKTRK
14-88
Unofficial Financial Aid Transcript
SZKTRN
14-92
Program Function
Table 14-2 SCT Plus Student Self-Service Programs (continued)
February 2005
14-3
Campus Pipeline/Luminis Profile Extract Program (ABKGEM)
The Campus Pipeline/Luminis Profile Extract Program (ABKGEM)
extracts biographic and demographic profile data from SIS for use with
the Campus Pipeline/Luminis-enabled versions of Student Self-Service
and Faculty and Advisor Self-Service. This program is executed on the
host machine.
ABKGEM extracts profile data for all students and faculty members
with a valid Web PIN in SIS. Additionally, this program extracts all
necessary course-related data for students enrolled in the specified
term. The output file, XMLFIL, is an XML format file to be transmitted
to the Campus Pipeline/Luminis data repository.
ABKGEM must be run during Campus Pipeline/Luminis integration.
Your institution should determine how often to run ABKGEM (at least
once for each new term). Refer to On-line Reference Topic ID
ABKGEMBP in SCT Plus SIS for more information.
Program Parameters to Enter
Program parameter values must be modified in the parameter file
ABKGEM.PRM for the IBM AIX platform, or AJKGEM for DEC or
IBM MVS/VSE platforms.
Parameter Attribute
Required
TERM
Description
The term for which data is to be extracted. The format is
YYT (e.g., 99F for Fall 1999). Valid values are from data
element A 020.
If the same time period is defined by more than one term
code for different academic units on the Term Calendar
screen (CAL), use the optional TERM1-6 parameters to
specify the other terms.
TERM1
TERM2
TERM3
TERM4
TERM5
TERM6
Optional
Only use these optional TERM1-6 parameters (format YYT)
if different academic units use different term codes for the
same time period (as specified on the CAL screen).
For example, an institution may define the spring term as
99S for Academic Unit C (Main Campus), but as 991 for
Academic Unit L (Law School). Since both terms are
within the same time period, you would need to extract
data for both terms.
Table 14-3 CP Profile Extract Program (ABKGEM) Parameters
14-4
February 2005
Parameter Attribute
OPTION2
Optional
Description
Specify whether data is to be extracted about Users
(students and faculty members) and/or Courses (all
sections for the specified terms).
U Users
C Courses
B Users & Courses
N Do not extract User or Course data
OPTION3
Optional
Specify whether data is to be extracted about enrolled
courses and/or instructional assignments, or student
majors.
E Enrolled courses
I
Instructional assignments
B Enrolled courses & Instructional assignments (default)
M Student Majors
N Do not extract Other Term Data
OPTION4
Optional
Specify whether course meeting data is to be extracted for
display on students’ and faculty members’ calendars via
Campus Pipeline/Luminis.
Y Extract course meeting information (course reference #
and term, meeting days, meeting start and end times,
building and room, and course start and end dates).
N Do not extract course meeting information.
OPTION5
Optional
If you set OPTION2 to U or B, specify whether data is only
to be extracted for students and faculty whose IDs are
listed in the WORKFL input file. To generate the list of IDs
(e.g., IDs of all freshmen), use a software tool (e.g.,
FOCUS) or manually list the IDs in a file named WORKFL,
as follows:
• Leave the first line of the WORKFL file blank
• Enter one ID per line and leave the first position of each
line blank
Y Only extract data for the faculty/student IDs listed in
the WORKFL file.
N Extract data for all students and faculty members.
Table 14-3 CP Profile Extract Program (ABKGEM) Parameters (continued)
February 2005
14-5
Student/Faculty Luminis Data Integration Extract Program (ABKLDI)
The Student/Faculty Luminis Data Integration Extract program
(ABKLDI) extracts biographic and demographic profile data from SIS
for use with the external systems that accept the Luminis Data
Integration (LDI) protocol. These systems include SCT Luminis,
WebCT Campus Edition, WebCT Vista, SCT TracDat by Nuventive,
iWebfolio, and Blackboard. You can use this extract in conjunction
with events to synchronize data between SIS and the external systems.
This program is executed on the host machine.
ABKLDI extracts profile data for all students and faculty with a valid
Web PIN number in SIS. You can choose to extract information about
course sections, course section cross-listings, faculty assignments,
student enrollment, course inventory, colleges, departments, and
department faculty.
During LDI integration you must run ABKLDI and load the XML
output file into each external system that will be part of your LDI
solution. You can run ABKLDI once to create a single XML output file
or you can run it multiple times creating a separate XML output file for
each integrated external system. Your institution will also need to
determine the frequency of subsequent program runs, minimally once
for each new term. Refer to On-line Reference Topic ABKLDIBP in
SCT Plus SIS for more information.
ABKLDI.PRM for the IBM AIX platform, or AJKLDI for DEC or IBM
MVS/VSE platforms.
Parameter
TERM
Attribute
Description
Required
The term for which data is to be extracted. The format
is YYT (e.g., 04F for Fall 2004). Valid values are from
data element A 020.
If the same time period is defined by more than one
term code for different academic units on the Term
Calendar screen (CAL), use the optional TERM1-6
keywords to specify the other terms.
Table 14-4 LDI Extract (ABKLDI) Parameters
14-6
February 2005
Parameter
Attribute
Description
TERM1
TERM2
TERM3
TERM4
TERM5
TERM6
Optional
Only use these optional TERM1-6 parameters (format
YYT) if different academic units use different term
codes for the same time period (as specified on the CAL
OPTION1
Optional
screen).
For example, an institution may define the spring term
as 04S for Academic Unit C (Main Campus), but as 041
for Academic Unit L (Law School). Since both terms
are within the same time period, you would need to
extract data for both terms.
Specify whether data is to be extracted about students
and/or faculty members. You can enter multiple values.
F
Extract faculty members only.
S
Extract students only.
B Extract faculty and students.
N Do not extract faculty or students (default). Do not
use this value in combination with any other
OPTION1 value except L or the program will abort.
T Only extract students who are eligible for
enrollment and faculty who are assigned to teach in
the specified term. You must use this value in
combination with another OPTION1 value.
L Only extract students and faculty who are specified
in the WORKFL file. You can use this value in
combination with another OPTION1 value:
• LB will extract information for every person in
the WORKFL who has a student and/or faculty
role.
• LF will extract information for every person in
the WORKFL who has a faculty role.
• LS will extract information for every person in
the WORKFL who has a student role.
• LN will not extract any person data. Use the
WORKFL to limit faculty assignments (OPTION4),
student enrollments (OPTION5), and faculty
members (OPTION7) if requested.
To generate the list of student and/or faculty IDs
(e.g., IDs of all instructors in the English
department), use a software tool (e.g., FOCUS) or
manually list the IDs in the WORKFL file, as
follows:
• Enter one ID per line
• Leave the first position of each line blank
Table 14-4 LDI Extract (ABKLDI) Parameters (continued)
February 2005
14-7
Parameter
OPTION2
Attribute
Optional
Description
Specify whether data is to be extracted about course
sections.
Y Extract data for all course sections for the specified
term(s).
N Do not extract any course section data (default).
L Only extract data for course sections which have a
valid delivery code for the specified term(s).
S
OPTION3
Optional
Only extract data for course sections which have
the delivery codes specified in the USERCODES
parameter for the specified term(s).
Specify whether data is to be extracted for cross-listed
course sections.
Y Extract all cross-listing information for the
specified term(s).
N Do not extract cross-listing information (default).
L Only extract cross-listing data for those course
sections which have a valid delivery code for the
specified term(s).
S
OPTION4
Optional
Only extract cross-listing data for course sections
which have the delivery codes specified in the
USERCODES parameter for the specified term(s).
Specify whether data is to be extracted about faculty
assignments. If you set OPTION1=L, faculty
assignment data will only be extracted for the faculty
IDs listed in the WORKFL.
Y Extract information for all faculty assignments for
the specified term(s).
N Do not extract faculty assignment information
(default).
L Only extract faculty assignment data for those
courses which have a valid delivery code for the
specified term(s).
S
Only extract faculty assignment data for course
sections which have the delivery codes specified in
the USERCODES parameter for the specified
term(s).
14-8
February 2005
Parameter
OPTION5
Attribute
Description
Optional
Specify whether student enrollment data is to be
extracted. If you set OPTION1=L, student enrollment
data will only be extracted for the student IDs listed in
the WORKFL.
Y Only extract student enrollment data for the
specified term(s).
N Do not extract student enrollment data (default).
L Only extract student enrollment data for those
courses which have a valid delivery code for the
specified term(s).
S
OPTION6
Optional
Only extract student enrollment data for course
sections which have the delivery codes specified in
the USERCODES parameter for the specified
term(s).
Specify whether course inventory data is to be
extracted.
A Extract all approved course inventory data for the
specified term(s).
Y Extract all course inventory data for the specified
term(s).
N Do not extract course inventory information
(default).
OPTION7
Optional
Specify whether college, department, and department
faculty data should be extracted. If you set
OPTION1=L, department faculty data will only be
extracted for the faculty IDs listed in the WORKFL.
C Extract information for all colleges.
D Extract information for all departments.
F
Extract information for all departments and their
faculty members.
B Extract college and department information.
A Extract all information for colleges, departments,
and department faculty members.
N Do not extract any college, department, or faculty
member information (default).
February 2005
14-9
WebCT Profile Extract Program (ABKLSE)
Parameter
Attribute
USERCODES
Required
*
Description
* This parameter is required if you set OPTION2,
OPTION3, OPTION4, or OPTION5 to S.
Specify valid section delivery codes for which course
section (OPTION2), cross-listing (OPTION3), faculty
assignments (OPTION4), and/or student enrollment
(OPTION5) information is to be extracted.
When specifying more than one section delivery code,
separate them by a space (e.g., WC BB).
The WebCT Profile Extract Program (ABKLSE) extracts personal and
course data from SIS for use with WebCT. ABKLSE is executed on the
host machine.
ABKLSE extracts profile data for students and faculty members with a
valid Web PIN in SIS. Additionally, this program extracts courserelated data for the specified terms. The output file, XMLFIL, is an IMScompliant XML format file which will be transmitted to the WebCT
data repository.
ABKLSE must be run initially during WebCT integration. Your
institution should determine how often to run ABKLSE (at least once
for each new term) in order to maintain data synchronization. Refer to
On-line Reference Topic ID ABKLSEBP in SCT Plus SIS for more
information.
14-10
February 2005
ABKLSE.PRM for the IBM AIX platform, or AJKLSE for DEC or IBM
MVS/VSE platforms.
Parameter Attribute
TERM
Required
Description
The term for which data is to be extracted. The format is
YYT (e.g., 99F for Fall 1999). Valid values are from data
element A 020.
If the same time period is defined by more than one term
code for different academic units on the Term Calendar
screen (CAL), use the optional TERM1-6 parameters to
specify the other terms.
TERM1
TERM2
TERM3
TERM4
TERM5
TERM6
Optional
OPTION2
Optional
Only use these optional TERM1-6 parameters (format
YYT) if different academic units use different term codes
for the same time period (as specified on the CAL screen).
For example, an institution may define the spring term as
99S for Academic Unit C (Main Campus), but as 991 for
Academic Unit L (Law School). Since both terms are
within the same time period, you would need to extract
data for both terms.
Select the students for which data is to be extracted.
Y All students with valid PINs (default)
L Students who are eligible to enroll during the specified
term(s)
N Do not extract data for any students
OPTION3
Optional
Select the faculty members for which data is to be
extracted.
Y All faculty members with valid PINs (default)
L Faculty members who are assigned to courses offered
during the specified term(s). (This option will require
more time to run.)
N Do not extract data for any faculty members
Table 14-5 WebCT Profile Extract (ABKLSE) Parameters
February 2005
14-11
Parameter Attribute
OPTION4
Optional
Description
Select the course sections for which data is to be extracted.
Y All course sections offered during the specified
term(s) (default)
L All course sections that have a Delivery Code
(RC186) assigned on the Course Section Maintenance
Screen (129).
N Do not extract data for any course sections
S Course sections with the Delivery Code values
specified with the USERCODE parameter. (In order to
use this option, you must list at least one value for the
USERCODE parameter.)
OPTION5
Optional
Specify whether instructor assignment data is to be
extracted for the course sections listed with OPTION4. If
OPTION4=N, instructor assignment data will be extracted
for all course sections, regardless of the Delivery Code
values specified with the USERCODE parameter.
Y Extract instructor assignment data
N Do not extract instructor assignment data
OPTION6
Optional
Specify whether student enrollment data is to be extracted
for the course sections listed with OPTION4. If
OPTION4=N, student enrollment data will be extracted for
all course sections, regardless of the Delivery Code values
specified with the USERCODE parameter.
Y Extract student enrollment data
N Do not extract student enrollment data
OPTION7
Optional
Specify whether data is only to be extracted for the student
and/or faculty IDs listed in the WORKFL input file. To
generate the list of IDs (e.g., IDs of all freshmen), use a
software tool (e.g., FOCUS) or manually list the IDs in the
WORKFL file, as follows:
• Leave the first line of the WORKFL file blank
• Enter one ID per line and leave the first position of each
line blank
Y Only extract data for the faculty/student IDs listed in
the WORKFL file.
N Do not use the IDs listed in the WORKFL file to
determine which information is to be extracted.
USERCODE Optional
If you set OPTION4=S, specify the Delivery Code values
for the course section data to be extracted. Specify
USERCODE=WC to select only WebCT courses.
Table 14-5 WebCT Profile Extract (ABKLSE) Parameters (continued)
14-12
February 2005
AAFILE Update Program (AZKAAU)
AAFILE Update Program (AZKAAU)
The AAFILE Update program (AZKAAU) adds or updates information
in the Attributes File (AAFILE) according to data entered by students
via the Web. Currently, AZKAAU updates the AAFILE with the
student’s expected graduation term and graduation checkout request, as
specified via the Graduation Information feature.
The Web page displays the current information to update. When the
student clicks the Submit button, the new information is edited and is
stored in the Attributes File (AAFILE).
AZKAAU extracts the information needed, using inquiry mode to
generate the update. Then AZKAAU sends the results to the Web
Common Gateway Interface (CGI) program for merging with the
HTML.
Required Program Input
The required input for the AAFILE Update program includes:
• Access indicator (W for Web, K for Kiosk)
• Student ID
• Student PIN
February 2005
14-13
Address Display/Update Program (AZKADR)
Address Display/Update Program (AZKADR)
The Address Display/Update program (AZKADR) provides information
to the Addresses, Personal Phone Numbers, and E-mail Addresses/
Personal Web Page options, and updates specified address data for
different mailing address types, e-mail addresses, and personal phone
numbers.
Option
Mailing
Addresses
Description
On the Web Specifications Screen (W20), your institution specifies
which address types your students can view/update.
A student chooses the Addresses option on the Personal Information
menu and AZKADR displays a list of his/her mailing addresses. The
student then selects the address type to view/update (including
information about next of kin and emergency contacts). Students can
also Add a new address. AZKADR will record any address changes
in SIS.
E-mail
Addresses
On the Web Specifications Screen (W20), your institution specifies
which e-mail address types your students can view/update.
A student chooses the E-mail Addresses/Personal Web Page option
on the Personal Information menu and updates his/her e-mail
address(es) and/or Personal Web page URL. AZKADR will record
any e-mail address changes in SIS.
Personal
Phone
Numbers
A student chooses the Personal Phone Numbers option on the
Personal Information menu and updates his/her personal phone
numbers. AZKADR will record any phone number changes in SIS.
Table 14-6 Description of Address Types
The required input for the Address Display/Update program includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
• Mailing Address Type
• E-mail Type
• Personal Phone Type
14-14
February 2005
Advisor Display Program (AZKADV)
Advisor Display Program (AZKADV)
The Advisor Display program (AZKADV) displays a list of the faculty
members who have been assigned as the student’s primary and
secondary advisors and/or faculty members who are in the advisor
group assigned to the student.
The required input for the Address Display/Update program includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
February 2005
14-15
AMFILE Update Program (AZKAMU)
AMFILE Update Program (AZKAMU)
The AMFILE Update program (AZKAMU) updates information in the
AMFILE (including students’ bank account information) according to
data entered by students via the Web. The Web page displays the
current information to update. When the student clicks the Submit
button, the new information is edited and is stored in SIS.
AZKAMU extracts the information needed, using inquiry mode to
generate the update. Then AZKAMU sends the results to the Web
HTML.
The required input for the AMFILE Update program includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
The following Program parameter value should be set on Screen W21
(Student Records 1).
Parameter
Bank Account
Information
Name
Attribute
Optional
Valid Values
Y
Display the student’s name on the Bank
Account Information page (default).
N
Do not display the student’s name.
Table 14-7 AMFILE Update Program (AZKAMU) Parameter
14-16
February 2005
Student Holds Program (AZKHLD)
Student Holds Program (AZKHLD)
The Holds program (AZKHLD) displays information about any holds
your institution has placed on a student’s record (hold type, reason for
hold, effective term, waived term, and entry office).
• If no holds exist on the student’s record, AZKHLD displays a “No
holds” message.
• AZKHLD does not display general holds (Hold Type G).
• AZKHLD does not display the Hold Reason for holds that carry a
Privacy Code.
The required input for the Student Holds program includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
• Term
Program parameter values must be set on Screen W22 (Student
Records 2).
Parameter
Effective Term
Waived Term
Originating
Office
Attribute
Required
Required
Required
Valid Values
Y
Display the effective term on the Holds
page (default).
N
Do not display the effective term.
Y
Display the waived term on the Holds page
(default).
N
Do not display the waived term.
Y
Display the name of the office that
originated the hold (default).
N
Do not display the name of the office that
originated the hold.
Table 14-8 Student Holds Program (AZKHLD) Parameters
February 2005
14-17
Marital Status Display Program (AZKMSR)
Marital Status Display Program (AZKMSR)
The Marital Status Display program (AZKMSR) displays the student’s
current marital status. AZKMSR extracts the necessary information
from the Attributes File (AAFILE), using inquiry mode to generate the
Marital Status Display. AZKMSR then sends the results to the Web
HTML.
The required input for the Marital Status Display program includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
Marital Status Update Program (AZKMSU)
The Marital Status Update program (AZKMSU) adds or updates the
student’s current marital status. The Update Marital Status page
displays the current status information to update. When the student
clicks the Submit button, the new information is edited and is stored in
the Attributes File (AAFILE).
AZKMSU extracts the information needed, using inquiry mode to
generate the Marital Status Update. Then AZKMSU sends the results to
the Web Common Gateway Interface (CGI) program for merging with
the HTML.
The required input for the Marital Status Update program includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
14-18
February 2005
Change PIN Program (AZKPIN)
Change PIN Program (AZKPIN)
The Change PIN program (AZKPIN) allows students to change their
personal identification number (PIN). The student must enter his or her
current PIN and a new PIN, and then re-type the new PIN for
verification. If the current PIN matches the PIN on the student’s record
and the new PIN matches the PIN verification, the system updates the
student’s record and displays the message “Your PIN was updated
successfully.” If the entries do not match, the system displays an error
message.
The required input for the Change PIN program includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
• New PIN
• PIN Verification
February 2005
14-19
Table Load Program (AZKTBL)
The Table Load program (AZKTBL) loads tables for Voice and Kiosk,
and determines which terms and award years are available for
selection, and whether the Student Services menu or the Site Map is
displayed after a student logs into Student Self-Service.
Note: The AZKTBL program is also used by Faculty and Advisor
Self-Service. For this application, AZKTBL is used to perform
different functions other than loading tables. For more
information about how AZKTBL is used by Faculty and Advisor
Self-Service, please refer to the corresponding implementation
guide.
Loading Tables for Voice and Kiosk
AZKTBL will load the following tables from SIS into T-Serve for use
for Voice and Kiosk:
• Billing Term Table
• Registration Term Table
• Grade Term Table
• Career Table
• Course Schedule Term Table
• Student Schedule Term Table
• Admissions Term Inquiry Table
• Financial Aid Award Year Table
AZKTBL will load an individual table based on the transaction ID sent
from T-Serve. A special table load Web page is provided to allow your
institution to load a specified table or all tables. This Web page is not
selected from any of the student access pages. The Web URL must be
specified directly or you may choose to add it to another institutional
Web page.
Table data is loaded into the appropriate table data file (*.tdt) on
T-Serve and is available for student access.
14-20
February 2005
Determining Term and Award Year Availability
On the Select Term page, AZKTBL will list the terms that are available
for the various Student Self-Service features that require term selection.
On the Select Award Year page, AZKTBL will list the award years that
are available for viewing/updating financial aid information, as
determined by your setting for Available Award Years on Screen
W26.
Displaying the Main Menu or Site Map
AZKTBL uses the Student Main Menu setting on Screen W02 (Web
Student and Faculty Specifications) to determine whether to display the
Student Services menu or the Site Map after a student logs in. AZKTBL
will also create the list of options to be displayed on the Site Map.
The following program parameter values should be set on Screen W01
(Web Term Calendar), W02 (Web Student and Faculty Specifications),
and W26 (Financial Aid 1).
Parameter
on Screen
Valid Values
Term Availability
Registration:
Begin/End 1*
Begin/End 2*
W01
Along with the Session dates, these dates provide
for two time periods for the term within which
students can register for classes on the Web. These
dates are for Web registration restrictions only and
do not need to be the same as the dates set up for
online registration. If the current date is not in the
add course start/end date ranges, the student cannot
add courses to his/her schedule.
Specify the Begin and End dates in the format MMDD-CCYY. The registration begin and end dates are
also used to control the terms available for the
student schedule display, account summary, and fee
assessment functions.
Billing*
W01
Set to Y to allow students to view their account
summary for the specified term on the Web.
Grading*
W01
Set to Y to allow students to view their grades for
the specified term on the Web.
Course
Schedule*
W01
Set to Y to make the term available for the Course
Sections and Course Section Search features on the
Web.
Table 14-9 Table Load Program (AZKTBL) Parameters
February 2005
14-21
Parameter
Student
Schedule*
on Screen
Valid Values
W01
Set to Y to allow students to view the Student
Schedule, Detailed Schedule, and Registration
Status for the specified term on the Web.
Award Year Availability
Available
Award Years
W26
Specify up to 5 award years for which students can
view/update their financial aid information.
Page Display After Login
Student Main
Menu
W02
Specify whether the Student Services menu or the
Site Map is to be displayed after students log in.
D
S
Display the Student Services menu (default).
Display the Site Map.
* If you update any of these fields, you must perform an SLD table load on your
Host system.
Table 14-9 Table Load Program (AZKTBL) Parameters (continued)
The only required input for the Table Load program is a transaction
code.
14-22
February 2005
Parent/Guest Payment Program (AZKVPA)
Parent/Guest Payment Program (AZKVPA)
The Parent/Guest Payment program (AZKVPA) enables a student’s
parent or guest to enter the required student ID and birth date for the
student for whom they want to make a credit card payment. AZKVPA
then verifies this information against the SIS database to determine
whether the parent or guest should be allowed to make a payment for
the student.
Once AZKVPA has verified the student ID and birth date, the Credit
Card Payment Program (BZKCCU) processes the credit card payment
information.
The required input for the Verify Student program includes:
• Student ID
• Student birth date
February 2005
14-23
Verify Student Program (AZKVST)
Verify Student Program (AZKVST)
The Verify Student program (AZKVST) checks the student ID and PIN
against the SIS database to determine whether the login attempt will be
permitted. The Web display prompts for information needed by
AZKVST, including student ID and PIN. AZKVST reads the necessary
master file information, updates the Web last access date, and returns a
message indicating success or failure of the login attempt. When the
PIN is invalid, the invalid PIN counter is also updated.
Your institution determines the login choices available by setting login
values on the Web Student and Faculty Specifications Screen (W02).
After a student chooses the Login to Student Services or Apply for
Admission option, he/she must enter his/her ID and PIN.
For the Apply for Admission option, AZKVST determines if the
specified SID is listed in the AAFILE.
• If the SID is not listed in the AAFILE, MZKINT will display the
Create Account page.
• If only the SID (no PIN) is in the AAFILE and the Allow Web PIN
Creation option is set to N on Screen WA2, AZKVST asks the
applicant to contact your institution for a PIN.
• If only the SID (no PIN) is in the AAFILE and the Allow Web PIN
Creation option is set to Y on Screen WA2, MZKVST displays the
Identity Verification page.
• If a PIN is listed with the SID in the AAFILE, AZKVST will display
the Login PIN page. AZKVST will then verify the applicant’s PIN. If
the PIN matches what is in the AAFILE for the SID, AZKVST will
display the Select Application Type and Select Term pages (or the
Select Application page if the applicant has more than one
application).
Once the PIN is verified, the system will display the next page. If your
institution is using the Campus-Wide ID (CWID), the system will
display the student’s CWID under either of these conditions:
• If you allow students to use their SSN or CWID to log in, the system
will display their CWID each time they log in with their SSN.
• If you allow students to use their SSN the first time they log in and
then require them to use their CWID thereafter, the system will
display their CWID after they log in the first time.
14-24
February 2005
Student Account Balance Program (BZKBIL)
If your institution chooses to display I Forgot My PIN on the Login
page, AZKVST will also handle user verification by his/her PIN
Question and Answer. After the student enters the exact Answer to the
PIN Question, he/she will be able to change his/her PIN, log in with the
new PIN, and then access Student Self-Service.
The required input for the Verify Student program includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
The Student Account Balance program (BZKBIL) displays the billing
statement and account balance for a specified term. On the Web, a
student is prompted for the information needed for the student account
balance, including student ID, PIN, and term. BZKBIL extracts the
necessary information, using inquiry-only mode to generate the student
account balance. Then BZKBIL sends the data to the Web Common
Gateway Interface (CGI) program for merging with the HTML.
Your institution determines the term choices available by entering Y
(Yes) in the Billing field on the Web Term Calendar Screen (W01). For
any updates to the Billing field to take effect on the Web, you must use
Screen SLD to load the changes.
After a student chooses the Account Summary option from the
Registration menu or the Student Records menu, the billing
information displays on the Web page.
The required input for the Student Account Balance program includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
• Term
February 2005
14-25
Different program parameters need to be entered for the Web and
Kiosk applications. Refer to the separate parameter lists on the
following pages.
Program Parameters to Enter - for Web
Program parameter values must be entered on Screen W22 (Student
Records 2) for Student Self-Service.
Parameter
Disp Due Date
Attribute
Optional
Valid Values
Y
Display the due date on the Account
Summary page (default).
N
Do not display the due date on the Account
Summary page.
Due Date
Optional
Specify the due date (in format MMDDYYYY)
for all student accounts.
Tuition
Calculation
Optional
Specify when tuition calculation is to be
performed.
Name
Optional
View Account
Subcode
Grouping
Y
Always calculate tuition when an Account
Summary is requested (default).
R
Only calculate tuition when Tuition
Calc=Y on Screen 111 (Student Term
Attributes) for the specified term.
N
Do not calculate tuition.
Y
Display the student name on the Account
Summary page (default).
N
Do not display the student name on the
Account Summary page.
Optional
Optional
If blank, all students can view their account
balance on the Account Summary page
(default).
A
Only active students can view the Account
Summary page.
Y
Summarize subcodes into subgroubs in the
Account Summary and display the subcode
group instead of detail lines. If a particular
subcode is not associated with any subcode
group, it is displayed as a subcode detail
line (default).
N
Display every detail subcode line in the
Account Summary.
Table 14-10 Student Account Balance (BZKBIL) Parameters
14-26
February 2005
Program Parameters to Enter - for Kiosk
Program parameter values must be entered in the copybook ACINPM
for BZKBIL. Then BZKBIL must be recompiled (and linked on DEC
machines) to the TouchNet host program.
Parameter
PRINT-SID
(Kiosk only)
PRINT-ADDR
(Kiosk only)
ADDR-TYPE
(Kiosk only)
Attribute
Required
Required
Required ADDRPREF
Valid Values
Y
Student ID is displayed on the screen and
printed on the student balance report.
P
Student ID is not displayed on the screen,
but is printed on the student balance report.
N
Student ID is not displayed on the screen or
printed on the student balance report.
Y
Student address is displayed on the screen
and printed on the student balance report.
P
Student address is not displayed on the
screen, but is printed on the student balance
report.
N
screen or printed on the student balance
report.
The Address type to be printed on the grade
report and displayed on the screen. Multiple
requests are allowed and must be entered in
priority sequence. For example, PB will first
print/display the permanent address, and if none
is found, will print/display the billing address.
Valid values are the same as the values from
Address Type Code, element AD215.
OPTION7
(Kiosk only)
PHONE
(Kiosk only)
Optional,
used with
text
transcript
only
Y
Print only default parameter text.
N
Print specific account text code messages
for specific students.
Optional
#
If the Text Code is entered on screen 404 or 414,
the code will be matched with the corresponding
message text that is submitted as a job input
parameter (default).
The phone number to print with the
message (for example, For Questions
Regarding This Statement, Call nnn-nnnn).
If blank, no message appears.
Table 14-11 Student Account Balance (BZKBIL) Parameters
February 2005
14-27
Parameter
SUBCODESEL
(Kiosk only)
HIGHSUBCODE
(Kiosk only)
Attribute
Required
Required
Valid Values
A
Selects all subcodes; print/display text
message from Text Transactions for all
selected accounts (default).
T
Selects all accounts; print/display text
message from Text Transactions for
accounts with items in the subcode range
specified in the SUBCODEHI and
SUBCODELO fields.
High subcode used for Text Transaction
message displaying/printing.
Subcodes < the subcode entered will have Text
Transaction message displayed/printed if
SUBCODESE=T. (Default is 99999.)
LOW-SUBCODE
(Kiosk only)
Required
Low subcode used for Text Transaction
message displaying/printing.
Subcodes > the subcode entered will have Text
Transaction message displayed/printed if
SUBCODESE=T. (Default is 0001.)
TEXT1
TEXT2
TEXT3
(Kiosk only)
Optional
Three 77-character lines of text to be displayed
on the student’s billing statement.
Table 14-11 Student Account Balance (BZKBIL) Parameters (continued)
Transaction Definitions
Refer to BBB300 in the On-line Reference System for the transaction
definitions for the free-form text.
14-28
February 2005
Credit Card Payment Program (BZKCCU)
The Credit Card Payment program (BZKCCU) allows users to make
payments via the Web using a credit card. A student or their parent/
guest can make payments toward the student’s account, a student can
pay for transcript requests, and applicants can pay the admissions
application fee. Whoever is making the credit card payment must
supply his/her credit card number and expiration date, and the payment
amount.
Before posting a payment to a student’s or applicant’s file, the payment
gateway verifies all information with an external authorization
processor. To allow correct posting of payments, the administrator
must assign subcodes via the program parameters.
The required input for the Credit Card Payment program includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
• Term
• Credit card information
• Current balance
• Account balance
To set up credit card payments for the Account Summary, Parent/Guest
payment, transcript request, and Admissions options, you must enter
the following program parameter values.
Parameter on Screen
Valid Values
Account Summary Credit Card Payment
Default
Subcode
W22
The default payment subcode (greater than 00102) used to
identify credit card payments toward students’ account
summaries. This subcode is only used when Credit Card
Usage=B or D.
Table 14-12 Credit Card Program (BZKCCU) Parameters
February 2005
14-29
Parameter on Screen
Valid Values
Visa
Subcode
W22
The payment subcode (greater than 00102) used to
identify Visa credit card payments made toward students’
account summaries. This subcode is only used when
Credit Card Usage=C or D.
MasterCard
Subcode
W22
identify MasterCard credit card payments made toward
students’ account summaries. This subcode is only used
American
Express
Subcode
W22
identify American Express credit card payments made
toward students’ account summaries. This subcode is only
Discover
Subcode
W22
identify Discover Card credit card payments made toward
students’ account summaries. This subcode is only used
Other Credit
Card
Subcode
W22
identify credit card payments (other than Visa,
MasterCard, AMerican Express, or Discover Card) made
toward students’ account summaries. This subcode is only
Credit Card
Usage
W22
Specify how the credit card subcodes are to be used for
account summary payments:
B
Use the Default Subcode for all credit card types
(and disregard any subcodes entered for individual
credit card types).
C
Only allow use of credit cards for which subcodes
have been specified. This option allows you to
restrict the types of credit cards used to make account
summary payments. If your institution does not
accept a particular credit card, do not specify a
D
Use the subcodes that have been specified for the
various credit card types. Use the Default Subcode
when an individual credit card subcode is not
provided. This option allows you to accept all credit
card types without specifying a subcode for each one.
Table 14-12 Credit Card Program (BZKCCU) Parameters (continued)
14-30
February 2005
Parameter on Screen
Valid Values
Parent/Guest Credit Card Payment
Default
Subcode
W22
identify credit card payments made by parents or guests.
This subcode is only used when Credit Card Usage=B or
D.
Visa
Subcode
W22
identify Visa credit card payments made by parents or
guests. This subcode is only used when Credit Card
Usage=C or D.
MasterCard
Subcode
W22
identify MasterCard credit card payments made by
parents or guests. This subcode is only used when Credit
Card Usage=C or D.
American
Express
Subcode
W22
identify American Express credit card payments made by
Card Usage=C or D.
Discover
Subcode
W22
identify Discover Card credit card payments made by
Card Usage=C or D.
Other Credit
Card
Subcode
W22
by parents or guests. This subcode is only used when
Credit Card Usage=C or D.
Credit Card
Usage
W22
payments made by parents or guests:
B
credit card types).
C
restrict the types of credit cards used to make
payments by parents or guests. If your institution
does not accept a particular credit card, do not
specify a subcode for this credit card type.
D
various credit card types (default). Use the Default
Subcode when an individual credit card subcode is
not provided. This option allows you to accept all
credit card types without specifying a subcode for
each one.
February 2005
14-31
Parameter on Screen
Valid Values
Transcript Request Credit Card Payment
Default
Subcode
W24
identify credit card payments for transcripts. This subcode
is only used when Credit Card Usage=B or D.
Visa
Subcode
W24
identify Visa credit card payments for transcripts. This
MasterCard
Subcode
W24
identify MasterCard credit card payments for transcripts.
This subcode is only used when Credit Card Usage=C or
D.
American
Express
Subcode
W24
identify American Express credit card payments for
transcripts. This subcode is only used when Credit Card
Usage=C or D.
Discover
Subcode
W24
identify Discover Card credit card payments made for
transcripts. This subcode is only used when Credit Card
Usage=C or D.
Other Credit
Card
Subcode
W24
for transcripts. This subcode is only used when Credit
Card Usage=C or D.
Credit Card
Usage
W24
payments for transcripts:
B
credit card types).
C
restrict the types of credit cards used to make
payments for transcripts. If your institution does not
accept a particular credit card, do not specify a
D
various credit card types (default). Use the Default
Subcode when an individual credit card subcode is
not provided. This option allows you to accept all
credit card types without specifying a subcode for
each one.
14-32
February 2005
Parameter on Screen
Default
Academic
Unit
W24
Valid Values
Specify the academic unit to be used to determine the
billing term for transcript requests dated outside the
current term.
When paying for transcripts with a credit card, the system
will try to determine the current term by first retrieving
the academic unit from the student’s most recent term
record. The system will then search the session calendar
to find the most recent term for that academic unit. If the
date on the transcript request falls between the term begin
and end dates, that term will be used for the credit card
payment. If, however, the date on the transcript request
does not fall between the term begin and end dates, the
system will use the default academic unit to determine the
billing term.
C
D
M
L
A
Main Campus
Dental School
Medical School
Law Center
Administrative
Admissions Application Fee Credit Card Payment
Subcode
W06
You may have up to five Credit Card Types, so you
must specify the auto-charge subcode for each Credit
Card Type that can be used to submit applications of any
type.
You can record whether a payment was applied to a bill, an admissions
fee, or a transcript fee. For billing payments, you can keep more
specific records by tracking the type of credit card used for a payment
(Visa, Master Card, etc.). Admissions and transcript fee subcodes must
be set up as auto charge subcodes.
Since payments are categorized as billing, Admissions, or Transcript,
the related HTML files are set up to hardcode a “B” for Billing, “A” for
Admissions, or “T” for Transcript in the HTML page. This lets the
program know what type of payment is being requested and how the
payment should be posted to the student’s record.
Note: If your institution does not accept a particular credit card, leave
the subcode value blank.
February 2005
14-33
Setting up Subcodes with Credit Card Payment
Here are some suggestions for setting up subcodes for processing credit
card payments via the Web.
For:
Billing
Follow This Suggestion:
Set up unique payment subcodes for payment of bills as a result of
registration. Use different subcodes than the ones used for
admissions or transcripts. We recommend you use the last digit in
the subcode to identify which credit card a student used.
Subcode
nnnn3
nnnn4
nnnn5
nnnn6
nnnn9 or nnnn0
Transcript
Requests
Credit Card Type
American Express
Visa
MasterCard
Discover
Other types of credit cards
Set up a unique payment subcode for payment of transcript
requests. Use a different subcode than the ones used for billing or
admissions. You must set up this subcode as an auto charge
subcode so that the offsetting charge is created at the time of the
credit card payment.
Table 14-13 Suggestions for Setting up Subcodes for Credit Card Processing
In each case these subcodes should be distinct and different payment
subcodes from those used in processing either online or batch
transactions. By using distinct subcodes, you can easily identify those
used for Web transactions.
14-34
February 2005
Additional Services Program (BZKOPT)
Additional Services Program (BZKOPT)
The Additional Services program (BZKOPT) allows students to select
additional services (optional fees) via the Web. A student can select
insurance plans, parking permits, board/meal plans, and so on.
BZKOPT reads the student’s RT record, retrieves data about the
additional services that are available and/or have been selected by the
student for the specified term, and sends the information to the Web
HTML.
BZKOPT will list the mandatory additional service groups first, above
the optional groups, and will sort the groups by group code. Selectable
and non-selectable services are displayed with their corresponding
titles and descriptions. BZKOPT will enable students to make
selections/changes according to the dates specified for the groups and
the current date.
The required input for the Additional Services program includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
• Term
Program parameter values should be entered on the following screens:
Parameter on Screen
Valid Values
Name
W21
If set to Y, the student’s name will be displayed on the
Additional Services page.
Billing
W01
Billing must be set to Y for the specified term in order for
the selected Additional Services to be billed to the
students’ accounts.
Table 14-14 Additional Services Program (BZKOPT) Parameters
February 2005
14-35
Billing Tuition Calculation Program (BZKTCL)
Billing Tuition Calculation Program (BZKTCL)
The Billing Tuition Calculation program (BZKTCL) calculates an
individual student’s tuition. The Web display prompts the student for
the student ID, PIN, and term. BZKTCL processes the students
registration records and other information, and updates their billing
records with new tuition calculation information. When the tuition
calculation finishes successfully, the Student Balance program
(BZKBIL) is executed to send the updated billing information to the
Web Common Gateway Interface (CGI) program for merging with the
HTML.
The required input for the Billing Tuition Calculation program
includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
• Term
Records 2).
Parameter
Tuition
Calculation
Attribute
Optional
Valid Values
Y
Calculate tuition whenever a student clicks
Account Summary on the Registration or
Student Records menu (Default.)
R
Only calculate tuition when Tuition Calc=Y
on Screen 111 (Student Term Attributes) for
the specified term.
N
Do not calculate tuition for students; only
calculate for SIS administrative users.
Table 14-15 Billing Tuition Calculation Program (BZKTCL) Parameters
14-36
February 2005
TRA 1098-T Form Display Program (BZKTRA)
TRA 1098-T Form Display Program (BZKTRA)
The TRA 1098-T Form Display program (BZKTRA) displays the
summary information which was used to complete a student’s 1098-T
Form and the transaction detail used in the calculations for the
specified tax year. Once the tax year is specified, the system will
display the 1098-T Form boxes and the amounts reported for that year,
as required by the IRS.
BZKTRA extracts the necessary information from the Student
Miscellaneous File (AMFILE) and the Financial Detail File (BDFILE),
using inquiry mode to generate the 1098-T Summary and Detail
Information. Then BZKTRA sends the results to the Web Common
The required input for the TRA 1098-T Form Display program
includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
• Tax Year
February 2005
14-37
TRA Tax Year Selection Program (BZKTXY)
TRA Tax Year Selection Program (BZKTXY)
The TRA Tax Year Selection program (BZKTXY) displays a list of tax
years for which a 1098-T Form was processed for the student. Once the
student selects a tax year and selects the Submit button, his/her 1098-T
Summary and Detail Information is displayed.
BZKTXY extracts the necessary information from the Student
Miscellaneous File (AMFILE), using inquiry mode to generate the list
of tax years. Then BZKTXY sends the results to the Web Common
The required input for the TRA Tax Year Selection program includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
14-38
February 2005
Degree Audit Program (DZKAUD)
The Degree Audit program (DZKAUD) lists degree audit information
for a selected student. This process extracts the necessary information
and sends it to the Web Common Gateway Interface (CGI) program for
merging with the HTML.
The required input for the Degree Audit program includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
Kiosk applications. Refer to the separate parameter lists below and on
the next page.
Program parameter values must be entered on Screen W02 (Web
Student and Faculty Specifications) for Student Self-Service.
Parameter
Test Scores
Advisor
Notes
Attribute
Required
Required
Advisor
Name
Required
Valid Values
Y
Display the student’s test scores on the Analysis
N
Do not display the student’s test scores on the
report.
Y
Display the advisor’s notes on the Analysis of
Academic Progress report.
N
Do not display the advisor’s notes on the report.
Y
Display the advisor’s name on the Analysis of
N
Do not display the advisor’s name.
Table 14-16 Degree Audit Program (DZKAUD) Parameters
February 2005
14-39
Parameter
Program
Term
Attribute
Required
Modeling
Catalog
Required
Valid Values
Specify whether the student’s primary or secondary
program is to be determined by the current term or
his/her last chronological term.
C
Use the current term (the term on the CAL screen
for which today’s date falls between the session
begin and end dates) for the blank session code.
L
Use the last chronological term (the term with
the student’s most recent registration activity).
Specify which catalogs can be selected for Degree
Audit Modeling. Only those programs set for
modeling on Screen 611 can be selected from the
catalogs.
1
List programs from the student’s primary
program catalog.
2
List programs from the student’s primary
program catalog and those programs that have
become available for his/her primary program.
3
4
Program Parameters to Enter - Kiosk
for DZKAUD. Then DZKAUD must be recompiled (and linked on DEC
machines) to the TouchNet host program. Program parameters are
identified in the following table.
Parameter
PRINT-ADDR
(Kiosk only)
Attribute
Required
Valid Values
Y
Display the student’s local (L) and
permanent (P) address on the Analysis of
N
Do not display the student’s local (L) and
permanent (P) address on the report.
14-40
February 2005
Admissions Review Application Program (MZKADM)
The Admissions Review Application program (MZKADM) displays
admissions application information. On the Web, a student is prompted
to enter his/her student ID and PIN, and then select the application to be
reviewed or continued. MZKADM extracts the student’s admissions
application data and displays it on the Web.
You can determine the term choices by entering the Admissions
Application Begin and Inquiry End dates on the Web Calendar Screen
(W01) for each available term. For any updates to these dates to take
effect on the Web, you must use Screen SLD to load the changes.
The required input for the Admissions Review Application program
includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
• Application to review or continue
Program parameter values must be entered in copybook ACINPM for
MZKADM. Then MZKADM must be recompiled (and linked on DEC
Parameter
Attribute
Description
ADMADDR-PHPHONE
Required
The telephone number to be used by an applicant to
contact the admissions office with questions about an
application.
ADMADDR-PHEMAILADDR
Required
The e-mail address to be used by an applicant to
application.
Table 14-18 Admissions Review Application (MZKADM) Parameters
February 2005
14-41
Parameter
Attribute
MZKADMK
-STU-IDREQ
(Kiosk only)
Required
MZKADMK
-STUNAME-REQ
(Kiosk only)
MZKADMK
-STUADDR-REQ
(Kiosk only)
Required
Required
MZKADMK
-ADDRTYPE
(Kiosk only)
Required -
MZKADMK
-PIN-REQ
(Kiosk only)
Required
ADDRPREF
Description
Y
Student ID is displayed on the screen and printed
on the admissions report.
P
Student ID is not displayed on the screen, but is
printed on the admissions report.
N
Y
Student name is displayed on the screen and
P
Student name is not displayed on the screen, but
is printed on the admissions report.
N
Student name is not displayed on the screen or
Y
Student address is displayed on the screen and
P
Student address is not displayed on the screen,
but is printed on the admissions report.
N
Student address is not displayed on the screen or
Address type to be printed on the financial aid award
report and displayed on the screen. Multiple requests
are allowed and must be entered in priority sequence.
For example, PB will first print/display the
permanent address and, if none is found, will print/
display the billing address.
Valid values are the same as values from Address
Type Code, element AD215.
Y
PIN is required to be entered to match the
student’s record.
N
PIN is not required to be entered if one does not
exist on the student’s record.
B
PIN is required if it exists on the student’s
record, or Birth Date if PIN does not exist.
14-42
February 2005
Parameter
Attribute
MZKADMK
-ADDRNAME
(Kiosk only)
Required
Description
D
Last name, first name, middle name.
F
First name only.
L
Last name only.
M
Salutation, Last name. If the salutation is blank,
provide the salutation based on the value in the
gender field.
N
Nickname only.
R
First name, middle name, last name.
S
Salutation, first name, middle name, last name.
If the salutation is blank, provide the salutation
based on the value in the gender field.
Y
Print/display the Admissions Representative.
N
Do not print/display the Admissions
Representative.
Y
Print/display the Application Status.
N
Do not print/display the Application Status.
D
Do not print the Application Status, but print the
Application Not Eligible message.
MZKADMK
-ADM-REQ
(Kiosk only)
Required
MZKADMK
-ADMSTAT
(Kiosk only)
Required
MZKADMK
-NOT-ELIG
(Kiosk only)
Optional
The message (up to 30 characters) to be printed in the
Application Status field for status codes that are not
eligible to be provided on the Web. This is a freeform field that is not validated against a validation
form.
MZKADMK
-TYPE-2
(Kiosk only)
Required
Specify the message to be displayed about students’
admission status.
February 2005
14-43
Client Requirements Program (MZKCRQ)
Client Requirements Program (MZKCRQ)
The Client Requirements program (MZKCRQ) allows an applicant to
record information in the Client Requirements section that your
institution has created as part of his/her admissions application.
The required input for the Client Requirements program includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
• The information that your institution requires on the page
14-44
February 2005
Admissions Navigation Program (MZKDIR)
Admissions Navigation Program (MZKDIR)
The Admissions Navigation program (MZKDIR) checks the specified
application type and determines which application sections are required
and are to be listed in the navigation bar and displayed on the Web page
(as determined by the Web Required Admissions Pages (W04) screen).
MZKDIR also keeps track of which Admissions Web page is to be
displayed next and acts as the navigational mechanism for the
continuous flow process that leads the applicant from one section of an
application to another. Based on the Web page being processed and the
state of the Web page function (finished successfully or errors
occurred), MZKDIR determines which Web page is to be processed
next.
The required input for the Admissions Navigation program includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
• Application number
• Application type
In some cases, the following input is also required:
• Major
• College
• Degree
• Term
• Navigation Code
February 2005
14-45
Employment History Program (MZKEMP)
Employment History Program (MZKEMP)
The Employment History program (MZKEMP) allows an applicant to
record information in the Employment History section of his/her
admissions application.
The required input for the Employment History program includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
• Employment History information
14-46
February 2005
Previous High School and College Program (MZKHCL)
Previous High School and College Program (MZKHCL)
The Previous High School and College program (MZKHCL) is used to
retrieve and update a student’s previous high school and college
information.
The applicant is prompted for the school’s name and location, and his/
her period of attendance at the specified school. The program extracts
the information and generates the page display of college/high school
information. The results are sent to the Web Common Gateway
Interface (CGI) for merging with the HTML.
If the applicant is modifying the information, the new information is
edited and stored in the Previous High School/College file when he/she
clicks the Save and Continue button. The input is processed and
returned to the Web Common Gateway Interface (CGI) for merging
with the HTML.
The required input for the Previous High School and College program
includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
• Previous high school/college code
• Previous high school/college information
for MZKHCL. Then MZKHCL must be recompiled (and linked on DEC
Parameter
Attribute
Description
ADMADDR-PHPHONE
Required
The telephone number to be used by an applicant to
application.
Table 14-19 HS and College Program (MZKHCL) Parameters
February 2005
14-47
Admissions Create Account Program (MZKINT)
Parameter
Attribute
Description
ADMADDR-PHEMAILADDR
Required
The e-mail address to be used by an applicant to
application.
Table 14-19 HS and College Program (MZKHCL) Parameters (continued)
Admissions Create Account Program (MZKINT)
The Admissions Create Account program (MZKINT) allows an
applicant to enter name and permanent address information when he/
she logs into the Admissions feature by either:
• Entering a Social Security Number on the Login page that is not
already listed in AAFILE.
• Selecting I do not have a Social Security Number on the Login
page. (If your institution did not change the default setting for the
Generate SID option on Screen WA2 to automatically generate
SIDs for applicants who do not want to enter (or don’t have) a
Social Security Number.)
The required input for the Admissions Create Account program
includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
• Name and address information
14-48
February 2005
Name and Personal Information Program (MZKNAM)
Name and Personal Information Program (MZKNAM)
The Name and Personal Information program (MZKNAM) allows an
applicant to record his/her nickname, additional information (e.g.,
gender, date of birth), address/e-mail information, personal phone
numbers, and family/emergency contact information on his/her
application for admission. (You specify on Screen W04 if the Personal
Information page is to be displayed and if the Emergency Contact
section is to be displayed on the Personal Information page.)
The required input for the Name and Personal Information program
includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
• Name and personal information
for MZKNAM. Then MZKNAM must be recompiled and (linked on
DEC machines) to the TouchNet host program.
Parameter
Attribute
Description
ADMADDR-PHPHONE
Required
The telephone number the applicant uses to contact the
admissions office with questions about an application.
ADMADDR-PHEMAILADDR
Required
The e-mail address the applicant uses to contact the
Table 14-20 Name and Personal Information (MZKNAM) Parameters
February 2005
14-49
Enrollment Intentions & Select Application Program (MZKPGM)
Enrollment Intentions & Select Application Program (MZKPGM)
The Enrollment Intentions & Select Application program (MZKPGM)
allows applicants to record course of study information (e.g.,
application type, term of entry, and major), and specify whether he/she:
• Wants to be considered for early decision
• Plans to apply for financial aid
• Plans to live on-campus while attending your institution
• Has previously attended your institution
• Has previously applied for admission to your institution
After all this information is entered and the applicant clicks the Save
and Continue button, the program generates the admissions
application.
The required input for the Enrollment Intentions & Select Application
program includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
• Application number
14-50
February 2005
Admissions Prospect Program (MZKPRO)
Admissions Prospect Program (MZKPRO)
The Admissions Prospect program (MZKPRO) updates student and
admissions files when students or prospective students enter their
name, address, and academic information and/or request institutional
material.
The required input for the Admissions Prospect program includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
• Term
• Information entered on the Web page
February 2005
14-51
Personal References Program (MZKREF)
Personal References Program (MZKREF)
The Personal References program (MZKREF) allows an applicant to
record information in the Personal References section of his/her
admissions application.
The required input for the Personal References program includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
• Personal References information
Residency and Citizenship Program (MZKRES)
The Residency and Citizenship program (MZKRES) allows an applicant
to record information in the Residency and Citizenship section of his/
her admissions application.
The required input for the Residency and Citizenship program
includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
• Residency and Citizenship information
14-52
February 2005
Submit Application Program (MZKSAP)
for MZKRES. Then MZKRES must be recompiled (and linked on DEC
Parameter
Attribute
Description
ADMADDR-PHPHONE
Required
The telephone number the applicant uses to contact the
Table 14-21 Residency/Citizenship Program (MZKRES) Parameters
The Submit Application program (MZKSAP) allows applicants to
submit their applications for admission to your institution.
The required input for the Submit Application program includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
• Entry of all required application information
February 2005
14-53
for MZKSAP. Then MZKSAP must be recompiled (and linked on DEC
Parameter
ADM-ADDR-PH-
Attribute
Required
Description
Define up to three sets of information for up
to three types of Admissions Offices (e.g.,
Undergraduate, Graduate, International):
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
INST-NAME (Institution Name)
INST-STREET1 (Mailing Address, Line 1)
INST-STREET2 (Mailing Address, Line 2)
INST-CSZ (City, State, Zip Code)
INST-CNTRY (Country)
PHONE (Area Code-Phone Number)
EMAIL-ADDR (E-mail Address)
The name and address information is used
when paying an application fee by check or
money order. The telephone number and
e-mail address are used for contacting the
admissions office with questions about an
application.
Based on options set on SIS Screen W04, the
system will display the corresponding
Admissions Office information on the Web
pages for the type of application being created.
Note: The office designations for the e-mail
addresses must be defined in the same
order as those defined in the
TSRVWEB.INI file.
Table 14-22 Submit Application Program (MZKSAP) Parameters
14-54
February 2005
Identity Verification and Create PIN Program (MZKVST)
Identity Verification and Create PIN Program (MZKVST)
The Identity Verification and Create PIN program (MZKVST) displays
the Login page to verify an applicant’s identity in order to gain access
to the Student Self-Service: Admissions application. After an applicant
enters his/her SSN, MZKVST will check to see if the SSN is already
included in the AAFILE.
• If the SSN is already listed in the AAFILE without a corresponding
PIN and your institution allows Web PIN Creation, MZKVST will
display the Identity Verification page. This page will only display
those verification fields for which you have assigned a weight on
Screen WA2 (Web Admissions System Options). MZKVST will
check the information entered on the Identity Verification page.
- If the information is not correct, MZKVST will display a
message to let the applicant know that his/her identity could not
be verified, allow the applicant to re-enter the information, and
advise him/her to call or e-mail your Admissions Office to have
a PIN assigned.
- If the information is correct, MZKVST will display the Create
PIN page and display a Confirmation page with a message
stating that the new PIN has been created.
• If the SSN is already listed in the AAFILE without a corresponding
PIN and your institution does not allow Web PIN Creation, MZKVST
will display the Login PIN page. A message will inform the applicant
that he/she has a Student ID (SID) on file, but he/she must call or email the Admissions Office to obtain a PIN in order to use the
Student Self-Service: Admissions application.
February 2005
14-55
Course Catalog Program (RZKCAT)
The required input for the Identity Verification and Create PIN
program includes:
• Student ID
• Identity verification data (First Name, Middle Initial, Last Name,
Address Line 1, City, Zip/Postal Code, Phone Number, Gender,
and/or Date of Birth)
The Course Catalog program (RZKCAT) displays college course
information. The first Web page prompts a student to select a particular
subject. The second Web page displays all the courses for that subject.
Your institution determines which academic year catalog to display by
entering the value for Catalog Academic Year on Screen W21.
The required input for the Course Catalog program includes:
• Subject
14-56
February 2005
Records 1).
Parameter
Attribute
Description
Dept
Description
Optional
If Y (default), the system reads the RJFILE (Course
Description File) to get the long description of the
department, as shown in screen 1D1, item=1.
Item 1
Optional
If Y (default), the system reads the RJFILE to get the
title of the course, as shown in 1D4, item=1.
Item 2
Optional
instructor name, as shown in screen 1D4, item=2.
Item 3
Optional
prerequisites, as shown in screen ID4, item=3.
Item 4
Optional
co-requisites, as shown in screen ID4, item=4.
Item 5
Optional
notes, as shown in screen ID4, item=5.
Item 6
Optional
user-defined paragraph, as shown in screen ID4,
item=6.
Item 7
Optional
item=7.
Item 8
Optional
item=8.
Item 9
Optional
item=9.
Table 14-23 Course Catalog Program (RZKCAT) Parameters
February 2005
14-57
Course Availability Program (RZKCRS)
The Course Availability program (RZKCRS) displays information
about available course sections, including status, meeting days and
times, building, room, start/end dates, and instructor. This program
runs when students select the Course Sections or Course Section
Search option on the Courses menu or the Student Self-Service home
page.
After students select the Course Sections option, they must select the
term, subject area, and course title (if more than one course is offered
for the specified subject). The system will then display a list of
After students select the Course Section Search option, they must select
the term. The system then displays a list of search criteria (as specified
by your institution using options in the ACINPM copybook). Once the
students select the search criteria and select the Submit button, the
system will display a list of the courses that meet the search criteria.
A term’s course sections may be viewed on the Web if the Course
Schedule field on the Web Term Calendar Screen (W01) contains a Y
(Yes). For any updates to the Course Schedule field to take effect on
the Web, you must use Screen SLD to load the changes.
The required input for the Course Availability program includes:
• Term
• Subject area
• Course Title
• Search Criteria (for Course Section Search option)
If this program is used by the secured access functions, required input
also includes student ID and PIN.
14-58
February 2005
for RZKCRS. Then RZKCRS must be recompiled (and linked on DEC
Parameter
PRINTBLDG
PRINT-REG
PRINT-OPEN
Attribute
Required
Required
Required
Valid Values
Y
Display/print the building and room on the
course availability report.
N
Do not display/print the building and room on
the course availability report.
Y
Display/print the Registration Call Number on
the course availability report.
N
Do not display/print the Registration Call
Number on the course availability report.
Y
Only display/print open sections on the course
availability report. The Sections search option
will not be displayed on the Course Section
Search Web page, since you will not need to
specify whether to search for open or all
sections.
N
Display/print all sections on the course
availability report.
Y
Display the course notes (from SIS Screen 131)
under the course section description.
N
Do not display the course notes.
DISPLAYNOTES
(Web only)
Required
MAXDISPLAY
Optional
Specify the maximum number of course sections to
be displayed at one time on the Course Section
Search page. The default is 50.
DISPLAYALLSUBJECTS
Optional
Y
Display the “All Subjects” option in the Subject
list box on the Course Section Search page.
N
Do not display the “All Subjects” option in the
Subject list box (default).
DISPLAYSITE
Required
Y
List Site as one of the search criteria on the
Course Section Search page. MAIN-CAMPUSSITE is the value for DBD element AA092 that
designates the Main Campus site code. You
must specify a value for all Off-Campus site
codes in order for the Site list box to be
formatted correctly.
N
Do not list Site as one of the search criteria.
Table 14-24 Course Availability Program (RZKCRS) Parameters
February 2005
14-59
Grading Program (RZKFGR)
Parameter
Attribute
Valid Values
TIMEINCREMENT
Optional
Specify the increments in which the times are to be
displayed in the Earliest and Latest Start Time list
boxes on the Course Section Search page. Specify a
time increment of either 05, 10, 15, 30, or 60
(default).
DISPLAYCOURSELEVEL
Required
Specify the options to be displayed in the Level list
box on the Course Section Search page.
You can define the course levels in the DBD and/or
specify up to 10 levels in the ACINPM copybook by
entering the following information in the COURSELEVEL-TABLE for each level:
CRS-LVL-FROM and CRS-LVL-THRU define the
range of levels.
CRS-LVL-DESC defines the name to be displayed in
the Level list box for the specified range of levels.
N
Do not list Level as one of the search criteria on
the Course Section Search page.
1
Display the values for DBD element AA615 and
any additional values defined in the COURSELEVEL-TABLE.
2
Display the values for DBD element AA615
only.
3
Display the values defined in the COURSELEVEL-TABLE.
DISPLAYWEBCT
Optional
Y
Display WebCT as one of the search criteria on
the Course Section Search page, so students can
just search for WebCT courses (default).
N
Do not display WebCT as one of the search
criteria.
Table 14-24 Course Availability Program (RZKCRS) Parameters (continued)
Grading Program (RZKFGR)
The Grading program (RZKFGR) records grades in SIS for students
who are taking WebCT courses.
14-60
February 2005
Grade Report Program (RZKGRD)
The Grade Report program (RZKGRD) displays a student’s grade report
for both Web and Kiosk. A student is prompted to enter a student ID
and PIN, and specify a term. This process extracts the information
needed to generate the grade report and sends it to the Web Common
Your institution determines the term choices available by setting
Grading to Y on the Web Term Calendar Screen (W01) for each term
available. For any updates to the Grading field to take effect on the
Web, you must use Screen SLD to load the changes.
The required input for the Grade Report program includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
• Term
following pages.
Records 1) and Screen W02 (Web Student and Faculty Specifications)
for Student Self-Service.
Parameter
on Screen
Name
W21
Statistics
W21
Valid Values
Y
Display the student name on the Grades page
(default)
N
Do not display the student name on the Grades
page.
Y
Display statistics (current and cumulative) on the
Grades page (default).
N
Do not display statistics on the Grades page.
Table 14-25 Grade Report Program (RZKGRD) Parameters
February 2005
14-61
Parameter
Holds
on Screen
W21
Midterm
Grading
W02
Valid Values
Y
Students with transcript holds can view their
grades.
N
Students with transcript holds cannot view their
grades (default).
Y
Display midterm grades on the Grades page
(default). If you are using Faculty and Advisor
Self-Service, this setting will also display
midterm grades on the Grade Courses and
Grades pages.
N
Only display final grades on the Grades page.
Table 14-25 Grade Report Program (RZKGRD) Parameters (continued)
for RZKGRD. Then RZKGRD must be recompiled (and linked on DEC
Parameter
Attribute
PRINT-SID
(Kiosk only)
Required
PRINTADDR
(Kiosk only)
ADDRTYPE
(Kiosk only)
Required
Required
Valid Values
Y
Student ID is displayed on the screen and printed
on the grade report.
P
Student ID is not displayed on the screen, but is
printed on the grade report.
N
Y
Student address is displayed on the screen and
P
Student address is not displayed on the screen, but
is printed on the grade report.
N
Student address is not displayed on the screen or
Address type to be printed on the grade report and
displayed on the screen. Multiple requests are allowed
and must be entered in priority sequence. For example,
PB will first print/display the permanent address, and if
none is found, will print/display the billing address.
Valid values are from the Address Type Code (AD215).
Table 14-26 Grade Report Program (RZKGRD) Parameters
14-62
February 2005
Official Transcript Request Program (RZKOTR)
Parameter
Attribute
ACADACTION
(Kiosk only)
Required
Valid Values
*
Don’t print/display Academic Action or Dean’s
List.
A
Print/display only Academic Action.
B
Print/display Academic Action and Dean’s List.
D
Print/display only Dean’s List.
Table 14-26 Grade Report Program (RZKGRD) Parameters (continued)
The Official Transcript Request Program (RZKOTR) enables students
to submit requests for copies of their official transcript be sent to
specified recipients, and pay for the transcripts via credit card.
Your institution defines the fees for transcript copies/requests on
Screen W23 (Official Transcript Request 1) and sets the delivery fees
on Screen W24 (Official Transcript Request 2).
The required input for the Accept Awards program includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
• Name and address of the person who is to receive the transcript
• Credit card information in order to submit the request
February 2005
14-63
Program Parameter Values to Enter
Program parameter values must be entered on screens W23 and W24
(Official Transcript Request 1 & 2).
Field
Description
Screen W23 - For Transcript Fees 1 & 2
Title
Specify the title that is to appear on the Official Transcript Request
page:
H
S
T
Type
Handling
Service
Transcript
Specify the type of transcript fee:
N
FC
FR
GC
GR
No fee
Charge a flat fee per transcript copy
Charge flat fee per transcript request
Charge a graduated fee per transcript copy
Charge a graduated fee per transcript request
Fees:
Amount 1-5
Specify the dollar amount for the transcript fee.
• If you are charging a flat fee (Type=FC or FR), only enter one
fee amount.
• If you are charging graduated fees, enter up to 5 fee amounts.
Limit 1-5
If you are charging graduated fees and you’ve specified a
corresponding Amount, enter the maximum number of transcript
copies or transcript requests (depending on the Fee Type of GC or
GR) to be charged the corresponding Amount.
Graduated Fee Per Copy Only:
Count
If you set Transcript Fee Type=GC (graduated fee per copy),
specify the date from which transcript requests are to be counted:
A
academic year. You must then specify the Academic Unit.
L
Count transcript requests over the student’s lifetime.
T
term. You must then specify the Academic Unit.
C
calendar year.
D
Start counting transcript requests from the specified Date.
Table 14-27 Official Transcript Request 1 Screen (W23) Entries
14-64
February 2005
Field
Date
Description
If you set Transcript Fee Type=GC (graduated fee per copy) and
Count=D, specify the beginning date for counting transcript
requests.
Academic Unit If you set the Transcript Fee Type=GC and Count=A or T,
specify which academic unit is to be used to determine the
academic unit or term start date from which transcript copies are to
be counted.
C
D
M
L
A
Main Campus
Dental School
Medical School
Law Center
Administrative
If you do not specify the academic unit, the system will use the
academic unit associated with the student’s most recent career at
the time the transcript request was made.
Screen W24 - For Delivery Fees 1 - 5
Delivery Fee
Charged
Specify whether delivery fees are to be charged for transcript
requests.
Y
N
Mode
Specify the first type of delivery that students can select for
receiving their transcripts.
F
O
2
C
Type
First Class Mail
Overnight Express
2-Day Priority
Certified Mail
Specify whether the delivery fee is to be charged per transcript
copy or transcript request.
C
R
Amt
Charge delivery fees for transcript requests.
Do not charge delivery fees for transcript requests.
Charge the delivery fee per transcript copy.
Charge the delivery fee per transcript request.
Specify the dollar amount to be charged for delivery of the
transcript.
Table 14-27 Official Transcript Request 1 Screen (W23) Entries(continued)
February 2005
14-65
Field
Description
Credit Card Payment Information
Default
Subcode
when Credit Card Usage=B or D.
Visa
Subcode
MasterCard
Subcode
Mastercard credit card payments for transcripts. This subcode is
American
Express
Subcode
American Express credit card payments for transcripts. This
Discover
Subcode
Discover Card credit card payments made for transcripts. This
Other Credit
Card Subcode
The payment subcode (greater than 00102) used to identify credit
card payments (other than Visa, Mastercard, AMerican Express, or
Discover Card) made for transcripts. This subcode is only used
Credit Card
Usage
for transcripts:
B
Use the Default Subcode for all credit card types (and
disregard any subcodes entered for individual credit card
types).
C
specified. This option allows you to restrict the types of
credit cards used to make payments for transcripts. If your
institution does not accept a particular credit card, do not
specify a subcode for this credit card type.
D
Use the subcodes that have been specified for the various
credit card types (default). Use the Default Subcode when
an individual credit card subcode is not provided. This
option allows you to accept all credit card types without
specifying a subcode for each one.
14-66
February 2005
Field
Description
Default
Specify the academic unit to be used to determine the billing term
Academic Unit for transcript requests dated outside the current term.
When paying for transcripts with a credit card, the system will try
to determine the current term by first retrieving the academic unit
from the student’s most recent term record. The system will then
search the session calendar to find the most recent term for that
academic unit. If the date on the transcript request falls between
the term begin and end dates, that term will be used for the credit
card payment. If, however, the date on the transcript request does
not fall between the term begin and end dates, the system will use
the default academic unit to determine the billing term.
C
D
M
L
A
Main Campus
Dental School
Medical School
Law Center
Administrative
February 2005
14-67
Registration Program (RZKREG)
The Registration program (RZKREG) allows students to add courses,
drop courses, change course options, and conditionally drop and add
courses. The drop/add page displays the registered courses and
requested courses. An error message displays if any problems are
encountered.
If a class is in hold status, the student will be waitlisted in the class. For
the change course option, you may change the grade type (if allowed)
and credit hours for variable and alternate credit hours. You are only
allowed to change normal grade type to selected grade types. Once the
grade type is changed, it may not be changed back to normal on the
Web.
The terms available for registration are determined by your institution
and entered using the Registration date ranges on the Web Term
Calendar Screen (W01). For any updates to the Registration dates to
take effect on the Web, you must use Screen SLD to load the changes.
The date ranges on Screen W01 determine which terms appear in the
term selection list that is displayed when the student selects one of the
registration functions on the Registration menu. Registration controls
are set on Screen W03. For more information, see Chapter 7,
Registration.
The required input for the Registration program includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
• Term
14-68
February 2005
Program parameter values must be entered on Screen W25
(Registration and Schedule 1).
Parameter
Name
(Web only)
Attribute
Optional
Valid Values
Y
Display the student name on the Drop/
Add Classes, Change Class Options, and
Conditional Drop/Add pages (default).
N
Drop/Add Classes, Change Class
Options, and Conditional Drop/Add
pages.
Term Status
Required
Define up to five terms which are to be open
for registration.
Grade Types
Required
Specify up to five Grade types which can be
selected from the Change Class Options
function on the Web.
Valid values are the same as values from
Grade Type, element RT310.
Table 14-28 Registration Program (RZKREG) Parameters
February 2005
14-69
Student Schedule Program (RZKSCD)
Student Schedule Program (RZKSCD)
The Student Schedule program (RZKSCD) displays a student’s
schedule for both the Web and Kiosk applications. A student is
prompted to enter a student ID and PIN, and specify a term. This
process extracts the information needed to generate the student
schedule and then sends it to the Web Common Gateway Interface
(CGI) program for merging with the HTML.
(Yes) in the Student Schedule field on the Web Term Calendar Screen
(W01). For any updates to the Student Schedule field to take effect on
The required input for the Student Schedule program includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
• Term
Program Parameters Values to Enter
Program parameter values must be entered on Screen W25
(Registration and Schedule).
Parameter
Name
Attribute
Required
Time
Increment
Optional
Valid Values
Y
Student name is displayed on the screen for
Web and Kiosk, and printed on the student
schedule for Kiosk.
P
For Kiosk, student name is not displayed on the
screen, but is printed on the student schedule.
For Web, the name is displayed.
N
Student name is not displayed on the screen for
Web and Kiosk, and not printed on the student
schedule for Kiosk.
Specify the time increment by which the Student
Schedule is to be divided. Specify an increment of
either 15 (default), 30, or 60 minutes.
Table 14-29 Student Schedule Program (RZKSCD) Parameters
14-70
February 2005
Detailed Schedule Program (RZKSCH)
The Detailed Schedule program (RZKSCH) displays a student’s
detailed schedule for both the Web and Kiosk applications. A student is
prompted to enter a student ID and PIN, and specify a term. This
process extracts the information needed to generate the student
schedule and then sends it to the Web Common Gateway Interface
RZKSCH also passes the Course Section Delivery Code to help
determine if a course is a WebCT course. If you are not using Campus
Pipeline/Luminis, WebCT courses will be displayed on the Detailed
Schedule as links to the WebCT Course Login page.
(Yes) in the Student Schedule field on the Web Term Calendar Screen
(W01). For any updates to the Student Schedule field to take effect on
The required input for the Detailed Schedule program includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
• Term
following pages.
February 2005
14-71
The following program parameter value should be entered on Screen
W25 (Registration and Schedule).
Parameter
Name
Attribute
Required
Valid Values
Y
Student name is displayed on the screen for
Web and Kiosk, and printed on the detailed
schedule for Kiosk.
P
For Kiosk, student name is not displayed on
the screen, but is printed on the detailed
schedule. For Web, the name is displayed.
N
Student name is not displayed on the screen
for Web and Kiosk, and not printed on the
detailed schedule for Kiosk.
Table 14-30 Detailed Schedule Program (RZKSCH) Parameters
Program Parameters Values to Enter - Kiosk
for RZKSCH. Then RZKSCH must be recompiled (and linked on DEC
Parameter
PRINT-SID
(Kiosk only)
PRINT-ADDR
(Kiosk only)
Attribute
Required
Required
Valid Values
Y
printed on the detailed schedule.
P
but is printed on the detailed schedule.
N
printed on the detailed schedule.
Y
and printed on the detailed schedule.
P
screen, but is printed on the detailed
schedule.
N
screen or printed on the detailed schedule.
Table 14-31 Detailed Schedule Program (RZKSCH) Parameters - Kiosk
14-72
February 2005
Registration Status Program (RZKSRS)
Parameter
ADDR-TYPE
(Kiosk only)
Attribute
Valid Values
Required-
Address type to be printed on the detailed
schedule report and displayed on the screen.
Multiple requests are allowed and must be entered
in priority sequence. For example, PB will first
print/display the permanent address and, if none
ADDRPREF
Valid values are from the Address Type Code,
element AD215.
Table 14-31 Detailed Schedule Program (RZKSCH) Parameters -
Registration Status Program (RZKSRS)
The Registration Status program (RZKSRS) displays the student’s
registration status for the selected term.
After the student selects a term, RZKSRS reads the Student Term File
(RTFILE), Attributes File (AAFILE), and the Academic Auxiliary File
(RAFILE) for the student’s information regarding holds, academic
standing, registration status, class, curriculum, and earned credit hours
to date. Then the program generates the display and sends the results to
the Web Common Gateway Interface (CGI) program for merging with
the HTML.
The required input for the Registration Status program includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
• Term
February 2005
14-73
Transfer Credit Program (RZKTCD)
W25 (Registration and Schedule).
Parameter
Name
(Web only)
Attribute
Optional
Valid Values
Y
Student name is displayed on the
Registration Status page (default).
N
Student name is not displayed on the
Registration Status page.
Table 14-32 Registration Status Program (RZKSRS) Parameters
Transfer Credit Program (RZKTCD)
The Transfer Credit program (RZKTCD) displays a list of the courses
which have been accepted as transfer credit at your institution for a
previously selected career. A student is prompted for his/her student
ID, PIN, and level of study. RZKTCD extracts the information needed,
using inquiry-only mode to generate the Transfer Credit Display. Then
RZKTCD sends the results to the Web Common Gateway Interface
The Level of Study choices are extracted from the Level/Career data
element (AA630) in the DBD via a table load Web transaction. After a
student chooses the Transfer Credit option on the Student Records
menu and selects a level of study, the information displays on the Web
page.
The required input for the Transfer Credit program includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
• Level of Study
14-74
February 2005
Unofficial Transcript Program (RZKTRN)
Program parameter values should be entered on Screen W21 (Student
Records 1).
Parameter
Name
(Web only)
Holds
Attribute
Optional
Optional
Valid Values
Y
Student name is displayed on the Transfer
Credit page (default).
N
Transfer Credit page.
Y
Students with transcript holds can view the
Transfer Credit page.
N
Students with transcript holds cannot view
the Transfer Credit page (default).
Table 14-33 Transfer Credit Program (RZKTCD) Parameters
The Unofficial Transcript program (RZKTRN) displays an unofficial
student academic transcript. A student is prompted for his/her student
ID, PIN, and level of study. RZKTRN extracts the information needed,
using inquiry-only mode to generate the Unofficial Transcript Display.
Then RZKTRN sends the results to the Web Common Gateway
Interface (CGI) program for merging with the HTML.
student chooses the Unofficial Transcript option on the Student
Records menu and selects a level of study, the information displays on
the Web page.
The required input for the Unofficial Transcript program includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
• Level of Study
February 2005
14-75
following pages.
The following program parameter values should be entered on Screen
Parameter
Attribute
Name
(Web only)
Optional
Holds
Optional
Valid Values
Y
Student name is displayed on the Unofficial
Transcript page (default).
N
Student name is not displayed on the Unofficial
Transcript page.
Y
N
Students with transcript holds cannot view the
Unofficial Transcript page (default).
Table 14-34 Unofficial Transcript Program (RZKTRN) Parameters
Program Parameter Values to Enter - for Kiosk
for RZKTRN. Then RZKTRN must be recompiled (and linked on DEC
Parameter
Attribute
Valid Values
ADDR-TYPE
(Kiosk only)
Required
Address type to be printed on the Unofficial
Transcript report and displayed on the screen.
Multiple requests are allowed and must be
entered in priority sequence. For example, PB
will first print/display the permanent address,
and if none is found, will print/display the
billing address. Valid values are from the
Address Type Code (AD215).
FONTS
(Kiosk only)
Required
1
Bold
2
Regular
3
Italic
Y
Student name is displayed on the Unofficial
Transcript page.
N
PRINT-NAME
(Web only)
Required
Table 14-35 Unofficial Transcript Program (RZKTRN) Parameters - Kiosk
14-76
February 2005
Institutional Coursework Program (RZKTSC)
Institutional Coursework Program (RZKTSC)
The Institutional Coursework program (RZKTSC) displays courses
taken by a student during tenure at your institution for a previously
selected career. A student is prompted for his/her student ID, PIN, and
level of study. RZKTSC extracts the information needed, using inquiryonly mode to generate the Institutional Coursework Display. Then
RZKTSC sends the results to the Web Common Gateway Interface
student chooses the Institutional Coursework option on the Student
Records menu and selects a level of study, the information displays on
the Web page.
The required input for the Institutional Coursework program includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
• Level of Study
Program parameter values should be entered on Screen W21 (Student
Records 1).
Parameter
Name
(Web only)
Holds
Attribute
Optional
Optional
Valid Values
Y
Student name is displayed on the
Institutional Coursework Web page
(default).
N
Institutional Coursework Web page.
Y
N
the Institutional Coursework page (default).
Table 14-36 Institutional Coursework Program (RZKTSC) Parameters
February 2005
14-77
Accept Awards Program (SZKACC)
The Accept Awards Program (SZKACC) displays information about
each of the financial aid awards that have been offered to the student
for the specified award year (award message, status, offered amount,
accepted amount, and paid amount) and general messages specified for
the student. Depending on the options that have been set for each fund,
students can then accept or decline their awards.
SZKACC extracts the information needed, using inquiry-only mode to
generate the Accept Awards Display. Then SZKACC sends the results
to the Web Common Gateway Interface (CGI) program for merging
with the HTML.
After a student chooses the Accept Awards option on the Financial Aid
menu and selects the award year, the information displays on the Web
page. The Action options that are displayed for a fund on the Accept
Awards page are specified for the Web Acc/Rej option on Screen 331
(Fund Attribute) for that fund. Your setting for Web Acc/Rej
determines whether SZKACC will display the fund on the Accept
Awards page and allow students to accept full or partial awards and
decline awards.
If a student attempts to accept a partial amount that is less than the Min
Award amount specified for the fund on Screen 331, SZKACC will
display an error message.
The required input for the Accept Awards program includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
• Award Year
14-78
February 2005
Program parameter values should be entered on Screen 331 (Fund
Attribute) and on Screen W26 (Financial Aid 1).
Parameter
Attribute
Valid Values
Settings on Screen 331
Pr on
Awd Ltr
Optional
Determines if the specified fund is displayed on the
Accept Awards page. If Pr on Awd Ltr is Y or X, the
award is displayed.
Note: In order for the fund to be displayed, Awd Ltr
Print must not be set to H on Screen 317, 318,
or 325 for the specified student and award year.
Web
Acc/Rej
Optional
Determines whether or not students can view their
awards for the specified fund on the Accept Awards
page, and accept full or partial awards and decline
awards.
A
B
D
M
N
Web Lend
Sel
Optional
Accept full or partial awards
Accept full awards or decline awards
Only view the awards on the Web page
Accept full or partial awards, and decline awards
Cannot view their awards on the Web page
(default)
Specifies whether a preferred lender list for this fund is
to be displayed on the Accept Awards page.
N
1-9
Do not display a preferred lender list for this
fund on the Accept Awards page (default).
If you set Web Lend Sel to a number, you
MUST list at least the same number of preferred
lenders (for DBD element SW073). Number and
list your Preferred Lenders with one space
between the A# and the lender name, as follows:
.
.
.
You may list other lenders for B1 to B9, C1 to
C9, ... Z1 to Z9, but these will not be displayed
in the Preferred Lender list box.
Min
Award
Optional
The system will not allow students to accept an award
amount that is below the specified Min Award amount
(the minimum amount the lender will process).
Table 14-37 Accept Awards Program (SZKACC) Parameters
February 2005
14-79
Parameter
Attribute
Valid Values
Settings on Screen W26
Name
Time
Control
Optional
Optional
Y
Student name is displayed on the Accept
N
Student name is not displayed on the Accept
Awards page.
Y
The system will calculate how much time each
student has to accept/decline his/her awards, and
will display a message to let the student know
how many days are left to take action on his/her
awards. If you specify this option, you must also
set Number of Days to Take Action.
N
No date calculation will be performed to
determine the number of days a student has to
take action on his/her awards. The student will
have an unlimited number of days to view and
accept/decline his/her awards via the Accept
Number of
Days to
Take
Action
Optional
If you set Time Control to Y, you must set this option.
Specify the number of days students have to take
action on their awards. The system will calculate the
last day it will accept a response by using the date the
award letter is printed as the start date. Since there may
be more than one Award Letter Print Date within an
Award Year, the system will use the most recent
Award Letter Print Date in its calculation. (Default is
0, the setting that must be used if you set Time Control
to N.)
Set
Offered
Amount to
Accept
Amount
Optional
Specify whether the system should set the amount of
the award that was offered to the partial award amount
that was accepted by the student.
N
Do not set the offered amount to the accepted
partial amount (default). The student will be able
to change the amount of the award he/she wants
to accept until the award is disbursed.
Y
Set the offered amount to the partial amount the
student accepted. The award amount will be
locked in so that the student cannot change it via
the Web.
Table 14-37 Accept Awards Program (SZKACC) Parameters (continued)
14-80
February 2005
Parameter
Attribute
Terms &
Conditions
Optional
Valid Values
Specify whether students must agree to your
institution’s Terms and Conditions before accepting
their awards.
N
Do not display a link to the Terms and
Conditions along with an acceptance checkbox
on the Accept Awards page (default).
Y
Display a link to the Terms and Conditions
along with an acceptance checkbox on the
Accept Awards page. When students select the
link, the system will display a new window with
a list of your award Terms and Conditions for
students to read. You should update the text in
sactermcond.htm with your institution’s Terms
and Conditions.
Students must select the checkbox on the Accept
Awards page to signify that they accept the term
and conditions before the system will process
their awards. After the student has taken action
on all his/her awards or the only available action
is to decline his/her awards, the checkbox will
no longer be displayed on the page. The date on
which the student last accepted the terms and
conditions will be listed in the Term/Cond field
on Screen 325 (Packaging)
Table 14-37 Accept Awards Program (SZKACC) Parameters (continued)
February 2005
14-81
Financial Aid Applicant Award Information Program (SZKAWD)
The Financial Aid Applicant Award Information program (SZKAWD)
displays a list of the student’s financial aid awards by term, including
offered amount, paid amount, and messages. On the Web, a student is
prompted to enter the student ID, PIN, and award year. SZKAWD
extracts the information needed to generate the financial aid award
information, and sends it to the Web Common Gateway Interface
The Award Information by Year page will also display a link to the
Accept Awards page, so students can take action on their awards. If
your institution requires that students accept your financial aid terms
and conditions (set Terms & Conditions to Y on Screen W26), the
page will also display a link to your terms and conditions.
Your institution determines the award year choices available by listing
the award years in presentation order on the Financial Aid 1 Screen
(W26). These award years are then loaded into a table on T-Serve via a
Web transaction. Once the T-Serve table is loaded, the award years are
available on the Web.
The required input for the Financial Aid Applicant Award Information
program includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
• Aid award year
14-82
February 2005
following pages.
W26 (Financial Aid 1).
Parameter
Name
Attribute
Optional
Valid Values
Y
Display the student name on the Award
Information By Year and Award History
pages (default).
N
Award Information By Year and Award
History pages.
Table 14-38 Applicant Award Program (SZKAWD) Parameters
for SZKAWD. Then SZKAWD must be recompiled and linked (on DEC
Parameter
STU-ID-REQ
Attribute
Required
Valid Values
Y
printed on the financial aid award report.
P
but is printed on the financial aid award
report.
N
printed on the financial aid award report.
Y
and printed on the financial aid award
report.
P
screen, but is printed on the financial aid
award report.
N
screen or printed on the financial aid award
report.
(Kiosk only)
STU-ADDRREQ
(Kiosk only)
Required
Table 14-39 Applicant Award Program (SZKAWD) Parameters
February 2005
14-83
Parameter
ADDRPREF
(Kiosk only)
Attribute
RequiredADDRPREF
Valid Values
Address type to be printed on the financial aid
award report and displayed on the screen.
Multiple requests are allowed and must be
entered in priority sequence. For example, PB
will first print/display the permanent address
and, if none is found, will print/display the
billing address.
element AD215.
STU-PIN-REQ
(Kiosk only)
ADDR-NAME
(Kiosk only)
Required
Required
COUN-NAMEREQ
(Kiosk only)
Required
INPUT-DATA
(Kiosk only)
Required
Y
PIN is required to be entered to match the
student’s record.
N
PIN is not required to be entered if one does
not exist on the student’s record.
B
PIN is required if it exists on the student’s
record; Birth Date is required if a PIN does
not exist.
D
F
First name only.
L
Last name only.
M
Salutation, Last name. If the salutation is
blank, provide the salutation based on the
value in the gender field.
N
Nickname only.
R
S
Salutation, first name, middle name, last
name. If the salutation is blank, provide the
salutation based on the value in the gender
field.
Y
Print/display the Financial Aid Counselor
and title.
N
Do not print/display the Financial Aid
Counselor and title.
Specify the name of the person to be listed on the
Financial Aid award letters.
Table 14-39 Applicant Award Program (SZKAWD) Parameters (continued)
14-84
February 2005
Cost of Attendance Program (SZKCOA)
Cost of Attendance Program (SZKCOA)
The Cost of Attendance program (SZKCOA) estimates the likely
expenses a student will incur in the specified award year. SZKCOA
retrieves the cost of attendance information from the Institutional
Budget segment of the Student Aid File (SAFILE) and sends the results
to the Web Common Gateway Interface (CGI) program for merging
with the HTML.
If the student has more than one award period within the award year,
the primary award period information displays first, and the second
award period information displays below it. The primary award period
for an award year is based on the value in the field “AC-AW-PRIMARY,”
which is in the Award Period segment of the System Control File
(ACFILE).
The required input for the Cost of Attendance program includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
• Award year
Parameter
Name
(Web only)
Attribute
Optional
Valid Values
Y
Student name is displayed on the Cost of
Attendance page (default).
N
Student name is not displayed on the Cost
of Attendance page.
Table 14-40 Cost of Attendance Program (SZKCOA) Parameters
February 2005
14-85
Academic Progress Program (SZKPRO)
Academic Progress Program (SZKPRO)
The Academic Progress program (SZKPRO) displays the status of a
student’s academic progress for each term in which the student is
enrolled. Poor academic performance can affect a student’s eligibility
for federal, state, and institutional financial assistance.
SZKPRO retrieves the student’s academic progress information from
the packaging segment in SIS and sends the results to the Web
HTML.
If the student does not have a packaging segment in the SIS data files,
the student is prompted to contact a financial aid administrator.
The required input for the Academic Progress program includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
• Award year
Parameter
Name
(Web only)
Attribute
Optional
Valid Values
Y
Student name is displayed on the Academic
Progress page (default).
N
Academic Progress page.
Table 14-41 Academic Progress Program (SZKPRO) Parameters
14-86
February 2005
Financial Aid Summary Program (SZKSUM)
Financial Aid Summary Program (SZKSUM)
The Financial Aid Summary program (SZKSUM) displays a quick
recap of the student’s financial aid information (whether he/she has
outstanding requirements, his/her estimated cost for attending your
institution, whether he/she needs to take action on any awards, the total
amount of financial aid awarded, his/her academic progress, and a link
to his/her financial aid history).
SZKSUM retrieves the student’s financial aid information and sends the
results to the Web Common Gateway Interface (CGI) program for
The required input for the Financial Aid Summary program includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
• Award year
Parameter
Name
(Web only)
Attribute
Optional
Valid Values
Y
Student name is displayed on the Financial
Aid Summary page (default).
N
Financial Aid Summary page.
Table 14-42 Financial Aid Summary Program (SZKSUM) Parameters
February 2005
14-87
Student Requirements Program (SZKTRK)
The Student Requirements program (SZKTRK) displays a list of the
required documents that must be received by your institution before the
student can obtain his/her financial aid award. SZKTRK will list those
documents that must be completed by the student and the financial aid
transcripts that must be sent from other schools. If your institution has
specified on Screen 337 the name and location of the required
documents (located in the /WEBDOCS/FORMDOCS directory on your
server) or the URL and name of another Website, links to these
Attachments will also be displayed on the Student Requirements page
for documents with a Status of Not received.
A student is prompted to enter the student ID, PIN, and award year.
SZKTRK extracts the information needed to generate the financial aid
required documents status information and then sends it to the Web
HTML.
The required input for the Student Requirements program includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
• Award year
following pages.
14-88
February 2005
W26 (Financial Aid 1) and Screen 337 (Tracking Messages).
Parameter
Attribute
Valid Values
Setting on Screen W26
Name
Optional
Y
Display student name on the Student
Requirements page (default).
N
Student Requirements page.
Settings on Screen 337
URL/Form
Location
Optional
On the A line, specify the location of the
required document.
• For a document in /WEBDOCS/FORMDOCS,
you would specify a URL of:
[Server Name]/WEBDOCS/FORMDOCS/
[Document.pdf]
• For a document in another Website, you would
specify the site’s URL, for example:
http://www.dlssonline.com
URL/Form
Description
Optional
On the B line, specify the text for the document
link as it is to be displayed on the Student
Requirements page. Two examples:
• Name the document (e.g., Stafford Loan
Form).
• Specify that more information can be found
about the missing document (e.g., For More
Information).
Table 14-43 Student Requirements Program (SZKTRK) Parameters
February 2005
14-89
for SZKTRK. Then SZKTRK must be recompiled (and linked on DEC
Parameter
PRINT-SID
(Kiosk only)
PRINT-ADDR
(Kiosk only)
ADDR-TYPE
(Kiosk only)
Attribute
Required
Required
Required ADDRPREF
Valid Values
Y
printed on the financial aid required
documents status report.
P
but is printed on the financial aid required
N
printed on the financial aid required
Y
and printed on the financial aid tracking
report.
P
screen, but is printed on the financial aid
tracking report.
N
screen or printed on the financial aid
tracking report.
Address type to be printed on the financial aid
tracking report and displayed on the screen.
Multiple requests are allowed and must be entered
in priority sequence. For example, PB will first
print/display the permanent address and, if none
element AD215.
PIN-BIRTH
(Kiosk only)
Required
Y
PIN must be entered and match the student’s
record.
N
PIN does not have to be entered if one does
not exist on the student’s record.
B
PIN must be entered if it exists on the
student’s record; Birth Date must be entered
if a PIN does not exist.
14-90
February 2005
Parameter
ADDRESSNAME
(Kiosk only)
FINAID-CID
(Kiosk only)
TEXT1 - 10
(Kiosk only)
FINAIDOFFICER
(Kiosk only)
Attribute
Required
Required
Valid Values
D
F
First name only.
L
Last name only.
M
Salutation, Last name. If the salutation is
blank, provide the salutation based on the
value in the gender field.
N
Nickname only.
R
S
Salutation, first name, middle name, last
name. If the salutation is blank, provide the
salutation based on the value in the gender
field.
Y
Print/display the Financial Aid Counselor
and title.
N
Do not print/display the Financial Aid
Counselor and title.
Optional
Up to ten 60-character lines of text to be
displayed on the financial aid documents.
Optional
The ID, name, and title of the Financial Aid
Officer.
February 2005
14-91
Unofficial Financial Aid Transcript Program (SZKTRN)
The Unofficial Financial Aid Transcript program (SZKTRN) displays
the Unofficial Financial Aid Transcript. A student is prompted to enter
his/her student ID, PIN, and award year. SZKTRN extracts the
information needed to generate the Unofficial Financial Aid Transcript
and sends it to the Web Common Gateway Interface (CGI) program for
The required input for the Unofficial Financial Aid Transcript program
includes:
• Student ID
• Student PIN
• Aid award year (needed in processing as current year for
calculations)
following pages.
14-92
February 2005
Parameter
Name
Holds
Attribute
Optional
Optional
Valid Values
Y
Display the student name on the Unofficial
Transcript page.
N
Y
N
the Unofficial Transcript page (default).
Table 14-45 Unofficial Transcript Program (SZKTRN) Parameters
for SZKTRN. Then SZKTRN must be recompiled (and linked on DEC
Transaction Definitions
Refer to SBA640 in the On-line Reference System for the transaction
definitions for the financial aid counselor and title, aggregate fund
mnemonics, award year, start and end dates, and Federal Pell Grant
fund subcodes.
February 2005
14-93
15 Web Files Used By Function
For each Web function, the following tables define all the pieces that are
referenced to build the Web page and process the request. Files marked with an
asterisk (*) are the HTML templates for the Campus Pipeline/Luminis-enabled
version of SCT Plus Student Self-Service.
If you want to create additional institution-specific functions, note that host
transaction codes 8000 to 8099 are reserved for Student Self-Service. Consult the
TouchNet Enterprise/Web Application User’s Guide for information on
customizing HTML.
For a List of:
Refer to
Page
General Web files
Home Page
15-5
15-5
Site Map
15-5
Student Services
15-5
Logout
15-5
Table Load
15-6
Term Selection files
Select Term
15-7
Personal Information files
Change PIN
15-8
15-8
15-8
Select Address
15-9
View Address List
15-9
Update Address
15-10
15-11
View Marital Status
15-12
15-12
Change Name
15-12
15-12
Table 15-1 List of Web Files by Function
February 2005
15-1
Refer to
Page
For a List of:
Student Records files
15-13
Grades
15-13
15-14
Transfer Credit
15-14
15-15
Account Summary
15-15
Select Tax Year
15-16
1098-T Summary Information
15-16
15-17
Degree Audit
15-17
15-18
Advisor
15-21
Holds
15-21
Additional Services
15-21
Registration files
15-22
15-23
15-24
Detailed Schedule
15-24
Student Schedule
15-25
Registration Status
15-25
Financial Aid files
Financial Aid Opportunities
15-26
Financial Aid Links - What do you want to do?
15-26
Select Award Year
15-26
15-26
Accept Awards
15-27
15-28
Award History
15-28
15-28
Unofficial Financial Aid Transcript
15-29
Academic Progress
15-29
Cost of Attendance
15-29
Table 15-1 List of Web Files by Function (continued)
15-2
February 2005
For a List of:
Refer to
Page
Course files
Course Catalog
15-30
Course Sections
15-31
15-33
Prospective Student files
15-36
Admissions files
Create Account
15-38
Login
15-38
Identity Verification
15-39
Create PIN
15-39
Login - PIN Create Account SSN/PIN Error Page
15-40
Login - Enter PIN
15-41
Review Application
15-42
Select Application Type
15-43
Select Term
15-43
Select Major
15-44
15-44
15-48
15-48
Select Application
15-52
Previous College Information
15-52
College Information - Locate College
15-53
Select College Name
15-54
Add Previous College
15-54
High School Information
15-55
Locate High School
15-56
Add High School Information
15-57
Submit Application
15-58
Submit Application - Thank You
15-58
Continuous Flow Process
15-58
15-67
Personal References
15-69
Employment History
15-71
Client Requirements -Freshman Essay
15-72
Client Requirements -Publications and Honors
15-72
February 2005
15-3
Refer to
Page
For a List of:
Admissions - Credit Card Payment
15-72
Admissions - Credit Card Receipt
15-72
Admissions - Logoff
15-73
Parent or Guest Payment files
Parent or Guest Payment
15-73
Parent or Guest Payment - Credit Card Payment
15-73
Parent or Guest - Credit Card Receipt
15-73
15-4
February 2005
General Web Files
General Web Files
Web Function
Host
Trans
Code
Configuration Files
Home Page
-1
ahomepg.cfg
ahomepg.htm
Student
Services Login
1000
astulog.cfg
acaution.htm
alogin.ddo
acommstulog.htm
astuinfo.ddo
Site Map
1008
asitemap.cfg
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
acaution.ddo
acwid.htm
acwid.ddo
admnmenu.htm
admnmenu.ddo
aerrmsg.htm
aerrmsg.ddo
apinqa.htm
apinqa.ddo
apinqamsg.htm
apinqamsg.ddo
asitemap.htm
asitemap.ddo
astulog.htm
astulog.ddo
astulogfp1.htm
astulogfp1.ddo
astulogfp2.htm
astulogfp2.ddo
astulogfp3.htm
astulogfp3.ddo
astuloghdr.htm
astuloghdr.ddo
astuloghdr2.htm
astuloghdr2.ddo
astulogpin.htm
astulogpin.ddo
astulogpinok.htm
astulogpinok.ddo
rinfotxt.htm
rinfotxt.ddo
rinfotxt2.htm
rinfotxt2.ddo
rinfotxt3.htm
rinfotxt3.ddo
rinfotxt4.htm
rinfotxt4.ddo
rinfotxt5.htm
rinfotxt5.ddo
acommhtm.htm
astuinfo.ddo
Host
Program
AZKVST
AZKTBL
acommhtmcp.htm*
asitemap.htm
Student
Services
Logout
1010
admnmenu.cfg
acommhtm.htm
asitemap.ddo
astuinfo.ddo
AZKVST
acommhtmcp.htm*
-1
alogout.cfg
admnmenu.htm
admnmenu.ddo
asitemap.htm
asitemap.ddo
alogout.htm
Table 15-2 General Web Files
February 2005
15-5
General Web Files
Web Function
Host
Trans
Code
Configuration Files
Table Load
-1
atblload.cfg
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
atblload.htm
allload.cfg
reqmsg.ddo
atblload.htm
aupdtmsg.htm
1013
rsubload.cfg
reqmsg.ddo
atblload.htm
aupdtmsg.htm
1106
aregload.cfg
reqmsg.ddo
atblload.htm
aupdtmsg.htm
1108
rschload.cfg
reqmsg.ddo
atblload.htm
aupdtmsg.htm
1118
agrdload.cfg
reqmsg.ddo
atblload.htm
aupdtmsg.htm
1119
acrrload.cfg
reqmsg.ddo
atblload.htm
aupdtmsg.htm
1126
aschload.cfg
reqmsg.ddo
atblload.htm
aupdtmsg.htm
1204
admiload.cfg
reqmsg.ddo
atblload.htm
aupdtmsg.htm
1305
sfawload.cfg
reqmsg.ddo
atblload.htm
aupdtmsg.htm
1406
billload.cfg
Host
Program
AZKTBL
aupdtmsg.htm
1009
Object Files
Output
reqmsg.ddo
atblload.htm
aupdtmsg.htm
reqmsg.ddo
Table 15-2 General Web Files (continued)
15-6
February 2005
Term Files
Term Files
Host
Web
Tran
Function Code
Select
Term
1128
Configuration
Files
aterm.cfg
HTML Files
acommhtm.htm
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
aconfig.ddo
Host
Program
AZKTBL
acommhtmcp.htm*
aconfig.htm
aconfig.ddo
aerrmsg.htm
aerrmsg.ddo
arowftr.htm
arowftr.ddo
atableftr.htm
atableftr.ddo
rinfotxt.htm
rinfotxt.ddo
rterment.htm
rterment.ddo
rtermentbr.htm
rtermentbr.ddo
rtermentcrs.htm
rtermentcrs.ddo
rtermentgrd.htm
rtermentgrd.ddo
rtermentreg.htm
rtermentreg.ddo
rtermentsch.htm
rtermentsch.ddo
rtermentsep.htm
rtermentsep.ddo
rtermhdr.htm
rtermhdr.ddo
rtermhdrbr.htm
rtermhdrbr.ddo
rtermhdrcrs.htm
rtermhdrcrs.ddo
rtermhdrgrd.htm
rtermhdrgrd.ddo
rtermhdrreg.htm
rtermhdrreg.ddo
rtermhdrsch.htm
rtermhdrsch.ddo
rtermhdrterm.htm
rtermhdrterm.ddo
Table 10-1 Term Files
February 2005
15-7
Personal Information Files
Web Function
Host
Tran
Code
Change PIN
-1
Configuration
Files
achgpin.cfg
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
apinchg.htm
achgpin.ddo
apinchgcp.htm*
achgpinsrc.ddo
Object Files
Output
Host
Program
astuinfo.ddo
1001
achpin2.cfg
achgpin.htm
achgpin.ddo
achgpin2.htm
achgpinsrc.ddo
achgpin2cp.htm*
astuinfo.ddo
AZKPIN
apinerr.ddo
achgpincp.htm*
achgpincp.ddo
achpin2.htm
astuinfo.ddo
achpin2cp.htm*
apinmsg.htm
apinmsg.ddo
apinmsgcp.ddo
PIN Question
and Answer
E-mail
Addresses and
Personal Web
Page
1007
1015
achgpinqa.cfg
aemailupd.cfg
acommhtm.htm
achgpinqa.ddo
aerrmsg.htm
astuinfo.ddo
AZKPIN
aerrmsg.ddo
apinqa2.htm
apinqa2.ddo
aupdtmsg.htm
aupdtmsg.ddo
rinfotxt.htm
rinfotxt.ddo
acommhtm.htm
aemailinp.ddo
acommhtmcp.htm*
astuinfo.ddo
AZKADR
aemaili1.htm
aemaili1.ddo
aemaili2.htm
aemaili2.ddo
aemaili3.htm
aemaili3.ddo
aemaili4.htm
aemaili4.ddo
aemaili5.htm
aemaili5.ddo
aemailinfo.htm
aemailinfo.ddo
aemailu1.htm
aemailu1.ddo
aemailu2.htm
aemailu2.ddo
aemailu3.htm
aemailu3.ddo
aemailu4.htm
aemailu4.ddo
aemailu5.htm
aemailu5.ddo
amalerr.htm
amalerr.ddo
apref1.htm
apref1.ddo
apref2.htm
apref2.ddo
apref3.htm
apref3.ddo
apref4.htm
apref4.ddo
Table 15-3 Personal Information Files
15-8
February 2005
Web Function
Host
Tran
Code
Configuration
Files
E-mail
Addresses and
Personal Web
Page
(continued)
Select Address
1004
addrtyup.cfg
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
apref5.htm
apref5.ddo
aprefen1.htm
aprefen1.ddo
aprefen2.htm
aprefen2.ddo
aprefen3.htm
aprefen3.ddo
aprefen4.htm
aprefen4.ddo
aprefen5.htm
aprefen5.ddo
atype1.htm
atype1.ddo
atype2.htm
atype2.ddo
atype3.htm
atype3.ddo
atype4.htm
atype4.ddo
atype5.htm
atype5.ddo
atypeen1.htm
atypeen1.ddo
atypeen2.htm
atypeen2.ddo
atypeen3.htm
atypeen3.ddo
atypeen4.htm
atypeen4.ddo
atypeen5.htm
atypeen5.ddo
aupdtmsg.htm
aupdtmsg.ddo
awebdelim.htm
awebdelim.ddo
awebpage.htm
awebpage.ddo
rsubmit.htm
rsubmit.ddo
acommhtm.htm
addractn.ddo
acommhtmcp.htm*
addrinp1.ddo
addrent.htm
addrtype.ddo
addrent.ddo
addrerr.htm
astuinfo.ddo
addrerr.ddo
addrtab.htm
View Address
List
1003
addrinq.cfg
Object Files
Output
Host
Program
AZKADR
AZKADR
addrtab.ddo
acommhtm.htm
addrinp1.ddo
acommhtmcp.htm*
astuinfo.ddo
AZKADR
addrdisp.htm
addrdisp.ddo
addrdispent.htm
addrdispent.ddo
addrdisph.htm
addrdisph.ddo
addrerr.htm
addrerr.ddo
Table 15-3 Personal Information Files (continued)
February 2005
15-9
Web Function
Update
Address
Host
Tran
Code
1005
Configuration
Files
addrupdt.cfg
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
acommhtm.htm
addractn.ddo
acommhtmcp.htm*
addrcontinp.ddo
addractn.htm
addrinp1.ddo
addractn.ddo
addrcnen.htm
addrtype.ddo
addrcnen.ddo
addrcnenf.htm
addrupdate.ddo
addrcnenf.ddo
addrcntr.htm
astuinfo.ddo
addrcntr.ddo
Host
Program
AZKADR
addrcntrf.htm
addrcntrf.ddo
addrcont.htm
addrcont.ddo
addrcontphty.htm
addrcontphty.ddo
addrcontphtyen.htm
addrcontphtyen.ddo
addrerr.htm
addrerr.ddo
addrform.htm
addrinfo.ddo
addrformp.htm
addrinfop.ddo
addrlink.htm
addrlink.ddo
addrph1fpr.htm
addrph1fpr.ddo
addrph1fpren.htm
addrph1fpren.ddo
addrph1pr.htm
addrph1pr.ddo
addrph1pren.htm
addrph1pren.ddo
addrrelatn.htm
addrrelatn.ddo
addrrelatnt.htm
addrstat1.htm
addrstat1.ddo
addrsten1.htm
addrsten1.ddo
addrtype.htm
addrtype.ddo
addrtype2.htm
addrtype2.ddo
addrusps.htm
addrusps.ddo
amalerr.htm
amalerr.ddo
aupdtmsg.htm
aupdtmsg.ddo
rinfotxt.htm
rinfotxt.ddo
rinfotxt2.htm
rinfotxt2.ddo
rsubmit.htm
rsubmit.ddo
15-10
February 2005
Web Function
Personal
Phone
Numbers
Host
Tran
Code
1016
Configuration
Files
aphoneupd.cfg
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
acommhtm.htm
aphoneinp.ddo
acommhtmcp.htm*
astuinfo.ddo
Object Files
Output
Host
Program
AZKADR
amalerr.htm
amalerr.ddo
aphone1.htm
aphone1.ddo
aphone2.htm
aphone2.ddo
aphone3.htm
aphone3.ddo
aphone4.htm
aphone4.ddo
aphone5.htm
aphone5.ddo
aphoneinfo.htm
aphoneinfo.ddo
apref1.htm
apref1.ddo
apref2.htm
apref2.ddo
apref3.htm
apref3.ddo
apref4.htm
apref4.ddo
apref5.htm
apref5.ddo
aprefen1.htm
aprefen1.ddo
aprefen2.htm
aprefen2.ddo
aprefen3.htm
aprefen3.ddo
aprefen4.htm
aprefen4.ddo
aprefen5.htm
aprefen5.ddo
atype1.htm
atype1.ddo
atype2.htm
atype2.ddo
atype3.htm
atype3.ddo
atype4.htm
atype4.ddo
atype5.htm
atype5.ddo
atypeen1.htm
atypeen1.ddo
atypeen2.htm
atypeen2.ddo
atypeen3.htm
atypeen3.ddo
atypeen4.htm
atypeen4.ddo
atypeen5.htm
atypeen5.ddo
aupdtmsg.htm
aupdtmsg.ddo
rsubmit.htm
rsubmit.ddo
February 2005
15-11
Web Function
View Marital
Status
Host
Tran
Code
1020
Configuration
Files
amstinq.cfg
HTML Files
acommhtm.htm
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
astuinfo.ddo
Host
Program
AZKMSR
acommhtmcp.htm*
amstdisp.htm
amstdisp.ddo
amsterr.htm
amsterr.ddo
amstent.ddo
amstcntr.ddo
amstinqxml.cfg
acommhtmcp.htm*
astuinfo.ddo
acommxml.xml
amstdisp.xml
amstdisp.ddo
amsterr.xml
amsterr.ddo
amstent.ddo
amstcntr.ddo
Update Marital
Status
1021
amstupdt.cfg
acommhtm.htm
amstcntr.ddo
AZKMSU
acommhtmcp.htm*
amstdisp.ddo
amstcntr.htm
amstent.ddo
amstcntr.ddo
amstent.htm
astuinfo.ddo
amstent.ddo
amstform.htm
aupdtmsg.htm
aupdtmsg.ddo
amstdisp.ddo
Change Name
1011
anamdisp.cfg
acommhtm.htm
astuinfo.ddo
acommhtmcp.htm*
anamdisp.htm
Change Social
Security
Number
1019
assndisp.cfg
acommhtm.htm
anamdisp.ddo
astuinfo.ddo
acommhtmcp.htm*
assndisp.htm
assndisp.ddo
15-12
February 2005
Student Records Files
Web Function
Graduation
Information
Grades
Host
Tran
Code
1026
1111
Configuration
Files
HTML Files
rgradinfo.cfg
rgrades.cfg
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
acommhtm.htm
astuinfo.ddo
acommhtmcp.htm*
rgradinp.ddo
aerrmsg.htm
rgradnumrows.ddo
aerrmsg.ddo
aupdtmsg.htm
rgradpgcd.ddo
aupdtmsg.ddo
AZKAAU
rgradindent.htm
rgradindent.ddo
rgradindtab.htm
rgradindtab.ddo
rgradinfo.htm
rgradinfo.ddo
rgradinfohdr.htm
rgradinfohdr.ddo
rgradterment.htm
rgradterment.ddo
rgradtermtab.htm
rgradtermtab.ddo
rsubmit.htm
rsubmit.ddo
rtblclose.htm
rtblclose.ddo
acaution.htm
astuinfo.ddo
Host
Program
acaution.ddo
RZKGRD
acommhtm.htm
acommhtmcp.htm*
aerrmsg.htm
aerrmsg.ddo
astuname.htm
astuname.ddo
atableftr.htm
atableftr.ddo
aterment.htm
aterment.ddo
atermtab.htm
atermtab.ddo
atermtrn.htm
atermtrn.ddo
rgcumstt.htm
rcumstat.ddo
rgradcrs.htm
rgradcrs.ddo
rgradhdr.htm
rgradary.ddo
rgtermst.htm
rtermstt.ddo
rinfotxt.htm
rinfotxt.ddo
rmgcumstt.htm
rmcumstat.ddo
rmgradcrs.htm
rmgradcrs.ddo
rmgradhdr.htm
rmgradary.ddo
rmgtermst.htm
rmtermstt.ddo
Table 15-4 Student Records Files
February 2005
15-13
Web Function
Institutional
Coursework
Host
Tran
Code
1113
Configuration
Files
rinstcrd.cfg
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
acaution.htm
astuinfo.ddo
acommhtm.htm
rcarreq.ddo
Object Files
Output
acaution.ddo
Host
Program
RZKTSC
acommhtmcp.htm*
Transfer
Credit
1114
rtrncrd.cfg
aerrmsg.htm
aerrmsg.ddo
astuname.htm
astuname.ddo
atermtn2.htm
atermtrn.ddo
rcarrent.htm
rcarrent.ddo
rcarrtab.htm
rcarrtab.ddo
rcumstat.htm
rcumstat.ddo
rdeginfo.htm
rdeginfo.ddo
rdegrecr.htm
rdegrecr.ddo
rinfotxt.htm
rinfotxt.ddo
rinfotxt2.htm
rinfotxt2.ddo
rinstat.htm
rinstat.ddo
rinsthdr.htm
rinsthdr.ddo
rtermara.htm
rtermara.ddo
rtermcrs.htm
rtermcrs.ddo
rtermstt.htm
rtermstt.ddo
acaution.htm
astuinfo.ddo
acommhtm.htm
rcarreq.ddo
acaution.ddo
RZKTCD
acommhtmcp.htm*
aerrmsg.htm
aerrmsg.ddo
astuname.htm
astuname.ddo
rcarrent.htm
rcarrent.ddo
rcarrtab.htm
rcarrtab.ddo
rcrsrecr.htm
rcrsrecr.ddo
rdeginfo.htm
rdeginfo.ddo
rdegrec2.htm
rdegrecr.ddo
rinfotxt.htm
rinfotxt.ddo
rinfotxt2.htm
rinfotxt2.ddo
rtfrcrs.htm
rtfrcrs.ddo
rtfrsubt.htm
rtfrsubt.ddo
rtfrtot.htm
rtfrtot.ddo
Table 15-4 Student Records Files (continued)
15-14
February 2005
Web Function
Unofficial
Transcript
Host
Tran
Code
1115
Configuration
Files
rtranscr.cfg
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
acaution.htm
astuinfo.ddo
acommhtm.htm
rcarreq.ddo
Object Files
Output
acaution.ddo
Host
Program
RZKTRN
acommhtmcp.htm*
aerrmsg.htm
aerrmsg.ddo
astuname.htm
astuname.ddo
rcarrent.htm
rcarrent.ddo
rcarrtab.htm
rcarrtab.ddo
rinfotxt.htm
rinfotxt.ddo
rinfotxt2.htm
rinfotxt2.ddo
rtranscr1.htm
rtranscr1.ddo
rtranscr3.htm
rtranscr3.ddo
rtranscr2.ddo
Account
Summary
1402
billfee.cfg
acaution.htm
astuinfo.ddo
acaution.ddo
BZKBIL
acommhtm.htm
acommhtmcp.htm*
aconfig.htm
aconfig.ddo
aerrmsg.htm
aerrmsg.ddo
astuname.htm
astuname.ddo
aterment.htm
aterment.ddo
atermtab.htm
atermtab.ddo
atermtrn.htm
atermtrn.ddo
balinfo.htm
balinfo.ddo
balinfondt.htm
balinfondt.ddo
billdetl.htm
billdetl.ddo
billdetlfa.htm
billdetlfa.ddo
billdetlpy.htm
billdetlpy.ddo
billtabl.htm
billtabl.ddo
billtablfa.htm
billtablfa.ddo
billtablpy.htm
billtablpy.ddo
rinfotxt.htm
rinfotxt.ddo
rsubmit.htm
rsubmit.ddo
billarry.ddo
billarryfa.ddo
billarrypy.ddo
February 2005
15-15
Web Function
Account
Summary Credit Card
Payment
Account
Summary Credit Card
Receipt
Host
Tran
Code
1403
1405
Configuration
Files
bcrdcard.cfg
bcrdupdt.cfg
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
acommhtm.htm
astuinfo.ddo
acommhtmcp.htm*
bcrdcard.ddo
Object Files
Output
BZKCCU
bcrdcard.htm
bcrdcard.ddo
bcrdmsg.htm
bcrdmsg.ddo
rinfotxt.htm
rinfotxt.ddo
acommhtm.htm
astuinfo.ddo
acommhtmcp.htm*
bcrdcard.ddo
bccrdmsg.htm
tepsa1.ddo
bccrdmsg.ddo
bcrdcard.htm
tepsavs.ddo
bcrdcard.ddo
bcrdmsg.htm
Host
Program
BZKCCU
bcrdmsg.ddo
berrpgm.htm
berrpgmcp.htm*
msubauto.htm
Select Tax
Year
1098-T
Summary
Information
1408
btxyr98t.cfg
acommhtm.htm
msubauto.ddo
astuinfo.ddo
BZKTXY
acommhtmcp.htm*
1409
b1098tinf1.cfg
btxyrent.htm
btxyrent.ddo
btxyrerr.htm
btxyrerr.ddo
btxyrtab.htm
btxyrtab.ddo
acommhtm.htm
astuinfo.ddo
acommhtmcp.htm*
btxyrent.ddo
BZKTRA
b1098tarry1.htm
b1098tarry1.ddo
b1098tarry2.htm
b1098tarry2.ddo
b1098tdtl1.htm
b1098tdtl1.ddo
b1098tdtl2.htm
b1098tdtl2.ddo
b1098terr.htm
b1098terr.ddo
b1098thdr1.htm
b1098thdr1.ddo
b1098thdr2.htm
b1098thdr2.ddo
b1098tsum.htm
b1098tsum.ddo
b1098tsum03.htm
b1098tsum03.ddo
b1098ttctl1.htm
b1098ttctl1.ddo
b1098ttctl2.htm
b1098ttctl2.ddo
b1098ttctl3.htm
b1098ttctl3.ddo
b1098ttmtl1.htm
b1098ttmtl1.ddo
b1098ttmtl2.htm
b1098ttmtl2.ddo
15-16
February 2005
Web Function
Bank Account
Information
Degree Audit
Host
Tran
Code
1411
1500
Configuration
Files
bbankinfo.cfg
adegaud.cfg
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
acommhtm.htm
astuinfo.ddo
acommhtmcp.htm*
bbankinp.ddo
aerrmsg.htm
bbankpgcd.ddo
Object Files
Output
AZKAMU
aerrmsg.ddo
astuname.htm
astuname.ddo
aupdtmsg.htm
aupdtmsg.ddo
bbankacctent.htm
bbankacctent.ddo
bbankaccttab.htm
bbankaccttab.ddo
bbankdisp.htm
bbankdisp.ddo
bbankimage.htm
bbankimage.ddo
bbankinfo.htm
bbankinfo.ddo
bbankstatent.htm
bbankstatent.ddo
bbankstattab.htm
bbankstattab.ddo
rinfotxt.htm
rinfotxt.ddo
rinfotxt2.htm
rinfotxt2.ddo
acommhtm.htm
adegaudreq.ddo
acommhtmcp.htm*
astuinfo.ddo
Host
Program
DZKAUD
adegaud1.htm
adegaud1.ddo
adegaud3.htm
adegaud3.ddo
adegaudcathdr.htm
adegaudcathdr.ddo
adegaudhdr.htm
adegaudhdr.ddo
adegaudpcat.htm
adegaudpcat.ddo
adegaudprgent.htm
adegaudprgent.ddo
adegaudprghdr.htm
adegaudprg.ddo
adegaudptm.htm
adegaudptm.ddo
adegaudptp.htm
adegaudptp.ddo
adegaudpts.htm
adegaudpts.ddo
adegaudscat.htm
adegaudscat.ddo
adegaudsubhdr.htm
adegaud2.ddo
aerrmsg.htm
aerrmsg.ddo
atableftr.htm
atableftr.ddo
rinfotxt.htm
rinfotxt.ddo
rinfotxt2.htm
rinfotxt2.ddo
rinfotxt3.htm
rinfotxt3.ddo
rinfotxt4.htm
rinfotxt4.ddo
rsubinf.htm
rsubjent.ddo
rsubjtab.ddo
February 2005
15-17
Web Function
Official
Transcript
Request
Host
Tran
Code
1131
Configuration
Files
rotrdisrq.cfg
HTML Files
acommhtm.htm
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
astuinfo.ddo
Host
Program
RZKOTR
acommhtmcp.htm*
aerrmsg.htm
aerrmsg.ddo
amalerr.htm
amalerr.ddo
rinfotxt.htm
rinfotxt.ddo
rinfotxt2.htm
rinfotxt2.ddo
rinfotxt3.htm
rinfotxt3.ddo
rinfotxt4.htm
rinfotxt4.ddo
rinfotxt5.htm
rinfotxt5.ddo
rinfotxt6.htm
rinfotxt6.ddo
rinfotxt7.htm
rinfotxt7.ddo
rotrbutton.htm
rotrbutton.ddo
rotrdisar.htm
rotrdisar.ddo
rotrdisara.htm
rotrdisara.ddo
rotrdisaraary.htm
rotrdisaraary.ddo
rotrdisarc.htm
rotrdisarc.ddo
rotrdisarcary.htm
rotrdisarcary.ddo
rotrdisard.htm
rotrdisard.ddo
rotrdisardary.htm
rotrdisardary.ddo
rotrdisaro.htm
rotrdisaro.ddo
rotrdisaroary.htm
rotrdisaroary.ddo
rotrdisars.htm
rotrdisars.ddo
rotrdisarsary.htm
rotrdisarsary.ddo
rotrdisart.htm
rotrdisart.ddo
rotrdisartary.htm
rotrdisartary.ddo
rotrdisns.htm
rotrdisns.ddo
rotrdisnsa.htm
rotrdisnsa.ddo
rotrdisnsaary.htm
rotrdisnsaary.ddo
rotrdisnsc.htm
rotrdisnsc.ddo
rotrdisnscary.htm
rotrdisnscary.ddo
rotrdisnsd.htm
rotrdisnsd.ddo
rotrdisnsdary.htm
rotrdisnsdary.ddo
rotrdisnsf.htm
rotrdisnsf.ddo
rotrdisnsfary.htm
rotrdisnsfary.ddo
rotrdisnsinf.htm
rotrdisnsinf.ddo
rotrdisnso.htm
rotrdisnso.ddo
15-18
February 2005
Web Function
Host
Tran
Code
Configuration
Files
Official
Transcript
Request
(continued)
1132
rotrprorq.cfg
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
Host
Program
rotrdisnsoary.htm
rotrdisnsoary.ddo
RZKOTR
rotrdisnss.htm
rotrdisnss.ddo
rotrdisnssary.htm
rotrdisnssary.ddo
rotrdisnst.htm
rotrdisnst.ddo
rotrdisnstary.htm
rotrdisnstary.ddo
rotrdisps.htm
rotrdisps.ddo
rotrdispsinf.htm
rotrdispsinf.ddo
HTML Files
acommhtm.htm
astuinfo.ddo
acommhtmcp.htm*
rotrproar.ddo
aerrmsg.htm
rotrprons.ddo
aerrmsg.ddo
amalerr.htm
rotrpronsary.ddo
amalerr.ddo
rinfotxt.htm
rinfotxt.ddo
rinfotxt2.htm
rinfotxt2.ddo
rinfotxt3.htm
rinfotxt3.ddo
rinfotxt4.htm
rinfotxt4.ddo
rinfotxt5.htm
rinfotxt5.ddo
rinfotxt6.htm
rinfotxt6.ddo
rinfotxt7.htm
rinfotxt7.ddo
rotrbutton.htm
rotrbutton.ddo
rotrdisar.htm
rotrdisar.ddo
rotrdisara.htm
rotrdisara.ddo
rotrdisaraary.htm
rotrdisaraary.ddo
rotrdisarc.htm
rotrdisarc.ddo
rotrdisarcary.htm
rotrdisarcary.ddo
rotrdisard.htm
rotrdisard.ddo
rotrdisardary.htm
rotrdisardary.ddo
rotrdisaro.htm
rotrdisaro.ddo
rotrdisaroary.htm
rotrdisaroary.ddo
rotrdisars.htm
rotrdisars.ddo
rotrdisarsary.htm
rotrdisarsary.ddo
rotrdisart.htm
rotrdisart.ddo
rotrdisartary.htm
rotrdisartary.ddo
rotrdisns.htm
rotrdisns.ddo
rotrdisnsa.htm
rotrdisnsa.ddo
rotrdisnsaary.htm
rotrdisnsaary.ddo
rotrdisnsc.htm
rotrdisnsc.ddo
February 2005
15-19
Web Function
Host
Tran
Code
Configuration
Files
Official
Transcript
Request
(continued)
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
Host
Program
rotrdisnscary.htm
rotrdisnscary.ddo
RZKOTR
rotrdisnsd.htm
rotrdisnsd.ddo
rotrdisnsdary.htm
rotrdisnsdary.ddo
rotrdisnsf.htm
rotrdisnsf.ddo
rotrdisnsfary.htm
rotrdisnsfary.ddo
rotrdisnsinf.htm
rotrdisnsinf.ddo
rotrdisnso.htm
rotrdisnso.ddo
rotrdisnsoary.htm
rotrdisnsoary.ddo
rotrdisnss.htm
rotrdisnss.ddo
rotrdisnssary.htm
rotrdisnssary.ddo
rotrdisnst.htm
rotrdisnst.ddo
rotrdisnstary.htm
rotrdisnstary.ddo
rotrdisps.htm
rotrdisps.ddo
rotrdispsinf.htm
rotrdispsinf.ddo
rotrsubcc.htm
rotrsubcc.ddo
rotrsubccfinf.htm
rotrsubccfinf.ddo
rotrsubcchdr.htm
rotrsubcchdr.ddo
rotrsublst.htm
rotrsublst.ddo
rotrsublstf.htm
rotrsublstf.ddo
rotrsublstfary.htm
rotrsublstfary.ddo
rotrsublstinf.htm
rotrsublstinf.ddo
rotrsubnchdr.htm
rotrsubnchdr.ddo
HTML Files
rotrdisnsary.ddo
rotrsubccfary.ddo
rotrsublstary.ddo
1133
rotrfinrq.cfg
acommhtm.htm
astuinfo.ddo
acommhtmcp.htm*
rotrfinrq.ddo
amalerr.htm
rotrfinrqary.ddo
amalerr.ddo
rotrbutton.htm
rotrbutton.ddo
rotrfinlst.htm
rotrfinlst.ddo
rotrfinlstf.htm
rotrfinlstf.ddo
rotrfinlstfary.htm
rotrfinlstfary.ddo
rotrfinlstinf.htm
rotrfinlstinf.ddo
rotrfinnchdr.htm
rotrfinnchdr.ddo
rotrfinlstary.ddo
15-20
February 2005
Web Function
Official
Transcript
Request
(continued)
Host
Tran
Code
1405
Configuration
Files
rotrpayrq.cfg
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
acommhtm.htm
astuinfo.ddo
acommhtmcp.htm*
bcrdcard.ddo
bccrdmsg.htm
rotrpaykey.ddo
bccrdmsg.ddo
bcrdcard.htm
rotrpaykeyary.ddo
bcrdcard.ddo
bcrdmsg.htm
tepsa1.ddo
bcrdmsg.ddo
astuinfo.ddo
aadvdisp.ddo
Host
Program
RZKOTR
berrpgm2.htm
berrpgm2cp.htm*
Advisor
1002
aadvisor.cfg
aadvdisp.htm
AZKADV
acommhtm.htm
acommhtmcp.htm*
aerrmsg.htm
Holds
1006
astuhold.cfg
acommhtm.htm
aerrmsg.ddo
astuinfo.ddo
AZKHLD
acommhtmcp.htm*
aholderr.htm
aholderr.ddo
aholdhdr.htm
aholdhdr.ddo
aholdinf.htm
aholdinf.ddo
aholdary.ddo
Additional
Services
1412
boptfee.cfg
acommhtm.htm
astuinfo.ddo
acommhtmcp.htm*
bofupdt.ddo
BZKOPT
bofinp.ddo
atermtrn.htm
atermtrn.ddo
boftitle.htm
boftitle.ddo
bofgroup.htm
bofgroup.ddo
boffeeckbox.htm
boffeeckbox.ddo
boffeenosel.htm
boffeenosel.ddo
boffeeradio.htm
boffeeradio.ddo
atableftr.htm
atableftr.ddo
rsubmit.htm
rsubmit.ddo
atermtab.htm
atermtab.ddo
aterment.htm
aterment.ddo
acaution.htm
acaution.ddo
aerrmsg.htm
aerrmsg.ddo
February 2005
15-21
Registration Files
Registration Files
Web Function
Drop and Add
Classes
Host
Tran
Code
1103
Configuration
Files
rstureg.cfg
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
acaution.htm
astuinfo.ddo
acommhtm.htm
rcrsdata.ddo
acommhtmcp.htm*
rcrsinp.ddo
Object Files
Output
acaution.ddo
aerrmsg.htm
aerrmsg.ddo
astuname.htm
astuname.ddo
aterment.htm
aterment.ddo
atermtab.htm
atermtab.ddo
atermtrn.htm
atermtrn.ddo
raddcrs.htm
raddinf.ddo
regccomsg.htm
regccomsg.ddo
regerr.htm
regerr.ddo
reghdr.htm
reghdr.ddo
reginfo.htm
reginfo.ddo
reqhdr.htm
reqhdr.ddo
reqinfo.htm
reqinfo.ddo
rerrhdr.htm
rerrhdr.ddo
rherrmsg.htm
rherrmsg.ddo
rinfotxt.htm
rinfotxt.ddo
rpermhdr.htm
rpermhdr.ddo
rperminf.htm
rperminf.ddo
rsubmit.htm
rsubmit.ddo
rwaithdr.htm
rwaithdr.ddo
rwaitinf.htm
rwaitinf.ddo
Host
Program
RZKREG
raddarry.ddo
reqarray.ddo
rwaitary.ddo
rerrary.ddo
regarray.ddo
Table 15-5 Registration Files
15-22
February 2005
Registration Files
Web Function
Change Class
Options
Host
Tran
Code
1134
Configuration
Files
rchgreg.cfg
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
acommhtm.htm
astuinfo.ddo
acommhtmcp.htm*
rcrsdata.ddo
aerrmsg.htm
rcrsinp.ddo
Object Files
Output
Host
Program
RZKREG
aerrmsg.ddo
astuname.htm
astuname.ddo
aterment.htm
aterment.ddo
atermtab.htm
atermtab.ddo
atermtrn.htm
atermtrn.ddo
rcallhdr.htm
rcallhdr.ddo
rcallinf.htm
rcallinf.ddo
rccrdhdr.htm
rccrdhdr.ddo
rccrdinf.htm
rccrdinf.ddo
rcgthdr.htm
rcgthdr.ddo
rcgtinf.htm
rcgtinf.ddo
rcnonhdr.htm
rcnonhdr.ddo
rcnoninf.htm
rcnoninf.ddo
regerr.htm
regerr.ddo
rerrhdr.htm
rerrhdr.ddo
rgrdtypeary.htm
rgrdtypeary.ddo
rgrdtypeent.htm
rgrdtypeent.ddo
rherrmsg.htm
rherrmsg.ddo
rinfotxt.htm
rinfotxt.ddo
rsubmit.htm
rsubmit.ddo
rerrary.ddo
rcnonary.ddo
rcallary.ddo
rccrdary.ddo
rcgtary.ddo
Table 15-5 Registration Files (continued)
February 2005
15-23
Registration Files
Web Function
Conditional
Drop and Add
Host
Tran
Code
1104
Configuration
Files
rcdareg.cfg
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
acaution.htm
astuinfo.ddo
acommhtm.htm
rcrsdata.ddo
acommhtmcp.htm*
rcrsinp.ddo
Object Files
Output
acaution.ddo
aerrmsg.htm
aerrmsg.ddo
astuname.htm
astuname.ddo
aterment.htm
aterment.ddo
atermtab.htm
atermtab.ddo
atermtrn.htm
atermtrn.ddo
rcdacrs.htm
rcdainf.ddo
rcdaregh.htm
reghdr.ddo
rcdaregi.htm
reginfo.ddo
rcdareqh.htm
reqhdr.ddo
rcdareqi.htm
reqinfo.ddo
regccomsg.htm
regccomsg.ddo
regerr.htm
regerr.ddo
rerrhdr.htm
rerrhdr.ddo
rherrmsg.htm
rherrmsg.ddo
rinfotxt.htm
rinfotxt.ddo
rsubmit.htm
rsubmit.ddo
Host
Program
RZKREG
reqarray.ddo
rerrary.ddo
rcdaarry.ddo
regarray.ddo
Detailed
Schedule
1101
rstusch.cfg
acommhtm.htm
astuinfo.ddo
RZKSCH
acommhtmcp.htm*
aerrmsg.htm
aerrmsg.ddo
astuname.htm
astuname.ddo
aterment.htm
aterment.ddo
atermtab.htm
atermtab.ddo
atermtrn.htm
atermtrn.ddo
rschhdr.htm
rschhdr.ddo
rschinfo.htm
rschinfo.ddo
rscharry.ddo
15-24
February 2005
Registration Files
Web Function
Student
Schedule
Host
Tran
Code
1102
Configuration
Files
rstugrid.cfg
HTML Files
acommhtm.htm
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
astuinfo.ddo
Host
Program
RZKSCD
acommhtmcp.htm*
aerrmsg.htm
aerrmsg.ddo
astuname.htm
astuname.ddo
aterment.htm
aterment.ddo
atermtab.htm
atermtab.ddo
atermtrn.htm
atermtrn.ddo
rgridftr.htm
rgridftr.ddo
rgridhdr.htm
rgridhdr.ddo
rgridhdr2.htm
rgridhdr2.ddo
rgridinf.htm
rgridinf.ddo
rgridnth.htm
rgridnth.ddo
rinfotxt.htm
rinfotxt.ddo
rgridary.ddo
Registration
Status
1017
rsturgst.cfg
acommhtm.htm
astuinfo.ddo
RZKSRS
acommhtmcp.htm*
aerrmsg.htm
aerrmsg.ddo
astuname.htm
astuname.ddo
aterment.htm
aterment.ddo
atermtab.htm
atermtab.ddo
atermtrn.htm
atermtrn.ddo
rinfotxt.htm
rinfotxt.ddo
rregstat.htm
rregstat.ddo
rregstat2.htm
rregstat2.ddo
rregstat3.htm
rregstat3.ddo
rregstathdr.htm
rregstathdr.ddo
rsrscinf.htm
rsrscinf.ddo
rsrscrhr.htm
rsrscrhr.ddo
rsrshdr.htm
rsrshdr.ddo
rsrscary.ddo
February 2005
15-25
Financial Aid Files
Financial Aid Files
Web Function
Financial Aid
Opportunities
Host
Tran
Code
1310
Configuration
Files
sfinavl.cfg
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
sfinavlp.ddo
acommhtmhp.htm
sfinavlp.htm
sfinavlp.cfg
Host
Program
acommhtmhp.htm
sfinavlp.htm
sfinavlphp.cfg
Object Files
Output
sfinavlp.ddo
acommhtm.htm
acommhtmcp.htm*
sfinavlp.htm
Financial Aid
Links - What
do you want to
do?
1309
sfinpage.cfg
sfinavlp.ddo
acommhtm.htm
acommhtmcp.htm*
sfinpage.htm
sfinpagehp.cfg
sfinpage.ddo
acommhtmhp.htm
sfinpage.htm
Select Award
Year
Financial Aid
Summary
1311
sawdyear.cfg
sfinpage.ddo
acommhtm.htm
AZKTBL
acommhtmcp.htm*
1308
sfinsumm.cfg
sawdyeartab.htm
syeartab.ddo
syearent.htm
syearent.ddo
acommhtm.htm
sfininfo.ddo
SZKSUM
acommhtmcp.htm*
astuname.htm
astuname.ddo
rinfotxt.htm
rinfotxt.ddo
sawdyr.htm
sawdyr.ddo
sfinerr.htm
sfinerr.ddo
sfsummhdr.htm
sfsummhdr.ddo
syearent.htm
syearent.ddo
syeartab.htm
syeartab.ddo
Table 15-6 Financial Aid Files
15-26
February 2005
Financial Aid Files
Web Function
Accept
Awards
Host
Tran
Code
1307
Configuration
Files
sfinacrj.cfg
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
acommhtm.htm
sacterm.ddo
acommhtmcp.htm*
sawdlist.ddo
arowsep.htm
sawdlistfld.ddo
arowsep.ddo
astuname.htm
sawdlnd.ddo
astuname.ddo
rinfotxt.htm
sawdlndlst.ddo
rinfotxt.ddo
rinfotxt2.htm
sfininfo.ddo
rinfotxt2.ddo
Host
Program
SZKACC
saccbut.htm
saccbut.ddo
saclender.htm
saclender.ddo
sacrjacrj.htm
sacrjacrj.ddo
sacrjacrj2.htm
sacrjacrj2.ddo
sacrjamhdr.htm
sacrjamhdr.ddo
sacrjamsg.htm
sacrjamsg.ddo
sacrjbafr.htm
sacrjbafr.ddo
sacrjbafr2.htm
sacrjbafr2.ddo
sacrjdisp.htm
sacrjdisp.ddo
sacrjerr.htm
sacrjerr.ddo
sacrjerr2.htm
sacrjerr2.ddo
sacrjfnd.htm
sacrjfnd.ddo
sacrjhdr.htm
sacrjhdr.ddo
sacrjlend.htm
sacrjlend.ddo
sacrjlnd.htm
sacrjlnd.ddo
sacrjlndsp.htm
sacrjlndsp.ddo
sacrjrej.htm
sacrjrej.ddo
sacrjterm.htm
sacrjterm.ddo
sacrjtotal.htm
sacrjtotal.ddo
sactermcond.htm
sactermcond.ddo
sawdyr.htm
sawdyr.ddo
sfinerr.htm
sfinerr.ddo
syearent.htm
syearent.ddo
syeartab.htm
syeartab.ddo
sacrjlend.ddo
sacrjary.ddo
Table 15-6 Financial Aid Files (continued)
February 2005
15-27
Financial Aid Files
Web Function
Award
Information by
Year
Host
Tran
Code
1301
Configuration
Files
sfinawd.cfg
HTML Files
acommhtm.htm
Data
Definition
Input
sfininfo.ddo
Object Files
Output
astuname.ddo
Host
Program
SZKAWD
acommhtmcp.htm*
astuname.htm
sacrjamhdr.htm
sacrjamhdr.ddo
sacrjamsg.htm
sacrjamsg.ddo
sactermcond.htm
sactermcond.ddo
sawdwhdr.htm
sawdwhdr.ddo
sawdwinfo.htm
sawdwinfo.ddo
sawdyr.htm
sawdyr.ddo
sfinerr.htm
sfinerr.ddo
syearent.htm
syearent.ddo
syeartab.htm
syeartab.ddo
sawdwary.ddo
sacrjary.ddo
Award History
1306
sfinawdh.cfg
acommhtm.htm
sfininfo.ddo
SZKAWD
acommhtmcp.htm*
astuname.htm
astuname.ddo
sawdhhdr.htm
sawdhhdr.ddo
sawdhinfo.htm
sawdhinfo.ddo
sfinerr.htm
sfinerr.ddo
syearent.htm
syearent.ddo
syeartab.htm
syeartab.ddo
sawdhary.ddo
Student
Requirements
1302
sfintrk.cfg
acommhtm.htm
sfininfo.ddo
SZKTRK
acommhtmcp.htm*
astuname.htm
astuname.ddo
rinfotxt.htm
rinfotxt.ddo
sawdyr.htm
sawdyr.ddo
sfinerr.htm
sfinerr.ddo
strkchdr.htm
strkchdr.ddo
strkcinf.htm
strkcinf.ddo
strkrhdr.htm
strkrhdr.ddo
strkrinf.htm
strkrinf.ddo
syearent.htm
syearent.ddo
15-28
February 2005
Financial Aid Files
Web Function
Host
Tran
Code
Configuration
Files
Student
Requirements
(continued)
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
syeartab.htm
Object Files
Output
syeartab.ddo
Host
Program
SZKTRK
strktary.ddo
strkrary.ddo
strkcary.ddo
Unofficial
Financial Aid
Transcript
1303
sfintrn.cfg
acommhtm.htm
sfininfo.ddo
SZKTRN
acommhtmcp.htm*
strnhdr.htm
strnhdr.ddo
strninfo.htm
strninfo.ddo
syearent.htm
syearent.ddo
syeartab.htm
syeartab.ddo
strnary.ddo
Academic
Progress
1022
sprogpg.cfg
acommhtm.htm
sfininfo.ddo
SZKPRO
acommhtmcp.htm*
astuname.htm
astuname.ddo
rinfotxt.htm
rinfotxt.ddo
sawdyr.htm
sawdyr.ddo
sfinerr.htm
sfinerr.ddo
sproghdr.htm
sproghdr.ddo
sproginf.htm
sproginf.ddo
syearent.htm
syearent.ddo
syeartab.htm
syeartab.ddo
sprogary.ddo
Cost of
Attendance
1025
scostatt.cfg
acommhtm.htm
sfininfo.ddo
SZKCOA
acommhtmcp.htm*
astuname.htm
astuname.ddo
rinfotxt.htm
rinfotxt.ddo
scoaahdr.htm
sawdyr.ddo
scoathdr.htm
scoathdr.ddo
scoatinf.htm
scoatinf.ddo
sfinerr.htm
sfinerr.ddo
syearent.htm
syearent.ddo
syeartab.htm
syeartab.ddo
scoatary.ddo
scoatinf.ddo
February 2005
15-29
Courses Files
Courses Files
Web Function
Course
Catalog
Host
Tran
Code
1123
1123
Configuration
Files
rcolcat1hp.cfg
rcolcat1.cfg
Data
Definition
Input
HTML Files
acommhtmhp.htm
Object Files
Output
rcatinp.ddo
RZKCAT
aerrmsg.htm
aerrmsg.ddo
rsubhdr.htm
rsubjtab.ddo
rsubinf.htm
rsubjent.ddo
acommhtm.htm
Host
Program
rcatinp.ddo
acommhtmcp.htm*
1123
rcolcat2hp.cfg
aerrmsg.htm
aerrmsg.ddo
rsubhdr.htm
rsubjtab.ddo
rsubinf.htm
rsubjent.ddo
acommhtmhp.htm
rcatinp.ddo
aerrmsg.htm
aerrmsg.ddo
rcatchdr.htm
rcatchdr.ddo
rcatcinf.htm
rcatcinf.ddo
rdeptdes.htm
rdeptdes.ddo
rdepthdr.htm
rdepthdr.ddo
rdeptinf.htm
rdeptinf.ddo
ritemdes.htm
ritemdes.ddo
ritemhdr.htm
ritemhdr.ddo
rsubhdr.htm
rsubjtab.ddo
rsubinf.htm
rsubjent.ddo
ritemary.ddo
rcatcary.ddo
rdeptary.ddo
Table 15-7 Courses Files
15-30
February 2005
Courses Files
Web Function
Course
Catalog Available
Courses for
Current
Academic
Year
Host
Tran
Code
1123
Configuration
Files
rcolcat2.cfg
HTML Files
acommhtm.htm
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
rcatinp.ddo
Host
Program
RZKCAT
acommhtmcp.htm*
aerrmsg.htm
aerrmsg.ddo
rcatchdr.htm
rcatchdr.ddo
rcatcinf.htm
rcatcinf.ddo
rdeptdes.htm
rdeptdes.ddo
rdepthdr.htm
rdepthdr.ddo
rdeptinf.htm
rdeptinf.ddo
ritemdes.htm
ritemdes.ddo
ritemhdr.htm
ritemhdr.ddo
rsubhdr.htm
rsubjtab.ddo
rsubinf.htm
rsubjent.ddo
ritemary.ddo
rcatcary.ddo
rdeptary.ddo
Course
Sections
1120
rcrssect1.cfg
acommhtm.htm
rcrsavl.ddo
RZKCRS
acommhtmcp.htm*
1120
rcrssecthp1.cfg
aconfig.htm
aconfig.ddo
aerrmsg.htm
aerrmsg.ddo
aterment.htm
aterment.ddo
atermtab.htm
atermtab.ddo
atermtrn.htm
atermtrn.ddo
rsubhdr.htm
rsubjtab.ddo
rsubinf.htm
rsubjent.ddo
acommhtmhp.htm
rcrsavl.ddo
RZKCRS
aconfig.htm
aconfig.ddo
aerrmsg.htm
aerrmsg.ddo
aterment.htm
aterment.ddo
atermtab.htm
atermtab.ddo
atermtrn.htm
atermtrn.ddo
rsubhdr.htm
rsubjtab.ddo
rsubinf.htm
rsubjent.ddo
Table 15-7 Courses Files (continued)
February 2005
15-31
Courses Files
Web Function
Course
Sections
(continued)
Host
Tran
Code
1121
Configuration
Files
rcrssect2.cfg
HTML Files
acommhtm.htm
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
rcrsavl.ddo
Host
Program
RZKCRS
acommhtmcp.htm*
aconfig.htm
aconfig.ddo
aerrmsg.htm
aerrmsg.ddo
atermtrn.htm
atermtrn.ddo
rcrshdr.htm
rcrshdr.ddo
rcrsinf.htm
rcrsinf.ddo
rsubhdr.htm
rsubjtab.ddo
rsubinf.htm
rsubjent.ddo
rcrsary.ddo
1121
rcrssecthp2.cfg
acommhtmhp.htm
rcrsavl.ddo
aconfig.htm
aconfig.ddo
aerrmsg.htm
aerrmsg.ddo
atermtrn.htm
atermtrn.ddo
rcrshdr.htm
rcrshdr.ddo
rcrsinf.htm
rcrsinf.ddo
rsubhdr.htm
rsubjtab.ddo
rsubinf.htm
rsubjent.ddo
rcrsary.ddo
1122
rcrssecthp3.cfg
acommhtmhp.htm
rcrsavl.ddo
aconfig.htm
aconfig.ddo
aerrmsg.htm
aerrmsg.ddo
atermtrn.htm
atermtrn.ddo
rcrshdr.htm
rcrshdr.ddo
rcrsinf.htm
rcrsinf.ddo
rinfotxt.htm
rinfotxt.ddo
rsecftr.htm
rsecftr.ddo
rsechdr.htm
rsechdr.ddo
rsechdrlinkhp.htm
rsechdrlink.ddo
rsecinf.htm
rsecinf.ddo
rsecnotes.htm
rsecnotes.ddo
rsecsep.htm
rsecsep.ddo
rsubhdr.htm
rsubjtab.ddo
rsubinf.htm
rsubjent.ddo
rcrsary.ddo
15-32
February 2005
Courses Files
Web Function
Course
Sections
(continued)
Host
Tran
Code
1122
Configuration
Files
rcrssect3.cfg
HTML Files
acommhtm.htm
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
rcrsavl.ddo
Host
Program
RZKCRS
acommhtmcp.htm*
aconfig.htm
aconfig.ddo
aerrmsg.htm
aerrmsg.ddo
atermtrn.htm
atermtrn.ddo
rcrshdr.htm
rcrshdr.ddo
rcrsinf.htm
rcrsinf.ddo
rinfotxt.htm
rinfotxt.ddo
rsecftr.htm
rsecftr.ddo
rsechdr.htm
rsechdr.ddo
rsechdrlink.htm
rsechdrlink.ddo
rsecinf.htm
rsecinf.ddo
rsecnotes.htm
rsecnotes.ddo
rsecsep.htm
rsecsep.ddo
rsubhdr.htm
rsubjtab.ddo
rsubinf.htm
rsubjent.ddo
rcrsary.ddo
Course Section
Search
1130
rcrssrch1.cfg
acommhtm.htm
rcrsavlsrch.ddo
RZKCRS
acommhtmcp.htm*
aconfig.htm
aconfig.ddo
aerrmsg.htm
aerrmsg.ddo
aterment.htm
aterment.ddo
atermtab.htm
atermtab.ddo
atermtrn.htm
atermtrn.ddo
rclssrchftr.htm
rclssrchftr.ddo
rcrserrsrch.htm
rcrserrsrch.ddo
rcrssrchhdr.htm
rclssrchhdr.ddo
rdaysrch.htm
rdaysrch.ddo
rinfotxt.htm
rinfotxt.ddo
rlvlent.htm
rlvlent.ddo
rlvltab.htm
rlvltab.ddo
rsectsrch.htm
rsectsrch.ddo
rsessent.htm
rsessent.ddo
rsesstab.htm
rsesstab.ddo
rsiteent.htm
rsiteent.ddo
February 2005
15-33
Courses Files
Web Function
Host
Tran
Code
Configuration
Files
Course Section
Search
(continued)
1130
rcrssrch2.cfg
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
rsitetab.htm
rsitetab.ddo
rsubinf.htm
rsubjent.ddo
rsubjtab.htm
rsubjtab.ddo
rtime1ent.htm
rtime1ent.ddo
rtime1tab.htm
rtime1tab.ddo
rtime2ent.htm
rtime2ent.ddo
rtime2tab.htm
rtime2tab.ddo
rwebctsrch.htm
rwebctsrch.ddo
acommhtm.htm
Host
Program
RZKCRS
rcrsavlsrch.ddo
acommhtmcp.htm*
1130
rcrssrchhp1.cfg
aconfig.htm
aconfig.ddo
aerrmsg.htm
aerrmsg.ddo
atermtrn.htm
atermtrn.ddo
rcrserrsrch.htm
rcrserrsrch.ddo
rinfotxt.htm
rinfotxt.ddo
rsecftr.htm
rsecftr.ddo
rsechdr.htm
rsechdr.ddo
rsechdrsrchlink.htm
rsechdrlink.ddo
rsecinf.htm
rsecinf.ddo
rsecnotes.htm
rsecnotes.ddo
rsecsep.htm
rsecsep.ddo
acommhtmhp.htm
rcrsavlsrch.ddo
aconfig.htm
aconfig.ddo
aerrmsg.htm
aerrmsg.ddo
aterment.htm
aterment.ddo
atermtab.htm
atermtab.ddo
atermtrn.htm
atermtrn.ddo
rclssrchftr.htm
rclssrchftr.ddo
rclssrchhdr.htm
rclssrchhdr.ddo
rcrserrsrch.htm
rcrserrsrch.ddo
rdaysrch.htm
rdaysrch.ddo
rinfotxt.htm
rinfotxt.ddo
rlvlent.htm
rlvlent.ddo
rlvltab.htm
rlvltab.ddo
rsectsrch.htm
rsectsrch.ddo
rsessent.htm
rsessent.ddo
15-34
February 2005
Courses Files
Web Function
Host
Tran
Code
Configuration
Files
Course Section
Search
(continued)
1130
rcrssrchhp2.cfg
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
rsesstab.htm
rsesstab.ddo
rsiteent.htm
rsiteent.ddo
rsitetab.htm
rsitetab.ddo
rsubinf.htm
rsubjent.ddo
rsubjtab.htm
rsubjtab.ddo
rtime1ent.htm
rtime1ent.ddo
rtime1tab.htm
rtime1tab.ddo
rtime2ent.htm
rtime2ent.ddo
rtime2tab.htm
rtime2tab.ddo
rwebctsrch.htm
rwebctsrch.ddo
acommhtmhp.htm
Host
Program
RZKCRS
rcrsavlsrch.ddo
aconfig.htm
aconfig.ddo
aerrmsg.htm
aerrmsg.ddo
atermtrn.htm
atermtrn.ddo
rcrserrsrch.htm
rcrserrsrch.ddo
rinfotxt.htm
rinfotxt.ddo
rsecftr.htm
rsecftr.ddo
rsechdr.htm
rsechdr.ddo
rsechdrsrchlinkhp.htm
rsechdrlink.ddo
rsecinf.htm
rsecinf.ddo
rsecnotes.htm
rsecnotes.ddo
rsecsep.htm
rsecsep.ddo
February 2005
15-35
Prospective Student Files
Web Function
Prospective
Students
Host
Tran
Code
Configuration
Files
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
-1
mprodir.cfg
mprodir.htm
1250
madmpro.cfg
acommhtmhp.htm
addrinp1.ddo
addrcnen1.htm
madmidat.ddo
addrcnen1.ddo
addrcnen2.htm
minppro.ddo
addrcnen2.ddo
addrcntr1.htm
minpreqd.ddo
addrcntr1.ddo
addrcntr2.htm
minpreqt.ddo
addrcntr2.ddo
Host
Program
MZKPRO
addrfrm1.htm
addrfrm1.ddo
addrph1fpr.htm
addrph1fpr.ddo
addrph1fpren.htm
addrph1fpren.ddo
addrph1pr.htm
addrph1pr.ddo
addrph1pren.htm
addrph1pren.ddo
addrstat1.htm
addrstat1.ddo
addrsten1.htm
addrsten1.ddo
aerrmsg.htm
aerrmsg.ddo
atype1.htm
atype1.ddo
atypeen1.htm
atypeen1.ddo
macaiary.htm
macaiary.ddo
macaint1.htm
macaint1.ddo
macaint2.htm
macaint2.ddo
macalary.htm
macalary.ddo
macalevl.htm
macalevl.ddo
mentlary.htm
mentlary.ddo
mentlevl.htm
mentlevl.ddo
methent.htm
methent.ddo
methnic.htm
methnic.ddo
mgendent.htm
mgendent.ddo
minperr.htm
minperr.ddo
mintgend.htm
mgender.ddo
mnewinfo.htm
rinfotxt.ddo
mproinfo.htm
mproinfo.ddo
mprotary.htm
mprotary.ddo
mproterm.htm
mproterm.ddo
mprovinf.htm
mreqinfonew.htm
mreqinfo.ddo
Table 15-8 Prospective Student Files
15-36
February 2005
Web Function
Prospective
Students
(continued)
Host
Tran
Code
Configuration
Files
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
mreqtablnew.htm
Object Files
Output
mreqtabl.ddo
Host
Program
MZKPRO
astuinfo.ddo
1251
mprolog.cfg
acommhtmhp.htm
alogin.ddo
aerrmsg.htm
astuinfo.ddo
aerrmsg.ddo
aupdtmsg.htm
minppro.ddo
aupdtmsg.ddo
macaiary.htm
minpreqd.ddo
macaiary.ddo
macaint1.htm
minpreqt.ddo
macaint1.ddo
macaint2.htm
macaint2.ddo
macalary.htm
macalary.ddo
macalevl.htm
macalevl.ddo
mentlary.htm
mentlary.ddo
mentlevl.htm
mentlevl.ddo
minperr.htm
minperr.ddo
mprolog.htm
mprolog.ddo
mprostud.htm
mprostud.ddo
mprotary.htm
mprotary.ddo
mproterm.htm
mproterm.ddo
mreqinfo.htm
mreqinfo.ddo
mreqtabl.htm
mreqtabl.ddo
rinfotxt.htm
rinfotxt.ddo
rinfotxt2.htm
rinfotxt2.ddo
Table 15-8 Prospective Student Files (continued)
February 2005
15-37
Admissions Files
Admissions Files
Web Function
Host
Trans
Code
Create Account
1207
Configuration
Files
madmint.cfg
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
addrcnen1.htm
addrinp1.ddo
addrcnen1.ddo
addrcnen2.htm
mcrtacct.ddo
addrcnen2.ddo
addrcnen3.htm
addrcnen3.ddo
addrcntr1.htm
addrcntr1.ddo
addrcntr2.htm
addrcntr2.ddo
addrcntr3.htm
addrcntr3.ddo
addrfrm1.htm
addrfrm1.ddo
addrph1fpr.htm
addrph1fpr.ddo
addrph1fpren.htm
addrph1fpren.ddo
addrph1pr.htm
addrph1pr.ddo
addrph1pren.htm
addrph1pren.ddo
addrstat1.htm
addrstat1.ddo
addrstat2.htm
addrstat2.ddo
addrsten1.htm
addrsten1.ddo
addrsten2.htm
addrsten2.ddo
madmiderr.htm
madmiderr.ddo
Host
Program
MZKINT
madmint.htm
Login
1000
mstulog.cfg
madmverf.htm
astuinfo.ddo
madmverf1.htm
madmverf1.ddo
madmverf2.htm
madmverf2.ddo
mallinfo.htm
mallinfo.ddo
mbuttons.htm
mbuttons.ddo
mcrtinfo.htm
mcrtinfo.ddo
mcrtlog.htm
mcrtlog.ddo
merrmsg.htm
merrmsg.ddo
minperr.htm
minperr.ddo
mpererr.htm
mpererr.ddo
mpererrfld.htm
mpererrfld.ddo
mpgtitle.htm
mpgtitle.ddo
mpierr.htm
mpierr.ddo
mstuladmsg.htm
astuinfo.ddo
mstulog.htm
mlogincd.ddo
mstulssn.htm
mstuladmsg.ddo
AZKVST
mstulssn.ddo
Table 15-9 Admissions Files
15-38
February 2005
Admissions Files
Web Function
Identity
Verification
Create PIN
Host
Trans
Code
1205
1206
Configuration
Files
midverf.cfg
mcrtpin.cfg
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
mbuttons.htm
astuinfo.ddo
mcommhtm.htm
midverfinp.ddo
mcrtpin.htm
mlogincd.ddo
Object Files
Output
mbuttons.ddo
Host
Program
MZKVST
mcrtpin.ddo
mcrtpine.htm
mcrtpine.ddo
mcrtpinerr.htm
mcrtpinerr.ddo
mgendent.htm
mgendent.ddo
mgender.htm
mgender.ddo
midverferr.htm
midverferr.ddo
midvinfo.htm
midvinfo.ddo
mnavlnks1.htm
mnavlnks1.ddo
mpererr.htm
mpererr.ddo
mpererrfld.htm
mpererrfld.ddo
mpgtitle.htm
mpgtitle.ddo
mpierr.htm
mpierr.ddo
mpinconf.htm
astuinfo.ddo
mbuttons.htm
astuinfo.ddo
mbuttons.ddo
mcommhtm.htm
mcrtpininp.ddo
mcrtpin.htm
midverfinp.ddo
mcrtpin.ddo
merrmsg.htm
mlogincd.ddo
merrmsg.ddo
mgendent.htm
mgendent.ddo
mgender.htm
mgender.ddo
MZKVST
midverfe.htm
midverferr.htm
midverferr.ddo
midvinfo.htm
midvinfo.ddo
mnavlnks1.htm
mnavlnks1.ddo
mpererr.htm
mpererr.ddo
mpererrfld.htm
mpererrfld.ddo
mpgtitle.htm
mpgtitle.ddo
mpierr.htm
mpierr.ddo
mpinconf.htm
astuinfo.ddo
Table 15-9 Admissions Files (continued)
February 2005
15-39
Admissions Files
Web Function
Login - PIN
Create Account
SSN/PIN Error
Page
Host
Trans
Code
1000
Configuration
Files
mstuverf.cfg
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
addrcnen1.htm
astuinfo.ddo
addrcnen1.ddo
addrcnen2.htm
mlogincd.ddo
addrcnen2.ddo
addrcnen3.htm
addrcnen3.ddo
addrcntr1.htm
addrcntr1.ddo
addrcntr2.htm
addrcntr2.ddo
addrcntr3.htm
addrcntr3.ddo
addrfrm1.htm
addrfrm1.ddo
addrph1fpr.htm
addrph1fpr.ddo
addrph1fpren.htm
addrph1fpren.ddo
addrph1pr.htm
addrph1pr.ddo
addrph1pren.htm
addrph1pren.ddo
addrstat1.htm
addrstat1.ddo
addrstat2.htm
addrstat2.ddo
addrsten1.htm
addrsten1.ddo
addrsten2.htm
addrsten2.ddo
mallinfo.htm
mallinfo.ddo
mbuttons.htm
mbuttons.ddo
mcrtinfo.htm
mcrtinfo.ddo
mcrtlog.htm
mcrtlog.ddo
mgendent.htm
mgendent.ddo
mgender.htm
mgender.ddo
midvinfo.htm
midvinfo.ddo
mpgtitle.htm
mpgtitle.ddo
mstuladmsg.htm
mstuladmsg.ddo
Host
Program
AZKVST
mstuloge.htm
mstulogerr.htm
mstulogerr.ddo
mstulssn.htm
mstulssn.ddo
mstupin.htm
mstupin.ddo
mstuverf.htm
15-40
February 2005
Admissions Files
Web Function
Login - Enter
PIN
Host
Trans
Code
1000
Configuration
Files
mstupin.cfg
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
madmappl.htm
astuinfo.ddo
aterment.ddo
madmlevl.htm
mlogincd.ddo
madmlevl.ddo
madmlvay.htm
madmlvay.ddo
madmtext.htm
madmtext.ddo
mappinfo.htm
mappinfo.ddo
mapplerr.htm
mapplerr.ddo
mappnew.htm
madmnew.ddo
mappnum.htm
mappnum.ddo
mbuttons.htm
mbuttons.ddo
mcaumsg.htm
mcaumsg.ddo
Host
Program
AZKVST
mcommhtm.htm
mcompgml.htm
mcomappl.ddo
mconpgm.htm
mcurappl.ddo
meitext3.htm
meitext3.ddo
merrmsg.htm
merrmsg.ddo
mexpappinf.htm
mexpappinf.ddo
mexppgml.htm
mexpappl.ddo
mnavlnks1.htm
mnavlnks1.ddo
mnavlnks2.htm
mnavlnks2.ddo
mnavlnks5.htm
mnavlnks5.ddo
mpgminfo.htm
mcominfo.ddo
mpgtitle.htm
mpgtitle.ddo
mstupine.htm
mstupinerr.htm
mstupinerr.ddo
mterment.htm
mtermtab.htm
atermtab.ddo
madmappl.ddo
February 2005
15-41
Admissions Files
Web Function
Review
Application
Host
Trans
Code
1201
Configuration
Files
madmstat.cfg
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
atableftr.htm
astuinfo.ddo
atableftr.ddo
madmdata.htm
minpapp.ddo
madmdata.ddo
Host
Program
MZKADM
mcommhtm.htm
merrmsg.htm
merrmsg.ddo
mnavlnks3.htm
mnavlnks3.ddo
mnavlnks4.htm
mnavlnks4.ddo
mpgtitle.htm
mpgtitle.ddo
mrvapbtnf.htm
mrvapbtnf.ddo
mrvapbuttn.htm
mrvapbuttn.ddo
mrvapcohds.htm
mrvapcohds.ddo
mrvapcohdu.htm
mrvapcohdu.ddo
mrvapdldt.htm
mrvapdldt.ddo
mrvapdldthdr.htm
mrvapdldthdr.ddo
mrvapehhds.htm
mrvapehhds.ddo
mrvapehhdu.htm
mrvapehhdu.ddo
mrvapeihds.htm
mrvapeihds.ddo
mrvapeihdu.htm
mrvapeihdu.ddo
mrvapfee.htm
mrvapfee.ddo
mrvapfeep.htm
mrvapfeep.ddo
mrvapfees.htm
mrvapfees.ddo
mrvapfeeu.htm
mrvapfeeu.ddo
mrvaphshds.htm
mrvaphshds.ddo
mrvaphshdu.htm
mrvaphshdu.ddo
mrvapinfo.htm
mrvapinfo.ddo
mrvappihds.htm
mrvappihds.ddo
mrvappihdu.htm
mrvappihdu.ddo
mrvappitab1.htm
mrvappitab1.ddo
mrvappitab2.htm
mrvappitab2.ddo
mrvappiurl.htm
mrvappiurl.ddo
mrvapprhds.htm
mrvapprhds.ddo
mrvapprhdu.htm
mrvapprhdu.ddo
mrvaprchds.htm
mrvaprchds.ddo
mrvaprchdu.htm
mrvaprchdu.ddo
mrvapreq.htm
mrvapreq.ddo
mrvaprqt.htm
mrvaprqt.ddo
madata.ddo
15-42
February 2005
Admissions Files
Web Function
Select
Application
Type
Host
Trans
Code
1218
Configuration
Files
mnlevel.cfg
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
madmlevl.htm
astuinfo.ddo
madmlevl.ddo
madmlvay.htm
minpapp.ddo
madmlvay.ddo
madmtext.htm
mnavcode.ddo
madmtext.ddo
mappnum.htm
mselmin.ddo
mappnum.ddo
mbuttons.htm
Host
Program
MZKPGM
mbuttons.ddo
mcommhtm.htm
Select Term
1203
mnterm.cfg
mconpgm.htm
mcurappl.ddo
meitext3.htm
meitext3.ddo
merrmsg.htm
merrmsg.ddo
mnavlnks2.htm
mnavlnks2.ddo
mpgtitle.htm
mpgtitle.ddo
madmlevl.htm
astuinfo.ddo
madmlevl.ddo
madmlvay.htm
minpapp.ddo
madmlvay.ddo
madmtext.htm
mnavcode.ddo
madmtext.ddo
mappnum.htm
mselmin.ddo
mappnum.ddo
mbuttons.htm
MZKPGM
mbuttons.ddo
mcommhtm.htm
mconpgm.htm
mcurappl.ddo
meitext3.htm
meitext3.ddo
merrmsg.htm
merrmsg.ddo
mnavlnks2.htm
mnavlnks2.ddo
mpgtitle.htm
mpgtitle.ddo
mterment.htm
aterment.ddo
mtermtab.htm
atermtab.ddo
February 2005
15-43
Admissions Files
Web Function
Host
Trans
Code
Select Major
1219
Configuration
Files
mnselmaj.cfg
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
madmfmaj.htm
astuinfo.ddo
madmfmaj.ddo
madmfmin.htm
minpapp.ddo
madmfmin.ddo
madmlevl.htm
mnavcode.ddo
madmlevl.ddo
madmlvay.htm
madmlvay.ddo
madmsmaj.htm
madmsmaj.ddo
madmsmin.htm
madmsmin.ddo
madmtext.htm
madmtext.ddo
mappnum.htm
mappnum.ddo
mbuttons.htm
mbuttons.ddo
Host
Program
MZKPGM
mcommhtm.htm
Enrollment
Intentions
1220
mncoldeg.cfg
mconpgm.htm
mcurappl.ddo
meitext3.htm
meitext3.ddo
merrmsg.htm
merrmsg.ddo
mnavlnks2.htm
mnavlnks2.ddo
mpgtitle.htm
mpgtitle.ddo
mterment.htm
aterment.ddo
mtermtab.htm
atermtab.ddo
atableftr.htm
astuinfo.ddo
atableftr.ddo
madmfmaj.htm
minpapp.ddo
madmfmaj.ddo
madmfmin.htm
mnavcode.ddo
madmfmin.ddo
madmlevl.htm
madmlevl.ddo
madmlvay.htm
madmlvay.ddo
madmsmaj.htm
madmsmaj.ddo
madmsmin.htm
madmsmin.ddo
madmtext.htm
madmtext.ddo
madmupdt.htm
madmupdt.ddo
mappnum.htm
mappnum.ddo
mbuttons.htm
mbuttons.ddo
mcolldeg1.htm
mcolldeg1.ddo
mcolldeg1ent.htm
mcolldeg1ent.ddo
mcolldeg2.htm
mcolldeg2.ddo
mcolldeg2ent.htm
mcolldeg2ent.ddo
MZKPGM
mcommhtm.htm
mconpgm.htm
mcurappl.ddo
meicitizen.htm
meicitizen.ddo
meicitzn.htm
meicitzn.ddo
15-44
February 2005
Admissions Files
Web Function
Host
Trans
Code
Configuration
Files
Enrollment
Intentions
(continued)
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
meictznent.htm
meictznent.ddo
meiearlydc.htm
meiearlydc.ddo
meiearlydcsn.htm
meiearlydcsn.ddo
meiearlyent.htm
meiearlyent.ddo
meifinaid.htm
meifinaid.ddo
meifincaid.htm
meifincaid.ddo
meifinent.htm
meifinent.ddo
meifpstat.htm
meifpstat.ddo
meifpstatent.htm
meifpstatent.ddo
meifpstatus.htm
meifpstatus.ddo
meihdr.htm
meihdr.ddo
meihousent.htm
meihousent.ddo
meihousing.htm
meihousing.ddo
meihousreq.htm
meihousreq.ddo
meihousreqval.htm
meihousreqval.ddo
meihsng.htm
meihsng.ddo
meiminor.htm
meiminor.ddo
meiminorpgm.htm
meiminorpgm.ddo
meimnrent.htm
meimnrent.ddo
meiprevappl.htm
meiprevappl.ddo
meiprevappld.htm
meiprevappld.ddo
meiprevatt.htm
meiprevatt.ddo
meiprevattd.htm
meiprevattd.ddo
meiprevent.htm
meiprevent.ddo
meiprvapent.htm
meiprvapent.ddo
meispecent.htm
meispecent.ddo
meispecial.htm
meispecial.ddo
meispecpgm.htm
meispecpgm.ddo
meitext1.htm
meitext1.ddo
meitext2.htm
meitext2.ddo
meitext3.htm
meitext3.ddo
merrmsg.htm
merrmsg.ddo
mfirpgm.htm
mfirpgm.ddo
mnavlnks2.htm
mnavlnks2.ddo
mnavstat.htm
mnavstat.ddo
mpgmemsg.htm
mpgmemsg.ddo
Host
Program
MZKPGM
February 2005
15-45
Admissions Files
Web Function
Host
Trans
Code
Configuration
Files
Enrollment
Intentions
(continued)
1212
mncmpappl.cfg
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
mpgtitle.htm
mpgtitle.ddo
mresary.htm
mresary.ddo
mresstat.htm
mresstat.ddo
mresstatus.htm
mresstatus.ddo
msecpgm.htm
msecpgm.ddo
mselfir.htm
mselfir.ddo
mselsec.htm
mselsec.ddo
mtblclose.htm
mtblclose.ddo
mterment.htm
aterment.ddo
mtermtab.htm
atermtab.ddo
atableftr.htm
astuinfo.ddo
atableftr.ddo
madmupdt.htm
minpapp.ddo
madmupdt.ddo
mappnum.htm
mnavcode.ddo
mappnum.ddo
mbutton.htm
mbutton.ddo
mbuttons.htm
mbuttons.ddo
mcaedcsndt.htm
mcaedcsndt.ddo
mcafinaiddt.htm
mcafinaiddt.ddo
mcaformtag.htm
mcaformtag.ddo
mcaintrntldt.htm
mcaintrntldt.ddo
mcasubmdt.htm
mcasubmdt.ddo
mcatext1.htm
mcatext1.ddo
mcatext2.htm
mcatext2.ddo
mcatext3.htm
mcatext3.ddo
mcatext4.htm
mcatext4.ddo
mcatext5.htm
mcatext5.ddo
mcatext6.htm
mcatext6.ddo
mcatrnstddt.htm
mcatrnstddt.ddo
mcolldeg1.htm
mcolldeg1.ddo
mcolldeg1ent.htm
mcolldeg1ent.ddo
mcolldeg2.htm
mcolldeg2.ddo
mcolldeg2ent.htm
mcolldeg2ent.ddo
Host
Program
MZKPGM
mcommhtm.htm
mconpgm.htm
mcurappl.ddo
meicitizen.htm
meicitizen.ddo
meicitzn.htm
meicitzn.ddo
meictznent.htm
meictznent.ddo
15-46
February 2005
Admissions Files
Web Function
Host
Trans
Code
Configuration
Files
Enrollment
Intentions
(continued)
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
meiearlydc.htm
meiearlydc.ddo
meiearlydcsn.htm
meiearlydcsn.ddo
meiearlyent.htm
meiearlyent.ddo
meifinaid.htm
meifinaid.ddo
meifincaid.htm
meifincaid.ddo
meifinent.htm
meifinent.ddo
meifpstat.htm
meifpstat.ddo
meifpstatent.htm
meifpstatent.ddo
meifpstatus.htm
meifpstatus.ddo
meihdr.htm
meihdr.ddo
meihousent.htm
meihousent.ddo
meihousing.htm
meihousing.ddo
meihousreq.htm
meihousreq.ddo
meihousreqval.htm
meihousreqval.ddo
meihsng.htm
meihsng.ddo
meiminor.htm
meiminor.ddo
meiminorpgm.htm
meiminorpgm.ddo
meimnrent.htm
meimnrent.ddo
meiprevappl.htm
meiprevappl.ddo
meiprevappld.htm
meiprevappld.ddo
meiprevatt.htm
meiprevatt.ddo
meiprevattd.htm
meiprevattd.ddo
meiprevent.htm
meiprevent.ddo
meiprvapent.htm
meiprvapent.ddo
meispecent.htm
meispecent.ddo
meispecial.htm
meispecial.ddo
meispecpgm.htm
meispecpgm.ddo
meitext1.htm
meitext1.ddo
meitext2.htm
meitext2.ddo
meitext3.htm
meitext3.ddo
merrmsg.htm
merrmsg.ddo
mfirpgm.htm
mfirpgm.ddo
mnavlnks2.htm
mnavlnks2.ddo
mnavlnks5.htm
mnavlnks5.ddo
mnavstat.htm
mnavstat.ddo
mpgmemsg.htm
mpgmemsg.ddo
Host
Program
MZKPGM
February 2005
15-47
Admissions Files
Web Function
Host
Trans
Code
Configuration
Files
Enrollment
Intentions
(continued)
Personal
Information
1215
mperinfo.cfg
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
mpgtitle.htm
mpgtitle.ddo
mresary.htm
mresary.ddo
mresstat.htm
mresstat.ddo
mresstatus.htm
mresstatus.ddo
msecpgm.htm
msecpgm.ddo
mselfir.htm
mselfir.ddo
mselsec.htm
mselsec.ddo
mtblclose.htm
mtblclose.ddo
addrcnen1.htm
addrinp1.ddo
addrcnen1.ddo
addrcnen2.htm
addrinp2.ddo
addrcnen2.ddo
addrcnen3.htm
addrinp3.ddo
addrcnen3.ddo
addrcnen4.htm
aemailinp.ddo
addrcnen4.ddo
addrcnen5.htm
astuinfo.ddo
addrcnen5.ddo
addrcnen6.htm
minpapp.ddo
addrcnen6.ddo
addrcntr1.htm
mnavcode.ddo
addrcntr1.ddo
addrcntr2.htm
mpersoninp.ddo
addrcntr2.ddo
addrcntr3.htm
mpiphinp.ddo
addrcntr3.ddo
addrcntr4.htm
addrcntr4.ddo
addrcntr5.htm
addrcntr5.ddo
addrcntr6.htm
addrcntr6.ddo
addrfrm1.htm
addrfrm1.ddo
addrfrm2.htm
addrfrm2.ddo
addrfrm3.htm
addrfrm3.ddo
addrph1fpr.htm
addrph1fpr.ddo
addrph1fpren.htm
addrph1fpren.ddo
addrph1pr.htm
addrph1pr.ddo
addrph1pren.htm
addrph1pren.ddo
addrph2fpr.htm
addrph2fpr.ddo
addrph2fpren.htm
addrph2fpren.ddo
addrph2pr.htm
addrph2pr.ddo
addrph2pren.htm
addrph2pren.ddo
addrph3fpr.htm
addrph3fpr.ddo
addrph3fpren.htm
addrph3fpren.ddo
addrph3pr.htm
addrph3pr.ddo
addrph3pren.htm
addrph3pren.ddo
addrstat1.htm
addrstat1.ddo
Host
Program
MZKPGM
MZKNAM
15-48
February 2005
Admissions Files
Web Function
Host
Trans
Code
Configuration
Files
Personal
Information
(continued)
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
addrstat2.htm
addrstat2.ddo
addrstat3.htm
addrstat3.ddo
addrsten1.htm
addrsten1.ddo
addrsten2.htm
addrsten2.ddo
addrsten3.htm
addrsten3.ddo
aemaili1.htm
aemaili1.ddo
aemaili2.htm
aemaili2.ddo
aemaili3.htm
aemaili3.ddo
aemaili4.htm
aemaili4.ddo
aemaili5.htm
aemaili5.ddo
aemailu1.htm
aemailu1.ddo
aemailu2.htm
aemailu2.ddo
aemailu3.htm
aemailu3.ddo
aemailu4.htm
aemailu4.ddo
aemailu5.htm
aemailu5.ddo
apref1.htm
apref1.ddo
apref2.htm
apref2.ddo
apref3.htm
apref3.ddo
apref4.htm
apref4.ddo
apref5.htm
apref5.ddo
aprefen1.htm
aprefen1.ddo
aprefen2.htm
aprefen2.ddo
aprefen3.htm
aprefen3.ddo
aprefen4.htm
aprefen4.ddo
aprefen5.htm
aprefen5.ddo
atype1.htm
atype1.ddo
atype2.htm
atype2.ddo
atype3.htm
atype3.ddo
atype4.htm
atype4.ddo
atype5.htm
atype5.ddo
atypeen1.htm
atypeen1.ddo
atypeen2.htm
atypeen2.ddo
atypeen3.htm
atypeen3.ddo
atypeen4.htm
atypeen4.ddo
atypeen5.htm
atypeen5.ddo
awebpage.htm
awebpage.ddo
Host
Program
MZKNAM
February 2005
15-49
Admissions Files
Web Function
Personal
Information
(continued)
Host
Trans
Code
Configuration
Files
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
maddrerr.htm
maddrerr.ddo
malumrel.htm
malumrel.ddo
malumrlt.htm
malumrlt.ddo
mappnum.htm
mappnum.ddo
mbuttons.htm
mbuttons.ddo
Host
Program
MZKNAM
mcommhtm.htm
mdisabil.htm
mdisabil.ddo
mdisaent.htm
mdisaent.ddo
merrmsg.htm
merrmsg.ddo
methent.htm
methent.ddo
methnic.htm
methnic.ddo
mgendent.htm
mgendent.ddo
mgender.htm
mgender.ddo
mmarient.htm
mmarient.ddo
mmarital.htm
mmarital.ddo
mnameinf.htm
mnavlnks2.htm
mnavlnks2.ddo
mnavstat.htm
mnavstat.ddo
mperemail.htm
mperemail.ddo
mpererr.htm
mpererr.ddo
mpererrfld.htm
mpererrfld.ddo
mperinfo.htm
mperinfo.ddo
mpermaddrhdg.htm
mpermaddrhdg.ddo
mperphone.htm
mperphone.ddo
mpgtitle.htm
mpgtitle.ddo
mphone1.htm
mphone1.ddo
mphone2.htm
mphone2.ddo
mphone3.htm
mphone3.ddo
mphone4.htm
mphone4.ddo
mphone5.htm
mphone5.ddo
mpiecphty.htm
mpiecphty.ddo
mpiecphtyen.htm
mpiecphtyen.ddo
mpiemgcont.htm
mpiemgcont.ddo
mpierr.htm
mpierr.ddo
mpiph1pr.htm
mpiph1pr.ddo
mpiph1pren.htm
mpiph1pren.ddo
15-50
February 2005
Admissions Files
Web Function
Host
Trans
Code
Configuration
Files
Personal
Information
(continued)
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
mpiph1ty.htm
mpiph1ty.ddo
mpiph1tyen.htm
mpiph1tyen.ddo
mpiph2pr.htm
mpiph2pr.ddo
mpiph2pren.htm
mpiph2pren.ddo
mpiph2ty.htm
mpiph2ty.ddo
mpiph2tyen.htm
mpiph2tyen.ddo
mpiph3pr.htm
mpiph3pr.ddo
mpiph3pren.htm
mpiph3pren.ddo
mpiph3ty.htm
mpiph3ty.ddo
mpiph3tyen.htm
mpiph3tyen.ddo
mpiph4pr.htm
mpiph4pr.ddo
mpiph4pren.htm
mpiph4pren.ddo
mpiph4ty.htm
mpiph4ty.ddo
mpiph4tyen.htm
mpiph4tyen.ddo
mpiph5pr.htm
mpiph5pr.ddo
mpiph5pren.htm
mpiph5pren.ddo
mpiph5ty.htm
mpiph5ty.ddo
mpiph5tyen.htm
mpiph5tyen.ddo
mpiphemlerr.htm
mpiphemlerr.ddo
mpitmpma.htm
mpitmpma.ddo
mpstuname.htm
mpstuname.ddo
mrcconv.htm
mrcconv.ddo
mrcconvent.htm
mrcconvent.ddo
mrclangent.htm
mrclangent.ddo
mrcprlang.htm
mrcprlang.ddo
mrelatn.htm
mrelatn.ddo
mrelatnt.htm
mrelatnt.ddo
mrelient.htm
mrelient.ddo
mreligio.htm
mreligio.ddo
mselsent.htm
mselsent.ddo
mselserv.htm
mselserv.ddo
mvetent.htm
mstdname.ddo
mveteran.htm
mvetent.ddo
Host
Program
MZKNAM
February 2005
15-51
Admissions Files
Web Function
Select
Application
Host
Trans
Code
1217
Configuration
Files
mpgmsel.cfg
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
madmappl.htm
astuinfo.ddo
madmappl.ddo
madmlevl.htm
mselmin.ddo
madmlevl.ddo
madmlvay.htm
madmlvay.ddo
madmtext.htm
madmtext.ddo
mappinfo.htm
mappinfo.ddo
mapplerr.htm
mapplerr.ddo
mappnew.htm
madmnew.ddo
mappnum.htm
mappnum.ddo
mbuttons.htm
mbuttons.ddo
mcaumsg.htm
mcaumsg.ddo
Host
Program
MZKPGM
mcommhtm.htm
Previous
College
Information
1213
madmcoll.cfg
mcompgml.htm
mcomappl.ddo
mconpgm.htm
mcurappl.ddo
meitext3.htm
meitext3.ddo
merrmsg.htm
merrmsg.ddo
mexpappinf.htm
mexpappinf.ddo
mexppgml.htm
mexpappl.ddo
mnavlnks2.htm
mnavlnks2.ddo
mnavlnks5.htm
mnavlnks5.ddo
mpgminfo.htm
mcominfo.ddo
mpgtitle.htm
mpgtitle.ddo
mterment.htm
aterment.ddo
mtermtab.htm
atermtab.ddo
maddrcen.htm
astuinfo.ddo
madrcnen.ddo
maddrcty.htm
mhslist.ddo
madrcntr.ddo
maddrsta.htm
mhslistfld.ddo
madrstat.ddo
maddrstn.htm
minpapp.ddo
madrsten.ddo
madmcoll.htm
mnavcode.ddo
madmcoll.ddo
madmcollfnd.htm
madmcollfnd.ddo
mappnum.htm
mappnum.ddo
mbutton.htm
mbutton.ddo
mbuttons.htm
mbuttons.ddo
mclupdlnk.htm
mclupdlnk.ddo
mclupdmsg.htm
mclupdmsg.ddo
mclupdt.htm
mclupdt.ddo
mclupinfo.htm
mclupinfo.ddo
MZKHCL
15-52
February 2005
Admissions Files
Web Function
Host
Trans
Code
Configuration
Files
Object Files
Output
mcommhtm.htm
Previous
College
Information
(continued)
College
Information Locate College
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
1222
mselcol1.cfg
Host
Program
MZKHCL
mconfbuttn.htm
mconfbutt.ddo
mdegawd.htm
mdegawd.ddo
mdegent.htm
mdegent.ddo
mdispinst.htm
mdispinst.ddo
merrmsg.htm
merrmsg.ddo
merrmsgc.htm
merrmsgc.ddo
mhsdiplm.htm
mhsdiplm.ddo
mhsdiprc.htm
mhsdiprc.ddo
mhserrmsg.htm
mhserrmsg.ddo
minpinst.htm
minpinst.ddo
minstbuttn.htm
minstbutt.ddo
mnavlnks2.htm
mnavlnks2.ddo
mnavstat.htm
mnavstat.ddo
mpererr.htm
mpererr.ddo
mpererrfld.htm
mpererrfld.ddo
mpgtitle.htm
mpgtitle.ddo
mpierr.htm
mpierr.ddo
maddrcen.htm
astuinfo.ddo
madrcnen.ddo
maddrcty.htm
minpapp.ddo
madrcntr.ddo
maddrsta.htm
mnavcode.ddo
madrstat.ddo
maddrstn.htm
madrsten.ddo
mappnum.htm
mappnum.ddo
mbuttons.htm
mbuttons.ddo
mclupdlnk.htm
mclupdlnk.ddo
mclupdt.htm
mclupdt.ddo
mclupinfo.htm
mclupinfo.ddo
MZKHCL
mcommhtm.htm
mconfbuttn.htm
mconfbutt.ddo
mdegawd.htm
mdegawd.ddo
mdegent.htm
mdegent.ddo
mhsdiplm.htm
mhsdiplm.ddo
mhsdiprc.htm
mhsdiprc.ddo
mhserrmsg.htm
mhserrmsg.ddo
minstbuts.htm
minstbuts.ddo
minstbuttn.htm
minstbutt.ddo
February 2005
15-53
Admissions Files
Web Function
Host
Trans
Code
Configuration
Files
College
Information Locate College
(continued)
Select College
Name
1226
mselcol2.cfg
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
mnavlnks2.htm
mnavlnks2.ddo
mnavstat.htm
mnavstat.ddo
mpgtitle.htm
mpgtitle.ddo
mselcol1.htm
msinst1.ddo
maddrcen.htm
astuinfo.ddo
madrcnen.ddo
maddrcty.htm
minpapp.ddo
madrcntr.ddo
maddrsta.htm
minpsel1.ddo
madrstat.ddo
maddrstn.htm
mnavcode.ddo
madrsten.ddo
mappnum.htm
Host
Program
MZKHCL
MZKHCL
mappnum.ddo
mcommhtm.htm
Add Previous
College
1227
mselcol3.cfg
mconfbuttn.htm
mconfbutt.ddo
merrmsg.htm
merrmsg.ddo
mhserrmsg.htm
mhserrmsg.ddo
minsent.htm
minsent.ddo
minstbuts.htm
minstbuts.ddo
minstbuttn.htm
minstbutt.ddo
mnavlnks2.htm
mnavlnks2.ddo
mnavstat.htm
mnavstat.ddo
mpgtitle.htm
mpgtitle.ddo
ms2info.htm
ms2info.ddo
mselcol1.htm
msinst1.ddo
mselcol2.htm
msinst2.ddo
maddrcen.htm
astuinfo.ddo
madrcnen.ddo
maddrcty.htm
minpapp.ddo
madrcntr.ddo
maddrsta.htm
minpdate.ddo
madrstat.ddo
maddrstn.htm
minpsel1.ddo
madrsten.ddo
madmcoll.htm
minpsel2.ddo
madmcoll.ddo
madmcollfnd.htm
minpsel3.ddo
madmcollfnd.ddo
mappnum.htm
mnavcode.ddo
mappnum.ddo
mbuttons.htm
MZKHCL
mbuttons.ddo
mcommhtm.htm
mdegawd.htm
mdegawd.ddo
mdegent.htm
mdegent.ddo
mdispinst.htm
mdispinst.ddo
mhsdiplm.htm
mhsdiplm.ddo
mhsdiprc.htm
mhsdiprc.ddo
15-54
February 2005
Admissions Files
Web Function
Host
Trans
Code
Configuration
Files
Add Previous
College
(continued)
High School
Information
1214
madmhs.cfg
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
minpinst.htm
minpinst.ddo
mnavlnks2.htm
mnavlnks2.ddo
mnavstat.htm
mnavstat.ddo
mpgtitle.htm
mpgtitle.ddo
maddrcen.htm
astuinfo.ddo
madrcnen.ddo
maddrcty.htm
mhslist.ddo
madrcntr.ddo
maddrsta.htm
mhslistfld.ddo
madrstat.ddo
maddrstn.htm
minpapp.ddo
madrsten.ddo
mappnum.htm
mnavcode.ddo
mappnum.ddo
mbutton.htm
mbutton.ddo
mbuttons.htm
mbuttons.ddo
Host
Program
MZKHCL
MZKHCL
mcommhtm.htm
mconfbuttn.htm
mconfbutt.ddo
mdisphs.htm
mdisphs.ddo
merrmsg.htm
merrmsg.ddo
merrmsgc.htm
merrmsgc.ddo
mgedinp.htm
mgedinp.ddo
mhmschlinp.htm
mhmschlinp.ddo
mhsdiplm.htm
mhsdiplm.ddo
mhsdiprc.htm
mhsdiprc.ddo
mhserrmsg.htm
mhserrmsg.ddo
mhsinfo.htm
madmhs.ddo
mhsinfofnd.htm
mhsinfofnd.ddo
mhsinfohmged.htm
mhsinfohmged.ddo
mhsupdlnk.htm
mhsupdlnk.ddo
mhsupdmsg.htm
mhsupdmsg.ddo
mhsupdt.htm
mhsupdt.ddo
mhsupinfo.htm
mhsupinfo.ddo
minphs.htm
minphs.ddo
minstbuttn.htm
minstbutt.ddo
mnavlnks2.htm
mnavlnks2.ddo
mnavstat.htm
mnavstat.ddo
mpererr.htm
mpererr.ddo
mpererrfld.htm
mpererrfld.ddo
mpgtitle.htm
mpgtitle.ddo
mpierr.htm
mpierr.ddo
February 2005
15-55
Admissions Files
Web Function
Locate High
School
Host
Trans
Code
1225
Configuration
Files
mselhs1.cfg
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
maddrcen.htm
astuinfo.ddo
madrcnen.ddo
maddrcty.htm
minpapp.ddo
madmhs.ddo
maddrsta.htm
mnavcode.ddo
madrstat.ddo
maddrstn.htm
madrsten.ddo
mappnum.htm
mappnum.ddo
mbuttons.htm
mbuttons.ddo
Host
Program
MZKHCL
mcommhtm.htm
mdisphs.htm
mdisphs.ddo
mged.htm
mged.ddo
mgedsel.htm
mgedsel.ddo
mhmschlsel.htm
mhmschlsel.ddo
mhomeschl.htm
mhomeschl.ddo
mhsdiplm.htm
mhsdiplm.ddo
mhsdiprc.htm
mhsdiprc.ddo
mhsinfo.htm
mhsinfofnd.htm
mhsinfofnd.ddo
mhsinfohmged.htm
mhsinfohmged.ddo
mhsupdlnk.htm
mhsupdlnk.ddo
mhsupdt.htm
mhsupdt.ddo
mhsupinfo.htm
mhsupinfo.ddo
minphs.htm
minphs.ddo
minstbuts.htm
minstbuts.ddo
mnavlnks2.htm
mnavlnks2.ddo
mnavstat.htm
mnavstat.ddo
mpgtitle.htm
mpgtitle.ddo
mselhs1.htm
mshschl.ddo
madrcntr.ddo
1226
mselhs2.cfg
maddrcen.htm
astuinfo.ddo
MZKHCL
maddrcty.htm
minpapp.ddo
madmhs.ddo
maddrsta.htm
minpsel1.ddo
madrcnen.ddo
maddrstn.htm
mnavcode.ddo
madrsten.ddo
mappnum.htm
mappnum.ddo
mbuttons.htm
mbuttons.ddo
mcommhtm.htm
mconfbutt.ddo
mconfbuttn.htm
mdisphs.htm
mdisphs.ddo
15-56
February 2005
Admissions Files
Web Function
Host
Trans
Code
Configuration
Files
Locate High
School
(continued)
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
merrmsg.htm
merrmsg.ddo
merrmsgc.htm
merrmsgc.ddo
mged.htm
mged.ddo
mgedinp.htm
mgedinp.ddo
mgedsel.htm
mgedsel.ddo
mhmschlinp.htm
mhmschlinp.ddo
mhmschlsel.htm
mhmschlsel.ddo
mhomeschl.htm
mhomeschl.ddo
mhsdiplm.htm
mhsdiplm.ddo
mhsdiprc.htm
mhsdiprc.ddo
mhserrmsg.htm
mhserrmsg.ddo
Host
Program
MZKHCL
mhsinfo.htm
mhsinfofnd.htm
mhsinfofnd.ddo
mhsinfohmged.htm
mhsinfohmged.ddo
minphs.htm
minphs.ddo
minsent.htm
minsent.ddo
minstbuts.htm
minstbuts.ddo
minstbuttn.htm
minstbutt.ddo
mnavlnks2.htm
mnavlnks2.ddo
mnavstat.htm
mnavstat.ddo
mpgtitle.htm
mpgtitle.ddo
ms2info.htm
ms2info.ddo
mselhs1.htm
mshschl.ddo
mselhs2.htm
msinst2.ddo
madrcntr.ddo
madrstat.ddo
Add High
School
Information
1227
mselhs3.cfg
maddrcen.htm
astuinfo.ddo
madrcntr.ddo
maddrcty.htm
minpapp.ddo
madmhs.ddo
maddrsta.htm
minpdate.ddo
madrcnen.ddo
maddrstn.htm
minpsel1.ddo
madrsten.ddo
mappnum.htm
minpsel2.ddo
mappnum.ddo
mbuttons.htm
minpsel3.ddo
mbuttons.ddo
mcommhtm.htm
mnavcode.ddo
mdisphs.htm
mdisphs.ddo
merrmsg.htm
merrmsg.ddo
merrmsgc.htm
merrmsgc.ddo
MZKHCL
February 2005
15-57
Admissions Files
Web Function
Host
Trans
Code
Configuration
Files
Add High
School
Information
(continued)
Submit
Application
1216
msubcert.cfg
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
mhsdiplm.htm
mhsdiplm.ddo
mhsdiprc.htm
mhsdiprc.ddo
mhsinfo.htm
madrstat.ddo
mhsinfofnd.htm
mhsinfofnd.ddo
mhsinfohmged.htm
mhsinfohmged.ddo
minphs.htm
minphs.ddo
mnavlnks2.htm
mnavlnks2.ddo
mnavstat.htm
mnavstat.ddo
mpgtitle.htm
mpgtitle.ddo
mcommhtm.htm
astuinfo.ddo
mnavlnks4.htm
mselmin.ddo
msubappl1.htm
Submit
Application Thank You
Continuous
Flow Process
1223
1221
msubpgm.cfg
mnextpg.cfg
Object Files
Output
Host
Program
MZKHCL
MZKSAP
mnavlnks4.ddo
msubappl1.ddo
mcommhtm.htm
astuinfo.ddo
minstinf.htm
mselmin.ddo
MZKSAP
minstinf.ddo
mnavlnks4.htm
mnavlnks4.ddo
msubappl2.htm
msubappl1.ddo
msubappl2a.htm
msubappl2.ddo
msubappl3.htm
msubappl3.ddo
msubauto2.htm
msubauto2.ddo
msubinfo.htm
msubinfo.ddo
msubpayinf.htm
msubpayinf.ddo
addrcnen.htm
addrinp1.ddo
addrcnen.ddo
addrcnen1.htm
addrinp2.ddo
addrcnen1.ddo
addrcnen2.htm
addrinp3.ddo
addrcnen2.ddo
addrcnen3.htm
aemailinp.ddo
addrcnen3.ddo
addrcnen4.htm
astuinfo.ddo
addrcnen4.ddo
addrcnen5.htm
memphistinp.ddo
addrcnen5.ddo
addrcnen6.htm
minpapp.ddo
addrcnen6.ddo
addrcntr1.htm
mnavcode.ddo
addrcntr1.ddo
addrcntr2.htm
mpersoninp.ddo
addrcntr2.ddo
addrcntr3.htm
mpersrefinp.ddo
addrcntr3.ddo
addrcntr4.htm
mpiphinp.ddo
addrcntr4.ddo
addrcntr5.htm
mrsctzninp.ddo
addrcntr5.ddo
addrcntr6.htm
addrcntr6.ddo
addrerr.htm
addrerr.ddo
addrfrm1.htm
addrfrm1.ddo
MZKDIR
15-58
February 2005
Admissions Files
Web Function
Host
Trans
Code
Configuration
Files
Continuous
Flow Process
(continued)
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
addrfrm2.htm
addrfrm2.ddo
addrfrm3.htm
addrfrm3.ddo
addrph1fpr.htm
addrph1fpr.ddo
addrph1fpren.htm
addrph1fpren.ddo
addrph1pr.htm
addrph1pr.ddo
addrph1pren.htm
addrph1pren.ddo
addrph2fpr.htm
addrph2fpr.ddo
addrph2fpren.htm
addrph2fpren.ddo
addrph2pr.htm
addrph2pr.ddo
addrph2pren.htm
addrph2pren.ddo
addrph3fpr.htm
addrph3fpr.ddo
addrph3fpren.htm
addrph3fpren.ddo
addrph3pr.htm
addrph3pr.ddo
addrph3pren.htm
addrph3pren.ddo
addrstat1.htm
addrstat1.ddo
addrstat2.htm
addrstat2.ddo
addrstat3.htm
addrstat3.ddo
addrsten.htm
addrsten.ddo
addrsten1.htm
addrsten1.ddo
addrsten2.htm
addrsten2.ddo
addrsten3.htm
addrsten3.ddo
aemaili1.htm
aemaili1.ddo
aemaili2.htm
aemaili2.ddo
aemaili3.htm
aemaili3.ddo
aemaili4.htm
aemaili4.ddo
aemaili5.htm
aemaili5.ddo
aemailu1.htm
aemailu1.ddo
aemailu2.htm
aemailu2.ddo
aemailu3.htm
aemailu3.ddo
aemailu4.htm
aemailu4.ddo
aemailu5.htm
aemailu5.ddo
aerrmsg.htm
aerrmsg.ddo
apref1.htm
apref1.ddo
apref2.htm
apref2.ddo
apref3.htm
apref3.ddo
apref4.htm
apref4.ddo
Host
Program
MZKDIR
February 2005
15-59
Admissions Files
Web Function
Continuous
Flow Process
(continued)
Host
Trans
Code
Configuration
Files
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
apref5.htm
apref5.ddo
aprefen1.htm
aprefen1.ddo
aprefen2.htm
aprefen2.ddo
aprefen3.htm
aprefen3.ddo
aprefen4.htm
aprefen4.ddo
aprefen5.htm
aprefen5.ddo
atableftr.htm
atableftr.ddo
atype1.htm
atype1.ddo
atype2.htm
atype2.ddo
atype3.htm
atype3.ddo
atype4.htm
atype4.ddo
atype5.htm
atype5.ddo
atypeen1.htm
atypeen1.ddo
atypeen2.htm
atypeen2.ddo
atypeen3.htm
atypeen3.ddo
atypeen4.htm
atypeen4.ddo
atypeen5.htm
atypeen5.ddo
awebpage.htm
awebpage.ddo
maddrcen.htm
madrcnen.ddo
maddrcty.htm
madrcntr.ddo
maddrerr.htm
maddrerr.ddo
maddrsta.htm
madrstat.ddo
maddrstn.htm
madrsten.ddo
madmdata.htm
madmdata.ddo
madmupdt.htm
madmupdt.ddo
malumrel.htm
malumrel.ddo
malumrlt.htm
malumrlt.ddo
mappnum.htm
mappnum.ddo
mbutton.htm
mbutton.ddo
mbuttons.htm
mbuttons.ddo
mcaedcsndt.htm
mcaedcsndt.ddo
mcafinaiddt.htm
mcafinaiddt.ddo
mcaintrntldt.htm
mcaintrntldt.ddo
mcasubmdt.htm
mcasubmdt.ddo
mcatext1.htm
mcatext1.ddo
mcatext2.htm
mcatext2.ddo
Host
Program
MZKDIR
15-60
February 2005
Admissions Files
Web Function
Host
Trans
Code
Configuration
Files
Continuous
Flow Process
(continued)
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
mcatext3.htm
mcatext3.ddo
mcatext4.htm
mcatext4.ddo
mcatext5.htm
mcatext5.ddo
mcatext6.htm
mcatext6.ddo
mcatrnstddt.htm
mcatrnstddt.ddo
mclupdlnk.htm
mclupdlnk.ddo
mclupdt.htm
mclupdt.ddo
mclupinfo.htm
mclupinfo.ddo
mcolldeg1.htm
mcolldeg1.ddo
mcolldeg1ent.htm
mcolldeg1ent.ddo
mcolldeg2.htm
mcolldeg2.ddo
mcolldeg2ent.htm
mcolldeg2ent.ddo
Host
Program
MZKDIR
mcommhtm.htm
mconfbuttn.htm
mconfbutt.ddo
mconpgm.htm
mcurappl.ddo
mcreqf.htm
mcreqf.ddo
mcreqg.htm
mcreqg.ddo
mdegawd.htm
mdegawd.ddo
mdegent.htm
mdegent.ddo
mdisabil.htm
mdisabil.ddo
mdisaent.htm
mdisaent.ddo
mdisphs.htm
mdisphs.ddo
mehfpstat1.htm
mehfpstat1.ddo
mehfpstat2.htm
mehfpstat2.ddo
mehfpstent1.htm
mehfpstent1.ddo
mehfpstent2.htm
mehfpstent2.ddo
meicitizen.htm
meicitizen.ddo
meicitzn.htm
meicitzn.ddo
meictznent.htm
meictznent.ddo
meiearlydc.htm
meiearlydc.ddo
meiearlydcsn.htm
meiearlydcsn.ddo
meiearlyent.htm
meiearlyent.ddo
meifinaid.htm
meifinaid.ddo
meifincaid.htm
meifincaid.ddo
meifinent.htm
meifinent.ddo
meifpstat.htm
meifpstat.ddo
February 2005
15-61
Admissions Files
Web Function
Continuous
Flow Process
(continued)
Host
Trans
Code
Configuration
Files
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
Host
Program
meifpstatent.htm
meifpstatent.ddo
MZKDIR
meifpstatus.htm
meifpstatus.ddo
meihdr.htm
meihdr.ddo
meihousent.htm
meihousent.ddo
meihousing.htm
meihousing.ddo
meihousreq.htm
meihousreq.ddo
meihousreqval.htm
meihousreqval.ddo
meihsng.htm
meihsng.ddo
meiminor.htm
meiminor.ddo
meiminorpgm.htm
meiminorpgm.ddo
meimnrent.htm
meimnrent.ddo
meiprevappl.htm
meiprevappl.ddo
meiprevappld.htm
meiprevappld.ddo
meiprevatt.htm
meiprevatt.ddo
meiprevattd.htm
meiprevattd.ddo
meiprevent.htm
meiprevent.ddo
meiprvapent.htm
meiprvapent.ddo
meispecent.htm
meispecent.ddo
meispecial.htm
meispecial.ddo
meispecpgm.htm
meispecpgm.ddo
meitext1.htm
meitext1.ddo
meitext2.htm
meitext2.ddo
meitext3.htm
meitext3.ddo
memphist1.htm
memphist1.ddo
memphist2.htm
memphist2.ddo
mempsel.htm
mempsel.ddo
mempselent.htm
mempselent.ddo
merrmsg.htm
merrmsg.ddo
methent.htm
methent.ddo
methnic.htm
methnic.ddo
mfirpgm.htm
mfirpgm.ddo
mged.htm
mged.ddo
mgedsel.htm
mgedsel.ddo
mgendent.htm
mgendent.ddo
mgender.htm
mgender.ddo
mhmschlsel.htm
mhmschlsel.ddo
HTML Files
15-62
February 2005
Admissions Files
Web Function
Host
Trans
Code
Configuration
Files
Continuous
Flow Process
(continued)
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
Host
Program
mhomeschl.htm
mhomeschl.ddo
MZKDIR
mhsdiplm.htm
mhsdiplm.ddo
mhsdiprc.htm
mhsdiprc.ddo
mhserrmsg.htm
mhserrmsg.ddo
mhsinfo.htm
madmhs.ddo
mhsinfofnd.htm
mhsinfofnd.ddo
mhsinfohmged.htm
mhsinfohmged.ddo
mhsupdlnk.htm
mhsupdlnk.ddo
mhsupdt.htm
mhsupdt.ddo
mhsupinfo.htm
mhsupinfo.ddo
minphs.htm
minphs.ddo
minstbuts.htm
minstbuts.ddo
minstbuttn.htm
minstbutt.ddo
mmarient.htm
mmarient.ddo
mmarital.htm
mmarital.ddo
mnameinf.htm
mstdname.ddo
mnavlnks1.htm
mnavlnks1.ddo
mnavlnks2.htm
mnavlnks2.ddo
mnavlnks3.htm
mnavlnks3.ddo
mnavlnks4.htm
mnavlnks4.ddo
mnavstat.htm
mnavstat.ddo
mperemail.htm
mperemail.ddo
mpererr.htm
mpererr.ddo
mpererrfld.htm
mpererrfld.ddo
mperinfo.htm
mperinfo.ddo
mpermaddrhdg.htm
mpermaddrhdg.ddo
mperphone.htm
mperphone.ddo
mpersref1.htm
mpersref1.ddo
mpersref2.htm
mpersref2.ddo
mpersref3.htm
mpersref3.ddo
mpgmemsg.htm
mpgmemsg.ddo
mpgtitle.htm
mpgtitle.ddo
mphone1.htm
mphone1.ddo
mphone2.htm
mphone2.ddo
mphone3.htm
mphone3.ddo
mphone4.htm
mphone4.ddo
HTML Files
February 2005
15-63
Admissions Files
Web Function
Continuous
Flow Process
(continued)
Host
Trans
Code
Configuration
Files
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
mphone5.htm
mphone5.ddo
mpiecphty.htm
mpiecphty.ddo
mpiecphtyen.htm
mpiecphtyen.ddo
mpiemgcont.htm
mpiemgcont.ddo
mpierr.htm
mpierr.ddo
mpiph1pr.htm
mpiph1pr.ddo
mpiph1pren.htm
mpiph1pren.ddo
mpiph1ty.htm
mpiph1ty.ddo
mpiph1tyen.htm
mpiph1tyen.ddo
mpiph2pr.htm
mpiph2pr.ddo
mpiph2pren.htm
mpiph2pren.ddo
mpiph2ty.htm
mpiph2ty.ddo
mpiph2tyen.htm
mpiph2tyen.ddo
mpiph3pr.htm
mpiph3pr.ddo
mpiph3pren.htm
mpiph3pren.ddo
mpiph3ty.htm
mpiph3ty.ddo
mpiph3tyen.htm
mpiph3tyen.ddo
mpiph4pr.htm
mpiph4pr.ddo
mpiph4pren.htm
mpiph4pren.ddo
mpiph4ty.htm
mpiph4ty.ddo
mpiph4tyen.htm
mpiph4tyen.ddo
mpiph5pr.htm
mpiph5pr.ddo
mpiph5pren.htm
mpiph5pren.ddo
mpiph5ty.htm
mpiph5ty.ddo
mpiph5tyen.htm
mpiph5tyen.ddo
mpiphemlerr.htm
mpiphemlerr.ddo
mpitmpma.htm
mpitmpma.ddo
mpstuname.htm
mpstuname.ddo
mrcbcntr.htm
mrcbcntr.ddo
mrcbcnty.htm
mrcbcnty.ddo
mrcbcten.htm
mrcbcten.ddo
mrcbstat.htm
mrcbstat.ddo
mrccitzn.htm
mrccitzn.ddo
mrcconv.htm
mrcconv.ddo
mrcconvent.htm
mrcconvent.ddo
mrcczncntr.htm
mrcczncntr.ddo
Host
Program
MZKDIR
15-64
February 2005
Admissions Files
Web Function
Host
Trans
Code
Configuration
Files
Continuous
Flow Process
(continued)
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
mrci20.htm
mrci20.ddo
mrci20en.htm
mrci20en.ddo
mrclangent.htm
mrclangent.ddo
mrclglstat.htm
mrclglstat.ddo
mrclgltime.htm
mrclgltime.ddo
mrclgtment.htm
mrclgtment.ddo
mrcnonctzn.htm
mrcnonctzn.ddo
mrcntvcntr.htm
mrcntvcntr.ddo
mrcocntrd.htm
mrcocntrd.ddo
mrcocntyd.htm
mrcocntyd.ddo
mrcorgcntr.htm
mrcorgcntr.ddo
mrcorgcnty.htm
mrcorgcnty.ddo
mrcorgcten.htm
mrcorgcten.ddo
mrcorgdisp.htm
mrcorgdisp.ddo
mrcorgstat.htm
mrcorgstat.ddo
mrcorgtblhdr.htm
mrcorgtblhdr.ddo
mrcorgtext.htm
mrcorgtext.ddo
mrcostatd.htm
mrcostatd.ddo
mrcpaddrtx1.htm
mrcpaddrtx1.ddo
mrcpaddrtx2.htm
mrcpaddrtx2.ddo
mrcpaddrtx3.htm
mrcpaddrtx3.ddo
mrcperment.htm
mrcperment.ddo
mrcpermres.htm
mrcpermres.ddo
mrcpresnum.htm
mrcpresnum.ddo
mrcprlang.htm
mrcprlang.ddo
mrcprlvent.htm
mrcprlvent.ddo
mrcprslvng.htm
mrcprslvng.ddo
mrcsevis.htm
mrcsevis.ddo
mrcsevisent.htm
mrcsevisent.ddo
mrcsevisnum.htm
mrcsevisnum.ddo
mrcusentrdt.htm
mrcusentrdt.ddo
mrcvdates.htm
mrcvdates.ddo
mrcvisaent.htm
mrcvisaent.ddo
mrcvtype.htm
mrcvtype.ddo
mrelatn.htm
mrelatn.ddo
mrelatn1.htm
mrelatn1.ddo
Host
Program
MZKDIR
February 2005
15-65
Admissions Files
Web Function
Continuous
Flow Process
(continued)
Host
Trans
Code
Configuration
Files
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
mrelatn2.htm
mrelatn2.ddo
mrelatn3.htm
mrelatn3.ddo
mrelatnt.htm
mrelatnt.ddo
mrelatnt1.htm
mrelatnt1.ddo
mrelatnt2.htm
mrelatnt2.ddo
mrelatnt3.htm
mrelatnt3.ddo
mrelient.htm
mrelient.ddo
mreligio.htm
mreligio.ddo
mresary.htm
mresary.ddo
mresstat.htm
mresstat.ddo
mresstatus.htm
mresstatus.ddo
mrvapbtnf.htm
mrvapbtnf.ddo
mrvapbuttn.htm
mrvapbuttn.ddo
mrvapcohds.htm
mrvapcohds.ddo
mrvapcohdu.htm
mrvapcohdu.ddo
mrvapdldt.htm
mrvapdldt.ddo
mrvapdldthdr.htm
mrvapdldthdr.ddo
mrvapehhds.htm
mrvapehhds.ddo
mrvapehhdu.htm
mrvapehhdu.ddo
mrvapeihds.htm
mrvapeihds.ddo
mrvapeihdu.htm
mrvapeihdu.ddo
mrvapfee.htm
mrvapfee.ddo
mrvapfeep.htm
mrvapfeep.ddo
mrvapfees.htm
mrvapfees.ddo
mrvapfeeu.htm
mrvapfeeu.ddo
mrvaphshds.htm
mrvaphshds.ddo
mrvaphshdu.htm
mrvaphshdu.ddo
mrvapinfo.htm
mrvapinfo.ddo
mrvappihds.htm
mrvappihds.ddo
mrvappihdu.htm
mrvappihdu.ddo
mrvappitab1.htm
mrvappitab1.ddo
mrvappitab2.htm
mrvappitab2.ddo
mrvappiurl.htm
mrvappiurl.ddo
mrvapprhds.htm
mrvapprhds.ddo
mrvapprhdu.htm
mrvapprhdu.ddo
mrvaprchds.htm
mrvaprchds.ddo
Host
Program
MZKDIR
15-66
February 2005
Admissions Files
Web Function
Host
Trans
Code
Configuration
Files
Continuous
Flow Process
(continued)
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
Host
Program
mrvaprchdu.htm
mrvaprchdu.ddo
MZKDIR
mrvapreq.htm
mrvapreq.ddo
mrvaprqt.htm
mrvaprqt.ddo
msecpgm.htm
msecpgm.ddo
mselcol1.htm
msinst1.ddo
mselfir.htm
mselfir.ddo
mselhs1.htm
mshschl.ddo
mselsec.htm
mselsec.ddo
mselsent.htm
mselsent.ddo
mselserv.htm
mselserv.ddo
mtblclose.htm
mtblclose.ddo
mvetent.htm
mvetent.ddo
mveteran.htm
mveteran.ddo
HTML Files
madata.ddo
Residency/
Citizenship
1210
mrescitzn.cfg
addrcnen.htm
addrinp2.ddo
addrcnen.ddo
addrcnen3.htm
addrinp3.ddo
addrcnen3.ddo
addrcnen4.htm
astuinfo.ddo
addrcnen4.ddo
addrcnen5.htm
minpapp.ddo
addrcnen5.ddo
addrcnen6.htm
mnavcode.ddo
addrcnen6.ddo
addrcntr3.htm
mrsctzninp.ddo
addrcntr3.ddo
addrcntr4.htm
addrcntr4.ddo
addrcntr5.htm
addrcntr5.ddo
addrcntr6.htm
addrcntr6.ddo
addrfrm2.htm
addrfrm2.ddo
addrfrm3.htm
addrfrm3.ddo
addrph2fpr.htm
addrph2fpr.ddo
addrph2fpren.htm
addrph2fpren.ddo
addrph2pr.htm
addrph2pr.ddo
addrph2pren.htm
addrph2pren.ddo
addrph3fpr.htm
addrph3fpr.ddo
addrph3fpren.htm
addrph3fpren.ddo
addrph3pr.htm
addrph3pr.ddo
addrph3pren.htm
addrph3pren.ddo
addrstat2.htm
addrstat2.ddo
addrstat3.htm
addrstat3.ddo
addrsten.htm
addrsten.ddo
MZKRES
February 2005
15-67
Admissions Files
Web Function
Residency/
Citizenship
(continued)
Host
Trans
Code
Configuration
Files
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
addrsten2.htm
addrsten2.ddo
addrsten3.htm
addrsten3.ddo
aerrmsg.htm
aerrmsg.ddo
atableftr.htm
atableftr.ddo
maddrerr.htm
maddrerr.ddo
mbuttons.htm
mbuttons.ddo
Host
Program
MZKRES
mcommhtm.htm
merrmsg.htm
merrmsg.ddo
mnavlnks2.htm
mnavlnks2.ddo
mnavstat.htm
mnavstat.ddo
mpererr.htm
mpererr.ddo
mpererrfld.htm
mpererrfld.ddo
mpgtitle.htm
mpgtitle.ddo
mpierr.htm
mpierr.ddo
mrcbcntr.htm
mrcbcntr.ddo
mrcbcnty.htm
mrcbcnty.ddo
mrcbcten.htm
mrcbcten.ddo
mrcbstat.htm
mrcbstat.ddo
mrccitzn.htm
mrccitzn.ddo
mrcczncntr.htm
mrcczncntr.ddo
mrci20.htm
mrci20.ddo
mrci20en.htm
mrci20en.ddo
mrclglstat.htm
mrclglstat.ddo
mrclgltime.htm
mrclgltime.ddo
mrclgtment.htm
mrclgtment.ddo
mrcnonctzn.htm
mrcnonctzn.ddo
mrcntvcntr.htm
mrcntvcntr.ddo
mrcocntrd.htm
mrcocntrd.ddo
mrcocntyd.htm
mrcocntyd.ddo
mrcorgcntr.htm
mrcorgcntr.ddo
mrcorgcnty.htm
mrcorgcnty.ddo
mrcorgcten.htm
mrcorgcten.ddo
mrcorgdisp.htm
mrcorgdisp.ddo
mrcorgstat.htm
mrcorgstat.ddo
mrcorgtblhdr.htm
mrcorgtblhdr.ddo
mrcorgtext.htm
mrcorgtext.ddo
15-68
February 2005
Admissions Files
Web Function
Host
Trans
Code
Configuration
Files
Residency/
Citizenship
(continued)
Personal
References
1230
mpersref.cfg
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
mrcostatd.htm
mrcostatd.ddo
mrcpaddrtx1.htm
mrcpaddrtx1.ddo
mrcpaddrtx2.htm
mrcpaddrtx2.ddo
mrcpaddrtx3.htm
mrcpaddrtx3.ddo
mrcperment.htm
mrcperment.ddo
mrcpermres.htm
mrcpermres.ddo
mrcpresnum.htm
mrcpresnum.ddo
mrcprlvent.htm
mrcprlvent.ddo
mrcprslvng.htm
mrcprslvng.ddo
mrcsevis.htm
mrcsevis.ddo
mrcsevisent.htm
mrcsevisent.ddo
mrcsevisnum.htm
mrcsevisnum.ddo
mrcusentrdt.htm
mrcusentrdt.ddo
mrcvdates.htm
mrcvdates.ddo
mrcvisaent.htm
mrcvisaent.ddo
mrcvtype.htm
mrcvtype.ddo
addrcnen1.htm
addrinp1.ddo
addrcnen1.ddo
addrcnen2.htm
addrinp2.ddo
addrcnen2.ddo
addrcnen3.htm
addrinp3.ddo
addrcnen3.ddo
addrcnen4.htm
astuinfo.ddo
addrcnen4.ddo
addrcnen5.htm
minpapp.ddo
addrcnen5.ddo
addrcnen6.htm
mnavcode.ddo
addrcnen6.ddo
addrcntr1.htm
mpersrefinp.ddo
addrcntr1.ddo
addrcntr2.htm
addrcntr2.ddo
addrcntr3.htm
addrcntr3.ddo
addrcntr4.htm
addrcntr4.ddo
addrcntr5.htm
addrcntr5.ddo
addrcntr6.htm
addrcntr6.ddo
addrfrm1.htm
addrfrm1.ddo
addrfrm2.htm
addrfrm2.ddo
addrfrm3.htm
addrfrm3.ddo
addrph1fpr.htm
addrph1fpr.ddo
addrph1fpren.htm
addrph1fpren.ddo
addrph1pr.htm
addrph1pr.ddo
addrph1pren.htm
addrph1pren.ddo
addrph2fpr.htm
addrph2fpr.ddo
Host
Program
MZKRES
MZKREF
February 2005
15-69
Admissions Files
Web Function
Personal
References
(continued)
Host
Trans
Code
Configuration
Files
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
addrph2fpren.htm
addrph2fpren.ddo
addrph2pr.htm
addrph2pr.ddo
addrph2pren.htm
addrph2pren.ddo
addrph3fpr.htm
addrph3fpr.ddo
addrph3fpren.htm
addrph3fpren.ddo
addrph3pr.htm
addrph3pr.ddo
addrph3pren.htm
addrph3pren.ddo
addrstat1.htm
addrstat1.ddo
addrstat2.htm
addrstat2.ddo
addrstat3.htm
addrstat3.ddo
addrsten1.htm
addrsten1.ddo
addrsten2.htm
addrsten2.ddo
addrsten3.htm
addrsten3.ddo
maddrerr.htm
maddrerr.ddo
mbuttons.htm
mbuttons.ddo
Host
Program
MZKREF
mcommhtm.htm
merrmsg.htm
merrmsg.ddo
mnavlnks2.htm
mnavlnks2.ddo
mnavstat.htm
mnavstat.ddo
mpersref1.htm
mpersref1.ddo
mpersref2.htm
mpersref2.ddo
mpersref3.htm
mpersref3.ddo
mpgtitle.htm
mpgtitle.ddo
mrelatn1.htm
mrelatn1.ddo
mrelatn2.htm
mrelatn2.ddo
mrelatn3.htm
mrelatn3.ddo
mrelatnt1.htm
mrelatnt1.ddo
mrelatnt2.htm
mrelatnt2.ddo
mrelatnt3.htm
mrelatnt3.ddo
15-70
February 2005
Admissions Files
Web Function
Employment
History
Host
Trans
Code
1231
Configuration
Files
memphist.cfg
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
addrcnen1.htm
addrinp1.ddo
addrcnen1.ddo
addrcnen2.htm
addrinp2.ddo
addrcnen2.ddo
addrcnen3.htm
astuinfo.ddo
addrcnen3.ddo
addrcnen4.htm
memphistinp.ddo
addrcnen4.ddo
addrcntr1.htm
minpapp.ddo
addrcntr1.ddo
addrcntr2.htm
mnavcode.ddo
addrcntr2.ddo
addrcntr3.htm
addrcntr3.ddo
addrcntr4.htm
addrcntr4.ddo
addrfrm1.htm
addrfrm1.ddo
addrfrm2.htm
addrfrm2.ddo
addrph1fpr.htm
addrph1fpr.ddo
addrph1fpren.htm
addrph1fpren.ddo
addrph1pr.htm
addrph1pr.ddo
addrph1pren.htm
addrph1pren.ddo
addrph2fpr.htm
addrph2fpr.ddo
addrph2fpren.htm
addrph2fpren.ddo
addrph2pr.htm
addrph2pr.ddo
addrph2pren.htm
addrph2pren.ddo
addrph3fpr.htm
addrph3fpr.ddo
addrph3fpren.htm
addrph3fpren.ddo
addrph3pr.htm
addrph3pr.ddo
addrph3pren.htm
addrph3pren.ddo
addrstat1.htm
addrstat1.ddo
addrstat2.htm
addrstat2.ddo
addrsten1.htm
addrsten1.ddo
addrsten2.htm
addrsten2.ddo
maddrerr.htm
maddrerr.ddo
mbuttons.htm
mbuttons.ddo
Host
Program
MZKEMP
mcommhtm.htm
mehfpstat1.htm
mehfpstat1.ddo
mehfpstat2.htm
mehfpstat2.ddo
mehfpstent1.htm
mehfpstent1.ddo
mehfpstent2.htm
mehfpstent2.ddo
memphist1.htm
memphist1.ddo
memphist2.htm
memphist2.ddo
mempsel.htm
mempsel.ddo
February 2005
15-71
Admissions Files
Web Function
Host
Trans
Code
Configuration
Files
Employment
History
(continued)
Client
Requirements Freshman
Essay
Client
Requirements Publications
and Honors
Admissions Credit Card
Payment
1280
1281
1403
mcreqf.cfg
mcreqg.cfg
bacrdcrd.cfg
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
Host
Program
mempselent.htm
mempselent.ddo
MZKEMP
merrmsg.htm
merrmsg.ddo
mnavlnks2.htm
mnavlnks2.ddo
mnavstat.htm
mnavstat.ddo
mpgtitle.htm
mpgtitle.ddo
HTML Files
mappnum.htm
astuinfo.ddo
mappnum.ddo
mbutton.htm
minpapp.ddo
mbutton.ddo
mcommhtm.htm
mnavcode.ddo
mcreqf.htm
mcreqf.ddo
mnavlnks2.htm
mnavlnks2.ddo
mnavstat.htm
mnavstat.ddo
mpgtitle.htm
mpgtitle.ddo
mappnum.htm
astuinfo.ddo
mappnum.ddo
mbutton.htm
minpapp.ddo
mbutton.ddo
mcommhtm.htm
mnavcode.ddo
mcreqg.htm
mcreqg.ddo
mnavlnks2.htm
mnavlnks2.ddo
mnavstat.htm
mnavstat.ddo
mpgtitle.htm
mpgtitle.ddo
bacrdcrd.htm
astuinfo.ddo
bcrdcard.ddo
bcrdmsg.htm
bcrdcard.ddo
bcrdmsg.ddo
binfotxt.htm
binfotxt.ddo
mcctyphdr.htm
mcctyphdr.ddo
MZKCRQ
MZKCRQ
BZKCCU
mcommhtm.htm
Admissions Credit Card
Receipt
1405
bacrdcd.cfg
mnavlnks6.htm
mnavlnks6.ddo
msubauto.htm
msubauto.ddo
msubinfo.htm
msubinfo.ddo
aerrmsg.htm
astuinfo.ddo
aerrmsg.ddo
bacrdcrd.htm
bcrdcard.ddo
bcrdcard.ddo
baerrpga.htm
tepsa1.ddo
bccrdmsg.htm
tepsavs.ddo
bcrdmsg.htm
BZKCCU
bccrdmsg.ddo
bcrdmsg.ddo
mcommhtm.htm
mnavlnks6.htm
mnavlnks6.ddo
mpgtitle.htm
mpgtitle.ddo
msubauto.htm
msubauto.ddo
15-72
February 2005
Parent/Guest Payment Files
Web Function
Admissions Logoff
Host
Trans
Code
-1
Configuration
Files
mlogouts.cfg
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
Object Files
Output
Host
Program
mlogouts.htm
Parent/Guest Payment Files
Web Function
Parent or
Guest Payment
Host
Tran
Code
1410
Configuration
Files
bpgplog.cfg
HTML Files
Data
Definition
Input
acommhtmhp.htm
bpgpinput.ddo
Object Files
Output
Host
Program
AZKVPA
aconfig.htm
aconfig.ddo
aerrmsg.htm
aerrmsg.ddo
aterment.htm
aterment.ddo
bpgplog.htm
bpgplog.ddo
bpgpverf.htm
bpgpverf.ddo
bpgpverf1.htm
bpgpverf1.ddo
rinfotxt.htm
rinfotxt.ddo
rinfotxt2.htm
rinfotxt2.ddo
atermtab.ddo
Parent or
Guest Payment
- Credit Card
Payment
1403
bpgpcrdcard.cfg
acommhtmhp.htm
astuinfo.ddo
bcrdcard.ddo
bcrdmsg.htm
bcrdcard.ddo
bcrdmsg.ddo
binfotxt.htm
BZKCCU
binfotxt.ddo
bpgpcc.htm
Parent or
Guest - Credit
Card Receipt
1405
bpgpcrdupdt.cfg
acommhtmhp.htm
astuinfo.ddo
bcrdcard.ddo
bcrdmsg.htm
bcrdcard.ddo
bcrdmsg.ddo
bpgpcc.htm
tepsa1.ddo
bpgperrpgm.htm
tepsavs.ddo
BZKCCU
Table 15-10 Parent/Guest Payment Files
February 2005
15-73
16 Known Browser Issues
Macintosh Computers
16 Known Browser Issues
Since there are differences in the way the various types and versions of
Web browsers display the Student pages, we are providing a list of the
known differences that you may incur when using Student SelfService.
Macintosh Computers
Netscape Navigator 7.1
This section includes a list of differences found while testing different
versions of Netscape Navigator on a Macintosh computer.
• After selecting
on a Web page, the button displays Processing
(as it should) but the button is not disabled during processing. If the
button is selected again, the selection is ignored.
• Use CTRL+H, CTRL+2, and CTRL+3 instead of ALT+H, ALT+2, and
ALT+3 to access the Help, Site Map, and Exit pages.
Safari 1.1
This section includes a list of differences found while testing Safari on
a Macintosh computer.
• When you select an item from a drop-down menu, the menu item
moves a little to the left.
February 2005
16-1
Index
Index
A
AAFILE Update program (AZKAAU) 14-13
ABKGEM (CP/Luminis Profile Extract) 3-120 to 3-121, 14-4
to 14-5
ABKLDI (Luminis Data Integration Extract) program 3-122
to 3-123
ABKLDI (Student/Faculty Luminis Data Integration Extract)
program 14-6 to 14-10
ABKLSE (WebCT Profile Extract) 3-124 to 3-125, 14-10
to 14-12
Academic Program Maintenance screen (110) 6-46, 6-47, 6-49
academic progress 8-25
program (SZKPRO) 14-86
Accept Awards
deadline 3-58, 8-11
program (SZKACC) 14-78 to 14-80
setting on Screen 331 3-61, 8-9
Account Summary 6-5 to 6-6
credit card payment 6-5, 7-16
setting availability for a term 3-4, 14-21
setting payment subcodes 6-7
setting viewing options 6-6 to 6-7
ACINPM copybook
Course Section options 3-73 to 3-75
Course Section Search options 3-74
institution information 3-73
Registration options 3-39
adding
menu items 3-97 to 3-102
menus 3-104 to 3-111
adding classes 7-4
Additional Services - Fee Code Query screen (W51) 3-32
Additional Services - Fee Codes screen (W29) 3-31
Additional Services - Group Query screen (W50) 3-32
Additional Services - Group Title/Description screen (W28)
3-29 to 3-30
Additional Services - Groups screen (W27) 3-26 to 3-29
Additional Services option 3-17
addresses
Display program (AZKADR) 14-14
emergency contact 5-7
on admissions application 11-24
recording in DBD 11-28
viewing in SIS 11-72
next of kin 5-7
permanent address 11-10
on admissions application 11-9, 11-22
recording in DBD 11-26 to 11-27
February 2005
previous address
record in DBD 11-41 to 11-42
temporary mailing address
types to view/update on Web 3-13, 3-53
Adjust Charge/Payment screen (406) 6-10, 11-65
Administrative Table Load
Web page (ATBLLOAD.HTM) 3-113
admissions
applying for 2-2, 11-1 to 11-2, 11-6 to 11-64
Client Requirements 11-12, 11-50 to 11-51, 14-44
College History 11-12, 11-32 to 11-34
creating a new student account 11-6 to 11-11, 14-48
DV DBD values for list boxes 3-66 to 3-68
Employment History 11-12, 11-46 to 11-47, 14-46
enrollment intentions 11-12, 11-12 to 11-18
flowchart 11-2
High School History 11-12, 11-29 to 11-31
Information program (MZKADM) 14-41 to 14-43
navigation bar 11-5
Navigation Program (MZKDIR) 14-45
Other Links 11-3 to 11-4
paying application fee 11-63 to 11-65
Personal Information 11-12, 11-19 to 11-28
Personal References 11-12, 11-43 to 11-44, 14-52
Prospect program (MZKPRO) 14-51
Requirement Rules screen (MRR) 3-45
Residency/Citizenship 11-12, 11-35 to 11-42, 14-52
reviewing applications 11-57 to 11-60, 11-66 to 11-67
submitting an application 11-61 to 11-65, 14-53 to 14-54
term inquiry table 3-113
TSRVWEB.INI file settings 3-79, 3-82 to 3-84, 11-4
viewing Web application data on SIS screens 11-70 to
11-78
Web page design 11-3 to 11-5
advisors
Display program (AZKADV) 14-15
viewing a list of 6-43
alternate credit hours 7-11
alumnus relationship
defining DBD values for 3-67
AMFILE Update program 14-16
application
for admissions 2-2, 11-12 to 11-64
status 2-2, 11-68
I-1
Index
application fee 11-57, 11-62, 11-67
default fee for non-residents 3-43
default fee for residents 3-43
for multiple applications 3-55
for non-residents 3-55
for residents 3-54
initial status for an Application Type 3-54
initial status if not set for an Application Type 3-43
paying by check or money order 11-63
paying by credit card 11-63 to 11-65
requiring before submission 3-43
application type 11-5, 11-16, 11-18, 11-57
DBD values for 3-66
defining admissions office for 3-45
Approved Academic Programs screen (134) 3-45, 3-64
architecture 2-8 to 2-10
ATBLLOAD.HTM (Administrative Table Load page) 3-113
auto-admit processing 3-45, 11-68
automated Login ID generation for applicants 11-6, 11-7
available course sections 2-3
ACINPM copybook options 3-73 to 3-75
awards
Accept Awards program (SZKACC) 14-78 to 14-80
accept/decline awards by year 8-6
defining years viewed on Web 3-57, 8-34
displaying on Accept Awards page 8-9
Distribution screen (317) 8-13
Entry screen (318) 8-13, 8-18
financial aid history 8-19
financial aid information by year 8-16
financial aid summary 8-4
General Messages screen (338) 8-14
Message screen (339) 8-12
selecting year to display 8-34
set display on Accept Awards page 3-61
student requirements 8-20
AZKAAU (AAFILE Update) program 14-13
AZKADR (Address Display) program 14-14
AZKADV (Advisor Display) program 14-15
AZKAMU (AMFILE Update) program 14-16
AZKHLD (Student Holds) program 14-17
AZKMSR (Marital Status Display) program 14-18
AZKMSU (Marital Status Update) program 14-18
AZKPIN (Change PIN) program 14-19
AZKTBL (Table Load) program 14-20
AZKVPA (Parent/Guest Payment) program 14-23
AZKVST (Verify Student) program 14-24
B
bank account information 6-39 to 6-41
program (AZKAMU) 14-16
Bank Account Information option 3-17
I-2
billing
making credit card payments 6-8 to 6-10
parent/guest payments 12-3 to 12-4
Tuition Calculation program (BZKTCL) 14-36
viewing account summary 6-5 to 6-6
birth date
entering on admissions application 11-19
matching for ID verification 3-42
recording in SIS 11-25
setting display on Web page 3-51
using for identity verification 11-7
browsers
for Macintosh computers 16-1
Budget screen (312) 8-24
BZKBIL (Student Account Balance) program 14-25 to 14-28
BZKCCU (Credit Card Payment) program 6-9, 11-64, 14-29
to 14-34
BZKTCL (Billing Tuition Calculation) program 14-36
BZKTRA (TRA 1098-T Form Display) program 14-37
BZKTXY (TRA Tax Year Selection) program 14-38
C
call number 7-6, 9-8, 9-11
Campus Pipeline 14-4
passing profile data to 3-115
PIN 1-1
profile load process 3-120 to 3-121
TSRVWEB.INI file settings 3-79
Campus Pipeline/Luminis
Profile Extract (ABKGEM) 3-120 to 3-121, 14-4 to 14-5
Campus-Wide ID (CWID) 11-11
customizing Admissions Login page if not using 3-70,
11-6
logging in with 2-4, 3-8
career level
on Enrollment Intentions page 11-14
specifying for academic programs 3-64
specifying for application type 3-45
career table 3-113
Cascading Style Sheets (CSS) 3-72
changing a student’s PIN
on Screen 103 (Personal Data) 2-5, 3-10
on Web 5-11
program (AZKPIN) 14-19
checklist for implementation 3-1
classes
changing options 7-11
viewing a student’s schedule 7-13 to 7-15
Client Requirements
how to include in admissions application 11-51 to 11-56
on admissions application 3-48, 11-12, 11-50 to 11-51
February 2005
Index
college history
College Scholarship Service (CSS) 8-30
Communications Flags screen (204) 10-2, 10-6
conditional drop/add 7-8
configuration 2-8
cost of attendance 8-23 to 8-24
program (SZKCOA) 14-85
Course Availability program (RZKCRS) 14-58 to 14-59
Course Catalog 2-3, 9-3 to 9-4
academic year 3-14
options 3-14 to 3-16
program (RZKCAT) 14-56 to 14-57
Course Fees screen (TCF) 9-8, 9-12
Course Section Maintenance screen (129) 3-66, 9-7, 9-11
course sections available 2-3
ACINPM copybook options 3-73 to 3-75
creating
new PIN for applicant 11-8
new student account 11-6 to 11-11
test and production Web environments 13-1 to 13-8
credit card payment
account balance 6-5
confirmation 11-64
for Account Summary 6-8 to 6-10
for application fee 11-63 to 11-65
for Official Transcript Requests 6-52 to 6-53
for registration fees 7-16
program (BZKCCU) 6-9, 11-64, 14-29 to 14-34
subcodes 3-55, 14-33
types accepted 3-43
criminal conviction
setting display on admissions application 3-52
CSS
Cascading Style Sheets 3-72
College Scholarship Service 8-30
PROFILE registration 8-30
customizing
error messages 3-72
Web pages 1-4, 2-3, 3-71 to 3-72, 5-15, 5-16, 8-31,
8-33
CWID 11-11
customizing Admissions Login page if not using 3-70,
11-6
D
data exchange 2-8 to 2-9
Data Synchronization Events screen (1SE) 3-126 to 3-128
February 2005
data synchronization methods
Campus Pipeline/Luminis Profile Load 3-115, 3-120 to
3-121
Luminis Data Integration (LDI) Solution 3-115
Luminis Profile Load 3-122 to 3-123
on-demand 3-115, 3-126 to 3-128
system events 3-115
WebCT Profile Load 3-115, 3-124 to 3-125
date of birth
using for identity verification 11-7
deadlines
displayed on Review Application page 11-58
for accept/reject financial aid awards 3-58, 8-11
for early decision 3-55
for financial aid 3-55
for international student 3-55
for transfer student 3-55
for Web application submission 3-55
missed dates listed on Select Application page 11-67
set to display on admissions application 3-42
defining
user ID 9998 3-1, 3-2
Web specifications 3-6 to 3-9
degree audit 3-65, 6-16 to 6-20
modeling 6-16, 6-21 to 6-22
program (DZKAUD) 14-39
setting options for 3-11
Degree Requirement Definition screen (611) 3-65
degree sought
detailed schedule 7-13
program (RZKSCH) 14-71 to 14-73
disability type
disabling
Social Security link 3-81
United States Postal Service link 3-81
display options for Web pages 3-6
Document Tracking screen (306) 8-21
documentation in related guides 1-3
drop/add classes
conditional 7-8
restrictions 7-4
DZKAUD (Degree Audit) program 14-39
I-3
Index
E
early decision
display field on Web page 3-46
displaying deadline on admissions application 11-18
setting deadline for application types 3-55
ELM (Electronic Loan Management) 8-29
e-mail addresses
types to view/update on Web 3-13
updating for your institution’s offices 3-77, 8-33
viewing/updating student information 5-9
emergency contact
adding information for 5-4
changing information for 5-7
employment history
on admissions application 11-12, 11-46 to 11-47
viewing in SIS 11-49, 11-77
program (MZKPGM) 14-50
error messages
customizing 3-72
troubleshooting during implementation 3-114
ethnicity
events 3-115, 3-118
F
FAFSA (Free App for Fed Student Aid) 2-3, 8-29, 8-30
fees
for delivery of Official Transcript Requests 6-54
for Official Transcript Requests 6-54
for submitting admissions application 11-57, 11-62,
11-67
felony conviction
I-4
Fin Aid Intentions
setting display on admissions application 3-50, 11-16
financial aid 2-3, 2-7
academic progress 8-25, 14-86
accept/decline awards by year 8-6, 14-78 to 14-80
accessing
Department of Education information 8-30
Education Loan Management (ELM) System 8-29
Federal Aid Application 8-29, 8-30
Federal Direct Loan Servicing System 8-29
National Student Loan Data System 8-29, 8-30
public financial aid information 8-29
public scholarship search tools 8-29
Student Government Services 8-29, 8-30
application and information links 8-28 to 8-30
award history 8-19
award information by year 8-16, 14-82 to 14-84
award messages 8-12 to 8-13
award year table 3-113
cost of attendance 8-23 to 8-24, 14-85
e-mail address 3-79, 8-33
external links 2-3
general messages 8-14
links to resources 8-29 to 8-30
opportunities at your university 8-31 to 8-33
student requirements 8-20, 14-88 to 14-91
submitting CSS PROFILE registration 8-30
summary 8-4, 14-87
transcript 8-26 to 8-27, 14-92 to 14-93
Financial Aid 1 (W26) screen 3-57 to 3-60, 3-113, 8-34,
14-82, 14-88, 14-92
Financial Aid Deadline
displaying on admissions applications 11-18
setting for application types 3-55
flowchart of admissions process 11-2
Forgot My PIN
displaying link on Login page 2-5, 3-9
using link on Login page 5-11, 5-12 to 5-13
Form 1098-T 6-35 to 6-38
TRA Form Display program (BZKTRA) 14-37
TRA Tax Year Selection program (BZKTXY) 14-38
Free App for Fed Student Aid (FAFSA) 2-3, 8-29, 8-30
Fund Attribute screen (331) 3-60, 3-63, 8-9
G
GED
setting code for display on Web page 3-52
February 2005
Index
gender
setting for ID verification 3-41
General Info
TSRVWEB.INI file settings 4-1, 5-1, 6-1, 7-1, 8-1, 9-1
generating SIDs for applicants 11-6, 11-7
GPA
college 11-74
high school 11-74
grades 6-3 to 6-4
changing grade type 7-11
college GPA 11-74
Grading program (RZKFGR) 14-60
granting student access to 6-4
high school GPA 11-74
midterm 6-4, 14-62
Report program (RZKGRD) 14-61 to 14-62
term table 3-113
graduation checkout
requesting 6-48 to 6-49
setting availability for a term 3-5
viewing on Screen 110 6-49
graduation information 6-45 to 6-49
H
help page 1-4, 3-71
high school history
holds
defining DBD values for types of 3-69
viewing a list of 6-23
Home Address page 3-81
home schooled
setting code for use on admissions application 3-52
housing intentions
February 2005
HTML
customizing Change Name page 5-15
customizing Change SSN page 5-16
customizing Financial Aid Opportunities page 8-33
customizing text on Web pages 3-71 to 3-72
I
I Forgot My PIN
displaying link on Login page 2-5, 3-9
using link on Login page 5-11, 5-12 to 5-13
I-20 status
entering on application 11-39
identity verification 11-7
implementation
checklist 3-1
troubleshooting errors during 3-114
INS SEVIS Number
institution home page
institution Home page links 3-78
institution name 11-3
institutional coursework 6-29
options 3-17
program (RZKTSC) 14-77
international student deadline
IRS Form 1098-T 6-35 to 6-38
TRA Form Display program (BZKTRA) 14-37
TRA Tax Year Selection program (BZKTXY) 14-38
L
language
level
determines program selection on Enrollment Intentions
page 11-14
specifying for academic programs 3-64
specifying for application type 3-45
links
Other Links on Admissions Web pages 11-3 to 11-4
I-5
Index
login
options 3-7 to 3-10
resetting number of attempts 3-7
setting maximum number of attempts 3-7
SID generation for applicants 11-6
using student’s CWID 2-4, 3-8
using student’s SSN 2-4, 3-8
when forgot PIN 5-12 to 5-13
Luminis 14-4
passing profile data to 3-115
PIN 1-1
profile load process 3-120 to 3-121, 3-122 to 3-123
Luminis Data Integration Extract (ABKLDI) 3-122 to 3-123
N
Name and Personal Information program (MZKNAM) 14-49
National Student Loan Data System (NSLDS) 8-29, 8-30
navigation bar on Admissions pages 11-5
Netscape
known issues on Macintosh computers 16-1
next of kin
adding information for 5-4
changing information for 5-7
nickname
NSLDS (National Student Loan Data System) 8-29, 8-30
M
marital status
defining DBD values for 3-67, 3-69
Display program (AZKMSR) 14-18
Update program (AZKMSU) 14-18
menus
adding 3-104 to 3-111
adding items to 3-97 to 3-102
removing items from 3-92 to 3-96
renaming 3-89 to 3-91
midterm grades 6-4, 14-62
modeling
for Degree Audit 6-16, 6-21 to 6-22
phase (not ready to calculate tuition) 6-6
Multiple Course Enrollment (MCE) 9-8, 9-12
MZKADM (Admissions Information) program 14-41 to 14-43
MZKCRQ (Client Requirements) program 14-44
MZKDIR (Admissions Navigation program) 14-45
MZKEMP (Employment History) program 14-46
MZKHCL (Previous College and High School) program 14-47
MZKINT (Admissions Create Account) program 14-48
MZKNAM (Name and Personal Information) program 14-49
MZKPGM (Enrollment Intentions) program 14-50
MZKPRO (Admissions Prospect) program 14-51
MZKREF (Personal References) program 14-52
MZKRES (Residency/Citizenship) program 14-52
MZKSAP (Submit Application) program 14-53 to 14-54
MZKVST (Identity Verification & Create PIN program 14-55
to 14-56
I-6
O
Official Transcript Request 6-50 to 6-53
Official Transcript Request 1 screen (W23) 3-22 to 3-23,
6-54, 14-64 to 14-65
Official Transcript Request 2 screen (W24) 3-24 to 3-26,
6-54, 14-65 to 14-67
Official Transcript Request program (RZKOTR) 14-63
online help 1-4
operator number 3-2
P
Packaging screen (325) 8-14, 8-25
paper applications viewed on Web 11-68, 11-69
Parent or Guest Payment 12-1 to 12-4
credit card subcodes 3-20 to 3-21
defining payment term 3-21, 12-2
program (AZKVPA) 14-23
pass/fail grading option 7-11
passing profile data
to Campus Pipeline/Luminis 3-115
to WebCT 3-115, 3-124 to 3-125
payment subcodes
for Account Summary payments 3-19, 3-19 to 3-20, 6-7
for Admissions Applications fees 3-55
for Official Transcript Requests 3-25, 6-54
for Parent/Guest payments 3-20 to 3-21, 12-2
permanent address
recording in DBD 11-10, 11-26 to 11-27
Personal Data screen (103) 3-10, 11-8
February 2005
Index
reviewing DBD values for 3-69
Student Services feature 2-6
personal phone numbers
personal references
on SIS Screen 2PR 11-45
personal Web page URL
phone numbers
PIN 2-7
changing 2-5, 3-10, 5-11
creating PIN for student with valid SID 3-41 to 3-42, 11-7
deleting 2-5
forgetting 2-5, 3-9
recording number in DBD 11-10
replacing a deleted PIN 11-8
setting maximum number of attempts to enter 3-7
using to log in 11-11, 11-66
PIN Question and Answer 2-5
changing 5-11 to 5-13
setting display of 3-9
Postal Service link 3-81
previous address
recording in DBD 11-37 to 11-38, 11-41 to 11-42
Previous College and High School program (MZKHCL) 14-47
primary language
programs
AAFILE Update (AZKAAU) 14-13
Academic Progress (SZKPRO) 14-86
Accept Awards (SZKACC) 14-78 to 14-80
Address Display/Update (AZKADR) 14-14
Admissions Create Account (MZKINT) 14-48
Admissions Information (MZKADM) 14-41 to 14-43
Admissions Navigation (MZKDIR) 14-45
Admissions Prospect (MZKPRO) 14-51
Advisor Display (AZKADV) 14-15
AMFILE Update (AZKAMU) 14-16
Billing Tuition Calculation (BZKTCL) 14-36
Campus Pipeline/Luminis Profile Extract (ABKGEM)
14-4 to 14-5
Change PIN (AZKPIN) 14-19
Client Requirements 14-44
Cost of Attendance (SZKCOA) 14-85
Course Availability (RZKCRS) 14-58 to 14-59
Course Catalog (RZKCAT) 14-56 to 14-57
Credit Card Payment (BZKCCU) 14-29 to 14-34
February 2005
Degree Audit (DZKAUD) 14-39
Detailed Schedule (RZKSCH) 14-71 to 14-73
Employment History 14-46
Enrollment Intentions (MZKPGM) 14-50
Fin Aid Applicant Award (SZKAWD) 14-82 to 14-84
Financial Aid Summary (SZKSUM) 14-87
general options 14-1
Grade Report (RZKGRD) 14-61 to 14-62
Grading (RZKFGR) 14-60
Identity Verification & Create PIN (MZKVST) 14-55
to 14-56
Institutional Coursework (RZKTSC) 14-77
Luminis Data Integration (ABKLDI) 3-122 to 3-123
Marital Status Display (AZKMSR) 14-18
Marital Status Update (AZKMSU) 14-18
Name and Personal Information (MZKNAM) 14-49
Official Transcript Request (RZKOTR) 14-63
Parent/Guest Payment (AZKVPA) 14-23
Personal References 14-52
Previous College and High School (MZKHCL) 14-47
Registration (RZKREG) 14-68 to 14-69
Registration Status (RZKSRS) 14-73
Residency/Citizenship (MZKRES) 14-52
Student Account Balance (BZKBIL) 14-25 to 14-28
Student Holds (AZKHLD) 14-17
Student Requirements (SZKTRK) 14-88 to 14-91
Student Schedule (RZKSCD) 14-70
Student/Faculty Luminis Data Integration Extract
(ABKLDI) 14-6 to 14-10
Submit Application (MZKSAP) 14-53 to 14-54
Table Load (AZKTBL) 14-20
TRA Form Display (BZKTRA) 14-37
TRA Tax Year Selection (BZKTXY) 14-38
Transfer Credit (RZKTCD) 14-74
Unofficial Financial Aid Transcript (SZKTRN) 14-92
Unofficial Transcript (RZKTRN) 14-75
Verify Student (AZKVST) 14-24
WebCT Profile Extract (ABKLSE) 14-10 to 14-12
Prospect/Preapp Entry screen (2E5) 10-2, 10-6
public scholarship search tools 8-29
R
registration 2-6, 7-4
ACINPM copybook options 3-39
controls 3-1
menu 7-1
program (RZKREG) 14-68 to 14-69
term table 3-113
Registration and Schedule 1 screen (W25) 3-37 to 3-39, 7-12
registration status
program (RZKSRS) 14-73
viewing 7-16
I-7
Index
religion
removing menu items 3-92 to 3-96
renaming menus 3-89 to 3-91
requesting
graduation checkout 6-45 to 6-46, 6-48 to 6-49
institution information 2-2, 10-1 to 10-6
official transcript 6-50 to 6-53
resetting number of login attempts 3-7
program (MZKRES) 14-52
viewing in SIS 11-75 to 11-76
resident status
respcode.txt file 3-72
reviewing applications 11-57 to 11-60, 11-66 to 11-67
RZKCAT (Course Catalog) program 14-56 to 14-57
RZKCRS (Course Availability) program 14-58 to 14-59
RZKGRD (Grade Report) program 14-61 to 14-62
RZKOTR (Official Transcript Request) program 14-63
RZKREG (Registration) program 14-68 to 14-69
RZKSCD (Student Schedule) program 14-70
RZKSCH (Detailed Schedule) program 14-71 to 14-73
RZKSRS (Registration Status) program 14-73
RZKTCD (Transfer Credit) program 14-74
RZKTRN (Unofficial Transcript) program 14-75
RZKTSC (Institutional Coursework) program 14-77
S
Safari Web browser 16-1
schedule term table 3-113
screens
021 (Employment History) 11-49
048 (SIS Holds & Comments) 6-24
103 (Personal Data) 2-5, 3-10, 11-8
110 (Academic Program Maintenance) 6-46, 6-47, 6-49
117 (Graduation Checkout) 6-49
129 (Course Section Maint) 3-66, 9-7, 9-11
131 (Section Registration Controls) 9-8, 9-11
134 (Approved Academic Programs) 3-45, 3-64
136 (Transcript Display) 6-28, 6-31
142 (Transfer Credit Articulation) 6-34
144 (Transfer Credit Summary) 6-34
148 (Reg Holds & Comments) 6-24
1SE (Data Synchronization Events) 3-126 to 3-128
1T2 (Transcript Request Log) 6-56
1T4 (Web Transcript Request Scroll) 6-55
204 (Communication Flags) 10-2, 10-6
206 (Admission Decision) 11-68, 11-69
I-8
222 (Web Application Scroll) 11-78
248 (AM Holds & Comments) 6-24
2E5 (Prospect/Preapp Entry) 10-2, 10-6
2PR (Personal References) 11-45
305 (Transcript Tracking) 8-22
306 (Document Tracking) 8-21
312 (Budget) 8-24
317 (Award Distribution) 8-13
318 (Award Entry) 8-13, 8-18
325 (Packaging) 8-14, 8-25
331 (Fund Attribute) 3-60, 3-63, 8-9, 8-12
338 (General Messages) 8-14
339 (Award Messages) 8-12
348 (FAM Holds & Comments) 6-24
406 (Adjust Charge/Payment) 6-10, 11-65
413 (1098-T Audit Inquiry) 6-38
438 (Student Bank Account Information) 6-41
448 (BR Holds & Comments) 6-24
548 Housing Holds & Comments) 6-24
611 (Degree Requirement Definition) 3-65
CDA (Conditional Drop/Add) 7-8
MRR (Admission Requirement Rules) 3-45
SIN (SIS Installation Specifications) 3-117
TCF (Course Fees) 9-8, 9-12
W01 (Web Term Calendar) 3-3, 3-113, 4-4, 6-4,
6-45, 7-8, 14-25, 14-41, 14-61, 14-70, 14-71
W02 (Web Student and Faculty Specifications) 3-1,
3-6, 14-39 to 14-40
W03 (Web Registration Access Groups) 3-33 to 3-36
W04 (Web Required Admissions Pages) 11-5, 11-18,
11-57, 14-45
W05 (Web Admissions Page Display Options) 3-49 to
3-53, 11-20, 11-22
W06 (Web Admissions Application Type/Term
Options) 3-54 to 3-56
W20 (Student Personal Information) 3-1, 3-12 to 3-13
W21 (Student Records 1) 3-14 to 3-17, 6-3
W22 (Student Records 2) 3-18 to 3-21, 6-53
W23 (Official Transcript Request 1) 3-22 to 3-23,
6-54, 14-64 to 14-65
W24 (Official Transcript Request 2) 3-24 to 3-26,
6-54, 14-65 to 14-67
W25 (Registration and Schedule 1) 3-37 to 3-39, 7-12
W26 (Financial Aid 1) 3-57 to 3-60, 3-113, 8-34,
14-82, 14-88, 14-92
W27 (Additional Services - Groups) 3-26 to 3-29
W28 (Additional Services - Group Title/Description) 3-29
to 3-30
W29 (Additional Services - Fee Codes) 3-31
W50 (Additional Services - Group Query) 3-32
W51 (Additional Services - Fee Code Query) 3-32
WA2 (Web Admissions System Options) 3-40 to 3-43
ZEF (List of Available Events) 3-116
ZEQ (Event Queue Administration) 3-117
scthelp.htm 1-4, 3-71
Section Registration Controls screen (131) 9-8, 9-11
security 2-7, 2-9 to 2-10
February 2005
Index
selective service status
setting up
user ID 9998 3-1, 3-2
WebCT course URL 3-79
WebCT home page URL 3-79
SEVIS Number
SID generation for applicants 11-6
Social Security (SSA) link 3-81
Social Security Administration
customizing text on Change SSN page 3-71
SSN
customizing Admissions Login page for 3-70, 11-6
student account
Balance program (BZKBIL) 14-25 to 14-28
paying via the Web 7-16
Student Bank Account Information screen (438) 6-41
Student Government Services (students.gov) 8-29, 8-30
Student Holds program (AZKHLD) 14-17
Student ID generation for applicants 11-7
Student Personal Information screen (W20) 3-1, 3-12 to 3-13
Student Records 2-6
reviewing DBD values for 3-69
Student Records 1 screen (W21) 3-14 to 3-17, 6-3
Student Records 2 screen (W22) 3-18 to 3-21, 6-53
student schedule 7-13
program (RZKSCD) 14-70
viewing 7-13
Student Services 2-6
Student/Faculty Luminis Data Integration Extract
(ABKLDI) 14-6 to 14-10
subcodes
for Account Summary payments 3-19, 3-19 to 3-20, 6-7
for Admissions Applications fees 3-55
for Official Transcript Requests 3-25, 6-54
for Parent/Guest payments 3-20 to 3-21, 12-2
subject table 3-113
submitting an application 11-61 to 11-65, 14-53 to 14-54
summary of financial aid information 8-4, 14-87
system events 3-115, 3-118
SZKACC (Accept Awards) program 14-78 to 14-80
SZKAWD (Fin Aid Applicant Award) program 14-82 to 14-84
SZKCOA (Cost of Attendance) program 14-85
SZKPRO (Academic Progress) program 14-86
SZKSUM (Financial Aid Summary) program 14-87
SZKTRK (Student Requirements) program 14-88 to 14-91
SZKTRN (Unofficial Financial Aid Transcript) program
14-92, 14-92 to 14-93
February 2005
T
Table Load program (AZKTBL) 14-20
temporary mailing address
term
defining DBD values for Admissions 3-66
earliest term for passing events to CP/Luminis 3-118
selection 2-6, 4-2 to 4-4
setting default 4-2
specifying expected graduation 6-45 to 6-49
synchronizing data for 3-126
test environment 13-1 to 13-8
TouchNet 13-1
Enterprise Web program 1-3
using Payment Gateway for account bill 6-6, 6-8
using Payment Gateway for application fees 3-43, 11-64
voice solution 3-2, 6-10, 11-65
TRA
1098-T Form Display program (BZKTRA) 14-37
1098-T Web page 6-35 to 6-38
Tax Year Selection program (BZKTXY) 14-38
Transcript Request Log screen (1T2) 6-56
Transcript Tracking screen (305) 8-22
transcripts
Display screen (136) 6-28, 6-31
financial aid 8-26 to 8-27
institutional coursework 3-69, 6-29, 14-77
transfer credit 3-69, 6-32 to 6-33, 14-74
unofficial 6-25 to 6-26, 14-75
transfer credit 6-32 to 6-33
Articulation screen (142) 6-34
program (RZKTCD) 14-74
Summary screen (144) 6-34
Transfer Credit options 3-17
transfer student deadline
displaying on admissions application 11-18
troubleshooting during implementation 3-114
T-Serve
installation 1-4
System Administration Guide 1-4
TSRVWEB program 1-3
I-9
Index
TSRVWEB.INI file settings
for Admissions 3-79, 3-82 to 3-84, 11-4
for Campus Pipeline/Luminis 3-79
for common links on Web pages 3-80
for Financial Aid office 3-79, 8-33
for General Info menu options 4-1, 5-1, 6-1, 7-1, 8-1,
9-1
for institution home page 3-78
for institution information 3-80
for institution name 11-3
for institution’s Home page links 3-78
for naming links at top of Web pages 3-78
for WebCT 3-79
Visa issuance date
Visa type
W
Web
U
United States Postal Service
link on Update Address page 5-5, 5-6, 5-7
United States Postal Service link 3-81
University Financial Aid Opportunities 8-31
Unofficial Financial Aid Transcript program (SZKTRN)
14-92, 14-92 to 14-93
unofficial transcript 6-25 to 6-26
program (RZKTRN) 14-75
updating
e-mail addresses and URLs for your institution 3-77
institution name 11-3
WebCT course URL 3-79
WebCT home page URL 3-79
URL
for WebCT course page 3-79
for WebCT home page 3-79
for your institution’s Web sites 3-77
user ID 9998 3-1, 3-2
V
variable credit hours 7-11
verify identity 11-7
program (MZKVST) 14-55 to 14-56
Verify Student program (AZKVST) 14-24
veteran status
viewing
advisors 6-43
holds 6-23
list of official transcript requests 6-55 to 6-56
Visa expiration date
I-10
browsers 16-1
display options 3-6
login options 3-7 to 3-10
Term Calendar screen (W01) 4-4
Web Admissions
Application Type/Term Options screen (W06) 3-54 to
3-56
Page Display Options screen (W05) 3-49 to 3-53,
11-20, 11-22
System Options screen (WA2) 3-40 to 3-43
Web application
Scroll screen (222) 11-78
status 2-2, 11-68
Web application submission deadline
displaying on admissions application 11-18
Web environments for test and production 13-1 to 13-8
Web PIN creation 3-41 to 3-42, 11-7
Web Registration Access Groups screen (W03) 3-33 to 3-36
Web Required Admissions Pages screen (W04) 11-5,
11-18, 11-57, 14-45
Web Student and Faculty Specifications screen (W02) 3-1,
3-6, 14-39 to 14-40
Web tables
loading 3-113
Web Term Calendar screen (W01) 3-3, 3-113, 6-4, 6-45,
7-8, 14-25, 14-41, 14-61, 14-70, 14-71
Web Transcript Request Scroll screen (1T4) 6-55
WebCT
passing profile data to 3-115, 3-124 to 3-125
Profile Extract (ABKLSE) 3-124 to 3-125, 14-10 to
14-12
setting course URL 3-79
setting home page URL 3-79
Z
ZEF screen 3-116
ZEQ screen 3-117
February 2005

SCT Plus Student Self-Service Implementation Guide / 1.20

Transcription

Similar documents

Saturday, June 6, 2015 – 9:30 to 1:00 (rain or shine) Dollard

2016-2017 Recreation Guide - Ville de Dollard-des

R9044130608 Raaco Kufry na náradie SCT Key SERV

Mwindo - The Jim Henson Foundation

Thanksgiving Dinner Prices

Wonder Wash Self-service Laundromat Franchise

Exploring the ARUCC PCCAT Transcript and Transfer Guide

www.ville.ddo.qc.ca • 514-684-1011 - Ville de Dollard-des

Sports and Recreation Activities - Ville de Dollard-des